|
78
|
1 ;;; Do NOT edit this file!
|
|
|
2 ;;; It is automatically generated using "make autoloads"
|
|
|
3 ;;; See update-autoloads.sh and autoload.el for more details.
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
5
|
|
100
|
6 ;;;### (autoloads (BibTeX-auto-store) "latex" "auctex/latex.el")
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
8 (autoload 'BibTeX-auto-store "latex" "\
|
|
|
9 This function should be called from bibtex-mode-hook.
|
|
|
10 It will setup BibTeX to store keys in an auto file." nil nil)
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
12 ;;;***
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-info" "auctex/tex-info.el")
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 ;;;***
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
18 ;;;### (autoloads (japanese-latex-mode japanese-plain-tex-mode) "tex-jp" "auctex/tex-jp.el")
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
20 (autoload 'japanese-plain-tex-mode "tex-jp" "\
|
|
|
21 Major mode for editing files of input for Japanese plain TeX.
|
|
|
22 Set japanese-TeX-mode to t, and enters plain-tex-mode." t nil)
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
24 (autoload 'japanese-latex-mode "tex-jp" "\
|
|
|
25 Major mode for editing files of input for Japanese plain TeX.
|
|
|
26 Set japanese-TeX-mode to t, and enters latex-mode." t nil)
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
28 ;;;***
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
30 ;;;### (autoloads (TeX-submit-bug-report TeX-insert-quote TeX-auto-generate-global TeX-auto-generate ams-tex-mode) "tex" "auctex/tex.el")
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
32 (autoload 'ams-tex-mode "tex" "\
|
|
|
33 Major mode for editing files of input for AmS TeX.
|
|
|
34 See info under AUC TeX for documentation.
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
36 Special commands:
|
|
|
37 \\{TeX-mode-map}
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
39 Entering AmS-tex-mode calls the value of text-mode-hook,
|
|
|
40 then the value of TeX-mode-hook, and then the value
|
|
|
41 of AmS-TeX-mode-hook." t nil)
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
43 (autoload 'TeX-auto-generate "tex" "\
|
|
|
44 Generate style file for TEX and store it in AUTO.
|
|
|
45 If TEX is a directory, generate style files for all files in the directory." t nil)
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
47 (autoload 'TeX-auto-generate-global "tex" "\
|
|
|
48 Create global auto directory for global TeX macro definitions." t nil)
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
50 (autoload 'TeX-insert-quote "tex" "\
|
|
|
51 Insert the appropriate quote marks for TeX.
|
|
|
52 Inserts the value of `TeX-open-quote' (normally ``) or `TeX-close-quote'
|
|
|
53 \(normally '') depending on the context. If `TeX-quote-after-quote'
|
|
|
54 is non-nil, this insertion works only after \".
|
|
|
55 With prefix argument, always inserts \" characters." t nil)
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
57 (autoload 'TeX-submit-bug-report "tex" "\
|
|
|
58 Submit via mail a bug report on AUC TeX" t nil)
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 ;;;***
|
|
|
61
|
|
78
|
62 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-recompile-directory-norecurse batch-byte-compile display-call-tree byte-compile-sexp byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-file byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "bytecomp/bytecomp.el")
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
64 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
65 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
|
|
|
66 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
68 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
69 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
|
|
|
70 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
|
|
|
71 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also unless argument
|
|
|
72 NORECURSION is non-nil.
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
74 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
|
|
|
75 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
|
|
|
76 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
|
|
|
77 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
79 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
81 If the fourth argument FORCE is non-nil,
|
|
|
82 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
84 (autoload 'byte-recompile-file "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
85 Recompile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME if it needs recompilation.
|
|
|
86 This is if the `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
88 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not*
|
|
|
89 compiled. But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user
|
|
|
90 whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 don't ask and recompile anyway." t nil)
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
92 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
93 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
|
|
|
94 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
|
|
|
95 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling." t nil)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
97 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
98 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
|
|
|
99 Print the result in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
100 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
102 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
103 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
|
|
|
104 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
106 (autoload 'byte-compile-sexp "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
107 Compile and return SEXP." nil nil)
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
109 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
110 Display a call graph of a specified file.
|
|
|
111 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
|
|
|
112 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
|
|
|
113 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
|
|
|
114 all functions called by those functions.
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
116 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
|
|
|
117 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
|
|
|
118 cons, etc.).
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
120 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
|
|
|
121 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
|
|
|
122 invoked interactively." t nil)
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
124 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
125 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
126 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
|
|
|
127 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
|
|
|
128 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
129 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
131 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory-norecurse "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
132 Same as `batch-byte-recompile-directory' but without recursion." nil nil)
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
134 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
135 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
136 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
137 For example, invoke `xemacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
139 ;;;***
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
141 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "bytecomp/disass.el")
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
143 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
|
|
|
144 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
|
|
|
145 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
|
|
|
146 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
|
|
|
147 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
|
|
|
148 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
150 ;;;***
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el")
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
154 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
156 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
158 ;;;***
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el")
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
162 (defvar calendar-setup 'one-frame "\
|
|
|
163 The frame set up of the calendar.
|
|
|
164 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
|
|
|
165 dediciated frame) or `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
|
|
|
166 frames); with any other value the current frame is used.")
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
168 ;;;***
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
170 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el")
|
|
|
171
|
|
134
|
172 (defcustom calendar-week-start-day 0 "*The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.\n0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on." :type 'integer :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
174 (defcustom calendar-offset 0 "*The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.\n0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,\n+1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off\nthe screen." :type 'integer :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
176 (defcustom view-diary-entries-initially nil "*Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.\nThe diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,\nif the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed\nis governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
178 (defcustom number-of-diary-entries 1 "*Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.\nThis variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,\nor if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For\nexample, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary\nentries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current\nday's and the next day's entries will be displayed.\n\nThe value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value\nsays to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries\nfor the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,\ndisplay Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only\nSaturday's entries on Saturday.\n\nThis variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command\nfrom the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the\nnumber of days of diary entries displayed." :type 'integer :group 'diary)
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
180 (defcustom mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "*Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.\nThe marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
182 (defcustom view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "*Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.\nThe holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first\ndisplayed." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
184 (defcustom mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "*Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.\nThe marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
186 (defcustom all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "*If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.\nThis means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.\n\nIf t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
188 (defcustom all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "*If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.\nThis means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.\n\nIf t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian\ncalendar." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
190 (defcustom all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "*If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.\nThis means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.\n\nIf t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic\ncalendar." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
192 (defcustom calendar-load-hook nil "*List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.\nThis is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
194 (defcustom initial-calendar-window-hook nil "*List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.\nThe functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but\nonce opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command\nand reentering it will cause these functions to be called again." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
196 (defcustom today-visible-calendar-hook nil "*List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.\nThis can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a\nfunction `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:\n (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)\nIt can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';\na function is also provided for this:\n (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)\n\nThe corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of\nfunctions called when the calendar function was called when the current\ndate is not visible in the window.\n\nOther than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any\ncharacters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the\nfunctions that move by days and weeks." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
198 (defcustom today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "*List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.\n\nThe corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of\nfunctions called when the calendar function was called when the current\ndate is visible in the window.\n\nOther than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any\ncharacters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the\nfunctions that move by days and weeks." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
200 (defcustom diary-file "~/diary" "*Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.\n\nThe file's entries are lines in any of the forms\n\n MONTH/DAY\n MONTH/DAY/YEAR\n MONTHNAME DAY\n MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR\n DAYNAME\n\nat the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry\nstring for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is\na number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.\nIf the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.\nDAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.\nMONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three\ncharacters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,\nMONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,\nrespectively.\n\nThe European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used\ninstead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set\n`european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are\n\n DAY/MONTH\n DAY/MONTH/YEAR\n DAY MONTHNAME\n DAY MONTHNAME YEAR\n DAYNAME\n\nTo revert to the default American style from the European style, execute\n`american-calendar' in the calendar.\n\nA diary entry can be preceded by the character\n`diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry\nnonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar\nwindow but will appear in a diary window.\n\nMultiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with\neither a TAB or one or more spaces.\n\nLines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary\nentries (in the default American style):\n\n 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!\n &1/1. Happy New Year!\n 10/22 Ruth's birthday.\n 21: Payday\n Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am\n Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.\n 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!\n &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.\n mar 16 Dad's birthday\n April 15, 1989 Income tax due.\n &* 15 time cards due.\n\nIf the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with\nno trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the\ndiary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the\nsingle diary entry\n\n 02/11/1989\n Bill Blattner visits Princeton today\n 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting\n 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'\n 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden\n 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan\n 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School\n\nwill appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This\nfacility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if\nused with more than one day's entries displayed.\n\nDiary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry\n\n %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation\n\ncauses the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November\n10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',\n`diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',\n`diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',\n`diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', `diary-phases-of-moon',\n`diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', and\n`diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function\n`list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.\n\nDiary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also\npossible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored\nunless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the\n`nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation\nfor these functions for details.\n\nDiary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for\ndetails, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'." :type 'file :group 'diary)
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
202 (defcustom diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "*Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
204 (defcustom hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "*Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
206 (defcustom islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "*Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
208 (defcustom diary-include-string "#include" "*The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.\nSee the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
210 (defcustom sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "*The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.\nSee the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
212 (defcustom abbreviated-calendar-year t "*Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.\nFor the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.\nIf this variable is nil, years must be written in full." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
214 (defcustom european-calendar-style nil "*Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.\nIf this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,\n1990. The accepted European date styles are\n\n DAY/MONTH\n DAY/MONTH/YEAR\n DAY MONTHNAME\n DAY MONTHNAME YEAR\n DAYNAME\n\nNames can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three\ncharacters with or without a period." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
216 (defcustom american-date-diary-pattern '((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "*List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.\nSee the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation." :type '(repeat (choice (cons :tag "Backup" (const backup) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp)))) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp))))) :group 'diary)
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
218 (defcustom european-date-diary-pattern '((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<[^*0-9]") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "*List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.\nSee the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation." :type '(repeat (choice (cons :tag "Backup" (const backup) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp)))) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp))))) :group 'diary)
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
220 (defcustom european-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year) "*Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.\nSee the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation." :type 'sexp :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
222 (defcustom american-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year) "*Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.\nSee the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation." :type 'sexp :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
224 (defcustom print-diary-entries-hook 'lpr-buffer "*List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.\nThe buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary\nbuffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for\nexample, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer\ninstead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
226 (defcustom list-diary-entries-hook nil "*List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.\nIt is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.\n\nA function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of\nthis hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together\nwith your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines\nof the form\n\n #include \"filename\"\n\nThis is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are\nobeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing\nthe variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'\nas part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the\nfunction `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.\n\nFor example, you could use\n\n (setq list-diary-entries-hook\n '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))\n (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)\n\nin your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with\ndiary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into\nlexicographic order." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
228 (defcustom diary-hook nil "*List of functions called after the display of the diary.\nCan be used for appointment notification." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
230 (defcustom diary-display-hook nil "*List of functions that handle the display of the diary.\nIf nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no\ndiary display.\n\nOrdinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in\nthe mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these\nfunctions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order\nby date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)\nSTRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be\nused, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with\nholidays), or produce hard copy output.\n\nA function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative\nchoice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary\nbuffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement\nwith headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the\nvariable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy\ndiary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even\nif that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy\ndiary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
232 (defcustom nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "*List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.\nAs the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull\nrelevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'\nand `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions\ndescribes the style of such diary entries." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
233
|
|
|
234 (defcustom mark-diary-entries-hook nil "*List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.\n\nA function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the\nmark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together\nwith your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines\nof the form\n #include \"filename\"\nThis is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are\nobeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the\nvariable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as\npart of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the\nfunction `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
236 (defcustom nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "*List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.\nAs the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull\nrelevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'\nand `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions\ndescribes the style of such diary entries." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
238 (defcustom diary-list-include-blanks nil "*If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.\nSuch days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they\nare holidays." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
239
|
|
|
240 (defcustom holidays-in-diary-buffer t "*Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.\nThe holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the\nfancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions\nsomewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
242 (defcustom general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Ground Hog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fool's Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "*General holidays. Default value is for the United States.\nSee the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details." :type 'sexp :group 'holidays)
|
|
78
|
243
|
|
|
244 (put 'general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
245
|
|
134
|
246 (defcustom local-holidays nil "*Local holidays.\nSee the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details." :type 'sexp :group 'holidays :group 'local)
|
|
78
|
247
|
|
|
248 (put 'local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
249
|
|
134
|
250 (defcustom other-holidays nil "*User defined holidays.\nSee the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details." :type 'sexp :group 'holidays)
|
|
78
|
251
|
|
|
252 (put 'other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
254 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
256 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
257
|
|
|
258 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
260 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
261
|
|
|
262 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
264 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
266 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
268 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
269
|
|
|
270 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
|
|
|
271 *Jewish holidays.
|
|
|
272 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
274 (put 'hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
276 (defvar christian-holidays '((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas"))) "\
|
|
|
277 *Christian holidays.
|
|
|
278 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
279
|
|
|
280 (put 'christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
282 (defvar islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))) "\
|
|
|
283 *Islamic holidays.
|
|
|
284 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
285
|
|
|
286 (put 'islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
287
|
|
|
288 (defvar solar-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require 'cal-dst) t) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts '(format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) "")))) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends '(format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))) "\
|
|
|
289 *Sun-related holidays.
|
|
|
290 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
292 (put 'solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
293
|
|
|
294 (defvar calendar-holidays (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays christian-holidays hebrew-holidays islamic-holidays solar-holidays) "\
|
|
|
295 *List of notable days for the command M-x holidays.
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
297 Additional holidays are easy to add to the list, just put them in the list
|
|
|
298 `other-holidays' in your .emacs file. Similarly, by setting any of
|
|
|
299 `general-holidays', `local-holidays' `christian-holidays', `hebrew-holidays',
|
|
|
300 `islamic-holidays', or `solar-holidays' to nil in your .emacs file, you can
|
|
|
301 eliminate unwanted categories of holidays. The intention is that (in the US)
|
|
|
302 `local-holidays' be set in site-init.el and `other-holidays' be set by the
|
|
|
303 user.
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
305 Entries on the list are expressions that return (possibly empty) lists of
|
|
|
306 items of the form ((month day year) string) of a holiday in the in the
|
|
|
307 three-month period centered around `displayed-month' of `displayed-year'.
|
|
|
308 Several basic functions are provided for this purpose:
|
|
|
309
|
|
|
310 (holiday-fixed MONTH DAY STRING) is a fixed date on the Gregorian calendar
|
|
|
311 (holiday-float MONTH DAYNAME K STRING &optional day) is the Kth DAYNAME in
|
|
|
312 MONTH on the Gregorian calendar (0 for Sunday,
|
|
|
313 etc.); K<0 means count back from the end of the
|
|
|
314 month. An optional parameter DAY means the Kth
|
|
|
315 DAYNAME after/before MONTH DAY.
|
|
|
316 (holiday-hebrew MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Hebrew calendar
|
|
|
317 (holiday-islamic MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Islamic calendar
|
|
|
318 (holiday-julian MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Julian calendar
|
|
|
319 (holiday-sexp SEXP STRING) SEXP is a Gregorian-date-valued expression
|
|
|
320 in the variable `year'; if it evaluates to
|
|
|
321 a visible date, that's the holiday; if it
|
|
|
322 evaluates to nil, there's no holiday. STRING
|
|
|
323 is an expression in the variable `date'.
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
325 For example, to add Bastille Day, celebrated in France on July 14, add
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
327 (holiday-fixed 7 14 \"Bastille Day\")
|
|
|
328
|
|
|
329 to the list. To add Hurricane Supplication Day, celebrated in the Virgin
|
|
|
330 Islands on the fourth Monday in August, add
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
332 (holiday-float 8 1 4 \"Hurricane Supplication Day\")
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
334 to the list (the last Monday would be specified with `-1' instead of `4').
|
|
|
335 To add the last day of Hanukkah to the list, use
|
|
|
336
|
|
|
337 (holiday-hebrew 10 2 \"Last day of Hanukkah\")
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
339 since the Hebrew months are numbered with 1 starting from Nisan, while to
|
|
|
340 add the Islamic feast celebrating Mohammed's birthday use
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
342 (holiday-islamic 3 12 \"Mohammed's Birthday\")
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
344 since the Islamic months are numbered from 1 starting with Muharram. To
|
|
|
345 add Thomas Jefferson's birthday, April 2, 1743 (Julian), use
|
|
|
346
|
|
|
347 (holiday-julian 4 2 \"Jefferson's Birthday\")
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
349 To include a holiday conditionally, use the sexp form or a conditional. For
|
|
|
350 example, to include American presidential elections, which occur on the first
|
|
|
351 Tuesday after the first Monday in November of years divisible by 4, add
|
|
|
352
|
|
|
353 (holiday-sexp
|
|
|
354 (if (zerop (% year 4))
|
|
|
355 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
|
|
|
356 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
|
|
|
357 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
|
|
|
358 (list 11 1 year)))))))
|
|
|
359 \"US Presidential Election\")
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
361 or
|
|
|
362
|
|
|
363 (if (zerop (% displayed-year 4))
|
|
|
364 (holiday-fixed 11
|
|
|
365 (extract-calendar-day
|
|
|
366 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
|
|
|
367 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
|
|
|
368 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
|
|
|
369 (list 11 1 displayed-year)))))))
|
|
|
370 \"US Presidential Election\"))
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
372 to the list. To include the phases of the moon, add
|
|
|
373
|
|
|
374 (lunar-phases)
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
376 to the holiday list, where `lunar-phases' is an Emacs-Lisp function that
|
|
|
377 you've written to return a (possibly empty) list of the relevant VISIBLE dates
|
|
|
378 with descriptive strings such as
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
380 (((2 6 1989) \"New Moon\") ((2 12 1989) \"First Quarter Moon\") ... ).")
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
382 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
384 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
|
|
|
385 Display a three-month calendar in another window.
|
|
|
386 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in the middle
|
|
|
387 surrounded by the previous and next months. The cursor is put on today's date.
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
389 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
391 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file; appropriate setting
|
|
|
392 of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' will cause the diary entries for
|
|
|
393 the current date to be displayed in another window. The value of the variable
|
|
|
394 `number-of-diary-entries' controls the number of days of diary entries
|
|
|
395 displayed upon initial display of the calendar.
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
397 An optional prefix argument ARG causes the calendar displayed to be ARG
|
|
|
398 months in the future if ARG is positive or in the past if ARG is negative;
|
|
|
399 in this case the cursor goes on the first day of the month.
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
401 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved into view.
|
|
|
402 Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar can be scrolled forward
|
|
|
403 or backward.
|
|
|
404
|
|
|
405 The cursor can be moved forward or backward by one day, one week, one month,
|
|
|
406 or one year. All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
|
|
|
407 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the digit keys
|
|
|
408 and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. The window is replotted as
|
|
|
409 necessary to display the desired date.
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
411 Diary entries can be marked on the calendar or displayed in another window.
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
413 Use M-x describe-mode for details of the key bindings in the calendar window.
|
|
|
414
|
|
|
415 The Gregorian calendar is assumed.
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
417 After loading the calendar, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
418 `calendar-load-hook' are run. This is the place to add key bindings to the
|
|
|
419 calendar-mode-map.
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
421 After preparing the calendar window initially, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
422 `initial-calendar-window-hook' are run.
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
424 The hooks given by the variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' are run
|
|
|
425 everytime the calendar window gets scrolled, if the current date is visible
|
|
|
426 in the window. If it is not visible, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
427 `today-invisible-calendar-hook' are run. Thus, for example, setting
|
|
|
428 `today-visible-calendar-hook' to 'calendar-star-date will cause today's date
|
|
|
429 to be replaced by asterisks to highlight it whenever it is in the window." t nil)
|
|
|
430
|
|
|
431 (autoload 'list-yahrzeit-dates "calendar" "\
|
|
|
432 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
|
|
|
433 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
|
|
|
434 from the cursor position." t nil)
|
|
|
435
|
|
|
436 ;;;***
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
438 ;;;### (autoloads (diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el")
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
440 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
|
|
|
441 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
|
|
|
442 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
|
|
|
443 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
|
|
|
444 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
446 ;;;***
|
|
|
447
|
|
|
448 ;;;### (autoloads (holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el")
|
|
|
449
|
|
|
450 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
|
|
|
451 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
|
|
|
452 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
453
|
|
|
454 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
456 ;;;***
|
|
|
457
|
|
|
458 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el")
|
|
|
459
|
|
|
460 (autoload 'phases-of-moon "lunar" "\
|
|
|
461 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
|
|
|
462 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
463
|
|
|
464 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
465
|
|
|
466 ;;;***
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
468 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el")
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
470 (defvar calendar-time-display-form '(12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")")) "\
|
|
|
471 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
473 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
|
|
|
474 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
|
|
|
475 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
|
|
|
476
|
|
|
477 For example, the form
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
479 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
|
|
|
480 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
|
|
|
481
|
|
|
482 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
484 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
|
|
|
485 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
|
|
|
486
|
|
|
487 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
|
|
|
488 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
|
|
|
489 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
|
|
|
490 York City.
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
492 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
493
|
|
|
494 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
|
|
|
495 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
|
|
|
496
|
|
|
497 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
|
|
|
498 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
|
|
|
499 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
|
|
|
500 York City.
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
502 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
503
|
|
|
504 (defvar calendar-location-name '(let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'north) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'east) "E" "W")))) "\
|
|
|
505 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', calendar-latitude'.
|
|
|
506 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
|
|
|
507 pair.
|
|
|
508
|
|
|
509 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
510
|
|
|
511 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
|
|
|
512 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to +/- 2 minutes.
|
|
|
513 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
515 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
|
|
|
516 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
518 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
520 (autoload 'solar-equinoxes-solstices "solar" "\
|
|
|
521 Date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
|
|
|
522 Requires floating point." nil nil)
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
524 ;;;***
|
|
|
525
|
|
155
|
526 ;;;### (autoloads (background) "background" "comint/background.el")
|
|
|
527
|
|
|
528 (autoload 'background "background" "\
|
|
|
529 Run COMMAND in the background like csh.
|
|
|
530 A message is displayed when the job starts and finishes. The buffer is in
|
|
|
531 comint mode, so you can send input and signals to the job. The process object
|
|
|
532 is returned if anyone cares. See also comint-mode and the variables
|
|
|
533 background-show and background-select.
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
535 Optional second argument BUFFER-NAME is a buffer to insert the output into.
|
|
|
536 If omitted, a buffer name is constructed from the command run." t nil)
|
|
|
537
|
|
|
538 ;;;***
|
|
|
539
|
|
78
|
540 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-dynamic-list-completions comint-dynamic-complete comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint/comint.el")
|
|
|
541
|
|
|
542 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
|
|
|
543 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
|
|
|
544 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
|
|
|
545 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
|
|
|
546 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
|
|
|
547 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
|
|
|
548 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
|
|
|
549 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
|
|
|
550
|
|
|
551 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
|
|
|
552
|
|
|
553 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
|
|
|
554 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
|
|
|
555 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
|
|
|
556 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
|
|
|
557 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
|
|
|
558 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
560 (autoload 'comint-dynamic-complete "comint" "\
|
|
|
561 Dynamically perform completion at point.
|
|
|
562 Calls the functions in `comint-dynamic-complete-functions' to perform
|
|
|
563 completion until a function returns non-nil, at which point completion is
|
|
|
564 assumed to have occurred." t nil)
|
|
|
565
|
|
|
566 (autoload 'comint-dynamic-list-completions "comint" "\
|
|
|
567 List in help buffer sorted COMPLETIONS.
|
|
|
568 Typing SPC flushes the help buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
569
|
|
|
570 ;;;***
|
|
|
571
|
|
|
572 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb) "gdb" "comint/gdb.el")
|
|
|
573
|
|
|
574 (defvar gdb-command-name "gdb" "\
|
|
|
575 Pathname for executing gdb.")
|
|
|
576
|
|
|
577 (autoload 'gdb "gdb" "\
|
|
|
578 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gdb-FILE*.
|
|
|
579 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
580 and source-file directory for GDB. If you wish to change this, use
|
|
|
581 the GDB commands `cd DIR' and `directory'." t nil)
|
|
|
582
|
|
|
583 ;;;***
|
|
|
584
|
|
|
585 ;;;### (autoloads (gdbsrc) "gdbsrc" "comint/gdbsrc.el")
|
|
|
586
|
|
|
587 (autoload 'gdbsrc "gdbsrc" "\
|
|
|
588 Activates a gdb session with gdbsrc-mode turned on. A numeric prefix
|
|
|
589 argument can be used to specify a running process to attach, and a non-numeric
|
|
|
590 prefix argument will cause you to be prompted for a core file to debug." t nil)
|
|
|
591
|
|
|
592 ;;;***
|
|
|
593
|
|
|
594 ;;;### (autoloads (perldb xdb dbx sdb) "gud" "comint/gud.el")
|
|
|
595
|
|
|
596 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
|
|
|
597 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
598 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
599 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
601 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
|
|
|
602 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
603 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
604 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
605
|
|
|
606 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
|
|
|
607 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
608 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
609 and source-file directory for your debugger.
|
|
|
610
|
|
|
611 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
|
|
|
612 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
614 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
|
|
|
615 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
616 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
617 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
618
|
|
|
619 ;;;***
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "comint/inf-lisp.el")
|
|
|
622
|
|
|
623 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
|
|
|
624
|
|
|
625 ;;;***
|
|
|
626
|
|
|
627 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "comint/rlogin.el")
|
|
|
628
|
|
|
629 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
|
|
|
630
|
|
|
631 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
|
|
|
632 Open a network login connection to HOST via the `rlogin' program.
|
|
|
633 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
|
|
|
634
|
|
|
635 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
|
|
|
636 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
|
|
|
637 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
|
|
|
638 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
|
|
|
639
|
|
|
640 When called from a program, if the optional second argument is a string or
|
|
|
641 buffer, it names the buffer to use.
|
|
|
642
|
|
|
643 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
|
|
|
644 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
|
|
|
645
|
|
|
646 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
|
|
|
647 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
|
|
|
648 INPUT-ARGS.
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
650 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
|
|
|
651 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
|
|
|
652 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
|
|
|
653 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
|
|
|
654 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
|
|
|
655
|
|
|
656 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
|
|
|
657 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
|
|
|
658 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
|
|
|
659 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
|
|
|
660
|
|
|
661 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
|
|
|
662 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
|
|
|
663 variable." t nil)
|
|
|
664
|
|
|
665 ;;;***
|
|
|
666
|
|
|
667 ;;;### (autoloads (shell) "shell" "comint/shell.el")
|
|
|
668
|
|
|
669 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern (purecopy "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *") "\
|
|
|
670 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
|
|
|
671 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
|
|
|
672 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
|
|
|
673 shell buffer.
|
|
|
674
|
|
|
675 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
|
|
|
676 shell-mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
|
|
|
677 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
|
|
|
678
|
|
|
679 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
|
|
|
680
|
|
|
681 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
|
|
|
682 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
|
|
|
683 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
|
|
|
684 If buffer exists and shell process is running,
|
|
|
685 just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
|
|
|
686 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
|
|
|
687 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
|
|
|
688 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
|
|
|
689 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
|
|
|
690 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
|
|
|
691 discards input when it starts up.)
|
|
|
692 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
|
|
|
693 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
|
|
|
694 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
|
|
|
695
|
|
|
696 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
|
|
|
697 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
|
|
|
698 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
|
|
|
699 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
701 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
|
|
|
702
|
|
|
703 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
|
|
|
704
|
|
|
705 ;;;***
|
|
|
706
|
|
153
|
707 ;;;### (autoloads (ssh) "ssh" "comint/ssh.el")
|
|
|
708
|
|
|
709 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*ssh-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
|
|
|
710
|
|
|
711 (autoload 'ssh "ssh" "\
|
|
|
712 Open a network login connection via `ssh' with args INPUT-ARGS.
|
|
|
713 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
|
|
|
714 other arguments for `ssh'.
|
|
|
715
|
|
|
716 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
|
|
|
717
|
|
|
718 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*ssh-HOST*'
|
|
|
719 \(or `*ssh-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
|
|
|
720 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*ssh-HOST*' already exists,
|
|
|
721 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
|
|
|
722
|
|
|
723 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
|
|
|
724 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
|
|
|
725
|
|
|
726 The variable `ssh-program' contains the name of the actual program to
|
|
|
727 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
|
|
|
728
|
|
|
729 The variable `ssh-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
|
|
|
730 the ssh when starting. They are prepended to any arguments given in
|
|
|
731 INPUT-ARGS.
|
|
|
732
|
|
|
733 If the default value of `ssh-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
|
|
|
734 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
|
|
|
735 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
|
|
|
736 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
|
|
|
737 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
|
|
|
738
|
|
|
739 If `ssh-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
|
|
|
740 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
|
|
|
741 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
|
|
|
742 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
|
|
|
743
|
|
|
744 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
|
|
|
745 function `ssh-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
|
|
|
746 variable." t nil)
|
|
|
747
|
|
|
748 ;;;***
|
|
|
749
|
|
78
|
750 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "comint/telnet.el")
|
|
|
751
|
|
|
752 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
|
|
|
753
|
|
|
754 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
|
|
|
755 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
|
|
|
756 With a prefix argument, prompts for the port name or number as well.
|
|
|
757 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*HOST-telnet*'.
|
|
|
758 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
|
|
|
759 See also `\\[rsh]'." t nil)
|
|
|
760
|
|
|
761 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
|
|
|
762
|
|
|
763 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
|
|
|
764 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
|
|
|
765 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
|
|
|
766 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
|
|
|
767 See also `\\[telnet]'." t nil)
|
|
|
768
|
|
|
769 ;;;***
|
|
|
770
|
|
155
|
771 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all custom-save-customized custom-buffer-create-other-window custom-buffer-create customize-apropos customize-saved customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face customize-option-other-window customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group customize custom-set-variable custom-set-value) "cus-edit" "custom/cus-edit.el")
|
|
149
|
772
|
|
|
773 (autoload 'custom-set-value "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
774 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
|
|
|
775
|
|
|
776 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
|
|
|
777 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
|
|
|
778
|
|
|
779 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
|
|
|
780 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value." t nil)
|
|
|
781
|
|
|
782 (autoload 'custom-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
783 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
|
|
|
784
|
|
|
785 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
|
|
|
786 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
|
|
|
787
|
|
|
788 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
|
|
|
789 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
|
|
|
790
|
|
|
791 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
|
|
|
792 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
|
|
|
793
|
|
|
794 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
|
|
|
795 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. " t nil)
|
|
106
|
796
|
|
|
797 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
|
|
153
|
798 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
|
|
|
799 User options are structured into \"groups\".
|
|
|
800 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
|
|
|
801 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
|
|
|
802
|
|
|
803 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
804 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
|
|
|
805
|
|
|
806 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
149
|
807 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a customization group." t nil)
|
|
|
808
|
|
155
|
809 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
|
|
|
810
|
|
|
811 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
812 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
|
|
|
813
|
|
|
814 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
|
|
|
815
|
|
|
816 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
817 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
|
|
124
|
818 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
|
|
|
819
|
|
106
|
820 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
|
|
102
|
821 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
|
|
|
822 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
|
|
98
|
823
|
|
124
|
824 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
825 Show customization buffer for FACE in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
826
|
|
106
|
827 (autoload 'customize-customized "cus-edit" "\
|
|
149
|
828 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
|
|
|
829
|
|
|
830 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
831 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
|
|
98
|
832
|
|
106
|
833 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
834 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
835 If ALL (e.g., started with a prefix key), include options which are not
|
|
|
836 user-settable." t nil)
|
|
|
837
|
|
106
|
838 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
839 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
|
|
149
|
840 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
|
|
98
|
841 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
|
|
|
842 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
|
|
|
843 that option." nil nil)
|
|
|
844
|
|
149
|
845 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
846 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
|
|
|
847 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
|
|
|
848 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
|
|
|
849 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
|
|
|
850 that option." nil nil)
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
852 (autoload 'custom-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
853 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
|
|
|
854
|
|
116
|
855 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
856 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
|
|
|
857
|
|
120
|
858 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
859 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
|
|
124
|
860 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
|
|
|
861
|
|
|
862 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
863 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
|
|
120
|
864 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
|
|
124
|
865 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
|
|
|
866 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
|
|
|
867
|
|
|
868 ;;;***
|
|
|
869
|
|
|
870 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-initialize-frame custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "custom/cus-face.el")
|
|
106
|
871
|
|
|
872 (autoload 'custom-declare-face "cus-face" "\
|
|
|
873 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
|
|
|
874
|
|
124
|
875 (autoload 'custom-initialize-frame "cus-face" "\
|
|
|
876 Initialize local faces for FRAME if necessary.
|
|
|
877 If FRAME is missing or nil, the first member of (frame-list) is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
878
|
|
106
|
879 (autoload 'custom-set-faces "cus-face" "\
|
|
|
880 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
|
|
|
881 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
|
|
|
882
|
|
|
883 (FACE SPEC [NOW])
|
|
|
884
|
|
|
885 SPEC will be stored as the saved value for FACE. If NOW is present
|
|
|
886 and non-nil, FACE will also be created according to SPEC.
|
|
|
887
|
|
|
888 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
|
|
|
889
|
|
|
890 ;;;***
|
|
|
891
|
|
149
|
892 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "custom/wid-browse.el")
|
|
106
|
893
|
|
|
894 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
|
|
98
|
895 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
|
|
|
896
|
|
124
|
897 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
|
|
|
898 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
|
|
|
899
|
|
|
900 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
|
|
|
901 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
902
|
|
149
|
903 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
|
|
|
904 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
|
|
|
905 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
906
|
|
|
907 ;;;***
|
|
|
908
|
|
|
909 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value widget-apply) "wid-edit" "custom/wid-edit.el")
|
|
118
|
910
|
|
|
911 (autoload 'widget-apply "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
912 Apply the value of WIDGET's PROPERTY to the widget itself.
|
|
|
913 ARGS are passed as extra arguments to the function." nil nil)
|
|
110
|
914
|
|
149
|
915 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
916 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
|
|
|
917 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
918
|
|
110
|
919 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
920 Create widget of TYPE.
|
|
|
921 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
|
|
|
922
|
|
|
923 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
924 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
|
|
|
925
|
|
|
926 ;;;***
|
|
|
927
|
|
78
|
928 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "edebug/edebug.el")
|
|
|
929
|
|
|
930 (autoload 'def-edebug-spec "edebug" "\
|
|
|
931 Set the edebug-form-spec property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
|
|
|
932 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
|
|
|
933 \(naming a function), or a list." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
935 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
|
|
|
936
|
|
|
937 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
|
|
|
938 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
|
|
|
939 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
|
|
|
940 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
|
|
|
941 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
|
|
|
942
|
|
|
943 ;;;***
|
|
|
944
|
|
|
945 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff/ediff-mult.el")
|
|
|
946
|
|
|
947 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
|
|
|
948 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
950 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
|
|
|
951
|
|
|
952 ;;;***
|
|
|
953
|
|
82
|
954 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "ediff/ediff-util.el")
|
|
78
|
955
|
|
|
956 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
|
|
82
|
957 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
|
|
|
958 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
|
|
78
|
959 which see." t nil)
|
|
|
960
|
|
82
|
961 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
|
|
|
962 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
|
|
|
963 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
|
|
|
964 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
|
|
|
965
|
|
78
|
966 ;;;***
|
|
|
967
|
|
|
968 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff/ediff.el")
|
|
|
969
|
|
|
970 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
|
|
|
971 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
|
|
|
972
|
|
|
973 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
974 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
|
|
|
975
|
|
|
976 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
|
|
|
977
|
|
|
978 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
|
|
|
979
|
|
|
980 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
|
|
|
981 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
|
|
|
982
|
|
|
983 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
|
|
|
984
|
|
|
985 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
986 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
|
|
|
987
|
|
|
988 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
|
|
|
989
|
|
|
990 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
|
|
|
991 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
|
|
|
992 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
993 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
994
|
|
|
995 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
|
|
|
996
|
|
|
997 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
998 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
|
|
|
999 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
1000 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
1001
|
|
|
1002 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
|
|
|
1003
|
|
|
1004 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1005 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
|
|
|
1006 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
|
|
|
1007 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
1008
|
|
|
1009 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
|
|
|
1010
|
|
|
1011 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1012 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
|
|
|
1013 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
1014 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
1015
|
|
|
1016 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
|
|
|
1017
|
|
|
1018 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1019 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
|
|
|
1020 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
|
|
|
1021 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
|
|
|
1022 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
1023 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
1024
|
|
|
1025 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1026 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
|
|
|
1027 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
1028 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
1029
|
|
|
1030 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
|
|
|
1031
|
|
|
1032 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1033 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
|
|
|
1034 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
1035 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
1036
|
|
|
1037 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
1038
|
|
|
1039 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
1040
|
|
|
1041 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1042 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
|
|
|
1043 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
|
|
|
1044 follows:
|
|
|
1045 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
|
|
|
1046 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
|
|
|
1047
|
|
|
1048 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1049 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
|
|
|
1050 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
|
|
|
1051 follows:
|
|
|
1052 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
|
|
|
1053 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
|
|
|
1054
|
|
|
1055 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1056 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
|
|
|
1057 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
|
|
|
1058 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
|
|
|
1059 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
|
|
|
1060
|
|
|
1061 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1062 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
|
|
|
1063 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
|
|
|
1064 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
|
|
|
1065 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
|
|
|
1066 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
|
|
|
1067
|
|
|
1068 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
|
|
|
1069
|
|
|
1070 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1071 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1072
|
|
|
1073 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1074 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1075
|
|
|
1076 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
1077
|
|
|
1078 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1079 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1080
|
|
|
1081 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1082 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1083
|
|
|
1084 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1085 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
|
|
|
1086 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
|
1087 buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1088
|
|
|
1089 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1090 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
|
|
80
|
1091 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
78
|
1092 buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1093
|
|
|
1094 (autoload 'run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1095 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
|
|
146
|
1096 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
|
|
78
|
1097 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
|
|
|
1098
|
|
|
1099 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1100 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME." t nil)
|
|
|
1101
|
|
|
1102 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1103 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
1104
|
|
|
1105 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
|
|
|
1106
|
|
|
1107 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
|
|
|
1108
|
|
|
1109 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1110 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
|
|
|
1111 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
|
1112 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
|
|
|
1113
|
|
|
1114 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1115 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
|
|
|
1116 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
|
|
|
1117
|
|
|
1118 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1119 Display Ediff's manual.
|
|
|
1120 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
|
|
|
1121
|
|
|
1122 ;;;***
|
|
|
1123
|
|
98
|
1124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "default-dir" "efs/default-dir.el")
|
|
|
1125
|
|
|
1126 (defvar default-directory-function nil "\
|
|
|
1127 A function to call to compute the default-directory for the current buffer.
|
|
|
1128 If this is nil, the function default-directory will return the value of the
|
|
|
1129 variable default-directory.
|
|
|
1130 Buffer local.")
|
|
|
1131
|
|
|
1132 ;;;***
|
|
|
1133
|
|
155
|
1134 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump-back-other-frame dired-jump-back-other-window dired-jump-back dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired default-directory) "dired" "efs/dired.el")
|
|
|
1135
|
|
|
1136 (autoload 'default-directory "dired" "\
|
|
|
1137 Returns the default-directory for the current buffer.
|
|
|
1138 Will use the variable default-directory-function if it non-nil." nil nil)
|
|
98
|
1139
|
|
|
1140 (defvar dired-compression-method 'compress "\
|
|
|
1141 *Type of compression program to use.
|
|
|
1142 Give as a symbol.
|
|
|
1143 Currently-recognized methods are: gzip pack compact compress.
|
|
|
1144 To change this variable use \\[dired-do-compress] with a zero prefix.")
|
|
|
1145
|
|
|
1146 (defvar dired-compression-method-alist '((gzip ".gz" ("gzip") ("gzip" "-d") "-f") (compress ".Z" ("compress" "-f") ("compress" "-d") "-f") (pack ".z" ("pack" "-f") ("unpack")) (compact ".C" ("compact") ("uncompact"))) "\
|
|
|
1147 *Association list of compression method descriptions.
|
|
|
1148 Each element of the table should be a list of the form
|
|
|
1149
|
|
|
1150 (compress-type extension (compress-args) (decompress-args) force-flag)
|
|
|
1151
|
|
|
1152 where
|
|
|
1153 `compress-type' is a unique symbol in the alist to which
|
|
|
1154 `dired-compression-method' can be set;
|
|
|
1155 `extension' is the file extension (as a string) used by files compressed
|
|
|
1156 by this method;
|
|
|
1157 `compress-args' is a list of the path of the compression program and
|
|
|
1158 flags to pass as separate arguments;
|
|
|
1159 `decompress-args' is a list of the path of the decompression
|
|
|
1160 program and flags to pass as separate arguments.
|
|
|
1161 `force-flag' is the switch to pass to the command to force overwriting
|
|
|
1162 of existing files.
|
|
|
1163
|
|
|
1164 For example:
|
|
|
1165
|
|
114
|
1166 (setq dired-compression-method-alist
|
|
98
|
1167 (cons '(frobnicate \".frob\" (\"frob\") (\"frob\" \"-d\") \"-f\")
|
|
|
1168 dired-compression-method-alist))
|
|
|
1169 => ((frobnicate \".frob\" (\"frob\") (\"frob\" \"-d\"))
|
|
|
1170 (gzip \".gz\" (\"gzip\") (\"gunzip\"))
|
|
|
1171 ...)
|
|
|
1172
|
|
|
1173 See also: dired-compression-method <V>")
|
|
|
1174
|
|
|
1175 (defvar dired-ls-program "ls" "\
|
|
|
1176 *Absolute or relative name of the ls program used by dired.")
|
|
|
1177
|
|
|
1178 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
|
|
|
1179 *Switches passed to ls for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
|
|
|
1180 Can contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'.")
|
|
|
1181
|
|
142
|
1182 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux dgux usg-unix-v linux)) "chown" "/etc/chown") "\
|
|
114
|
1183 *Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
|
|
98
|
1184
|
|
|
1185 (defvar dired-gnutar-program nil "\
|
|
|
1186 *If non-nil, name of the GNU tar executable (e.g. \"tar\" or \"gnutar\").
|
|
|
1187 GNU tar's `z' switch is used for compressed tar files.
|
|
|
1188 If you don't have GNU tar, set this to nil: a pipe using `zcat' is then used.")
|
|
|
1189
|
|
|
1190 (defvar dired-unshar-program nil "\
|
|
|
1191 *Set to the name of the unshar program, if you have it.")
|
|
|
1192
|
|
|
1193 (defvar dired-local-variables-file ".dired" "\
|
|
|
1194 *If non-nil, filename for local variables for Dired.
|
|
|
1195 If Dired finds a file with that name in the current directory, it will
|
|
|
1196 temporarily insert it into the dired buffer and run `hack-local-variables'.
|
|
|
1197
|
|
|
1198 Type \\[info] and `g' `(emacs)File Variables' `RET' for more info on
|
|
|
1199 local variables.")
|
|
|
1200
|
|
|
1201 (defvar dired-kept-versions 2 "\
|
|
|
1202 *When cleaning directory, number of versions to keep.")
|
|
|
1203
|
|
|
1204 (defvar dired-find-subdir nil "\
|
|
|
1205 *Determines whether dired tries to lookup a subdir in existing buffers.
|
|
|
1206 If non-nil, dired does not make a new buffer for a directory if it can be
|
|
|
1207 found (perhaps as subdir) in some existing dired buffer. If there are several
|
|
|
1208 dired buffers for a directory, then the most recently used one is chosen.
|
|
|
1209
|
|
|
1210 Dired avoids switching to the current buffer, so that if you have
|
|
|
1211 a normal and a wildcard buffer for the same directory, C-x d RET will
|
|
|
1212 toggle between those two.")
|
|
|
1213
|
|
|
1214 (defvar dired-use-file-transformers t "\
|
|
|
1215 *Determines whether dired uses file transformers.
|
|
|
1216 If non-nil `dired-do-shell-command' will apply file transformers to file names.
|
|
|
1217 See \\[describe-function] for dired-do-shell-command for more information.")
|
|
|
1218
|
|
|
1219 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
|
|
|
1220 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
|
|
|
1221 This means that if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
|
|
|
1222 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
|
|
|
1223 The target is put in the prompt for file copy, rename, etc.")
|
|
|
1224
|
|
|
1225 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time nil "\
|
|
|
1226 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
|
|
|
1227 \(This works on only some systems.)\\<dired-mode-map>
|
|
|
1228 Use `\\[dired-do-copy]' with a zero prefix argument to toggle its value.")
|
|
|
1229
|
|
|
1230 (defvar dired-no-confirm nil "\
|
|
|
1231 *If non-nil, a list of symbols for commands dired should not confirm.
|
|
|
1232 It can be a sublist of
|
|
|
1233
|
|
|
1234 '(byte-compile chgrp chmod chown compress copy delete hardlink load
|
|
|
1235 move print shell symlink uncompress recursive-delete kill-file-buffer
|
|
|
1236 kill-dired-buffer patch create-top-dir revert-subdirs)
|
|
|
1237
|
|
|
1238 The meanings of most of the symbols are obvious. A few exceptions:
|
|
|
1239
|
|
|
1240 'compress applies to compression or decompression by any of the
|
|
|
1241 compression program in `dired-compression-method-alist'.
|
|
|
1242
|
|
|
1243 'kill-dired-buffer applies to offering to kill dired buffers for
|
|
|
1244 directories which have been deleted.
|
|
|
1245
|
|
|
1246 'kill-file-buffer applies to offering to kill buffers visiting files
|
|
|
1247 which have been deleted.
|
|
|
1248
|
|
|
1249 'recursive-delete applies to recursively deleting non-empty
|
|
|
1250 directories, and all of their contents.
|
|
|
1251
|
|
|
1252 'create-top-dir applies to `dired-up-directory' creating a new top level
|
|
|
1253 directory for the dired buffer.
|
|
|
1254
|
|
|
1255 'revert-subdirs applies to re-reading subdirectories which have
|
|
|
1256 been modified on disk.
|
|
|
1257
|
|
|
1258 Note that this list also applies to remote files accessed with efs
|
|
|
1259 or ange-ftp.")
|
|
|
1260
|
|
|
1261 (defvar dired-backup-if-overwrite nil "\
|
|
|
1262 *Non-nil if Dired should ask about making backups before overwriting files.
|
|
|
1263 Special value 'always suppresses confirmation.")
|
|
|
1264
|
|
|
1265 (defvar dired-omit-files nil "\
|
|
|
1266 *If non-nil un-interesting files will be omitted from this dired buffer.
|
|
|
1267 Use \\[dired-omit-toggle] to see these files. (buffer local)")
|
|
|
1268
|
|
|
1269 (defvar dired-mail-reader 'rmail "\
|
|
|
1270 *Mail reader used by dired for dired-read-mail (\\[dired-read-mail]).
|
|
|
1271 The symbols 'rmail and 'vm are the only two allowed values.")
|
|
|
1272
|
|
118
|
1273 (defvar dired-refresh-automatically t "\
|
|
|
1274 *If non-nil, refresh dired buffers automatically after file operations.")
|
|
|
1275
|
|
98
|
1276 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
|
|
|
1277
|
|
|
1278 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
|
|
|
1279 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
|
|
|
1280 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
|
|
|
1281 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
|
|
|
1282 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
|
|
|
1283 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
|
|
|
1284 its first element is taken as the directory name and the resr as an explicit
|
|
|
1285 list of files to make directory entries for.
|
|
|
1286 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
|
|
|
1287 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
|
|
|
1288 delete them by typing \\[dired-expunge-deletions].
|
|
|
1289 Type \\[dired-describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
|
|
|
1290
|
|
|
1291 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
|
|
|
1292
|
|
|
1293 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
|
|
|
1294
|
|
|
1295 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
|
|
|
1296 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
1297
|
|
|
1298 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
|
|
|
1299
|
|
|
1300 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
|
|
|
1301 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
|
|
|
1302
|
|
|
1303 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
|
|
|
1304 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
|
|
|
1305
|
|
|
1306 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back)
|
|
|
1307
|
|
|
1308 (autoload 'dired-jump-back "dired" "\
|
|
|
1309 Jump back to dired.
|
|
|
1310 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
|
|
|
1311 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
|
|
|
1312 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
|
|
|
1313 buffer and try again." t nil)
|
|
|
1314
|
|
|
1315 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back-other-window)
|
|
|
1316
|
|
|
1317 (autoload 'dired-jump-back-other-window "dired" "\
|
|
|
1318 Like \\[dired-jump-back], but to other window." t nil)
|
|
|
1319
|
|
|
1320 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back-other-frame)
|
|
|
1321
|
|
|
1322 (autoload 'dired-jump-back-other-frame "dired" "\
|
|
|
1323 Like \\[dired-jump-back], but in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
1324
|
|
|
1325 ;;;***
|
|
|
1326
|
|
116
|
1327 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-ftp-path) "efs-cu" "efs/efs-cu.el")
|
|
114
|
1328
|
|
|
1329 (defvar efs-path-root-regexp "^/[^/:]+:" "\
|
|
|
1330 Regexp to match the `/user@host:' root of an efs full path.")
|
|
|
1331
|
|
116
|
1332 (autoload 'efs-ftp-path "efs-cu" "\
|
|
|
1333 Parse PATH according to efs-path-regexp.
|
|
|
1334 Returns a list (HOST USER PATH), or nil if PATH does not match the format." nil nil)
|
|
|
1335
|
|
|
1336 ;;;***
|
|
|
1337
|
|
|
1338 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-path-file-handler-function) "efs-dump" "efs/efs-dump.el")
|
|
|
1339
|
|
|
1340 (or (assoc efs-path-root-regexp file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (cons efs-path-root-regexp 'remote-path-file-handler-function) file-name-handler-alist)))
|
|
|
1341
|
|
|
1342 (autoload 'remote-path-file-handler-function "efs-dump" "\
|
|
|
1343 Function to call special file handlers for remote files." nil nil)
|
|
114
|
1344
|
|
|
1345 ;;;***
|
|
|
1346
|
|
118
|
1347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "efs-fnh" "efs/efs-fnh.el")
|
|
|
1348
|
|
|
1349 (defvar allow-remote-paths t "\
|
|
|
1350 *Set this to nil if you don't want remote paths to access
|
|
|
1351 remote files.")
|
|
|
1352
|
|
|
1353 ;;;***
|
|
|
1354
|
|
114
|
1355 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-root-file-name-completion efs-root-file-name-all-completions efs-set-passwd) "efs-netrc" "efs/efs-netrc.el")
|
|
|
1356
|
|
|
1357 (autoload 'efs-set-passwd "efs-netrc" "\
|
|
|
1358 For a given HOST and USER, set or change the associated PASSWORD." t nil)
|
|
|
1359
|
|
|
1360 (autoload 'efs-root-file-name-all-completions "efs-netrc" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1361
|
|
|
1362 (autoload 'efs-root-file-name-completion "efs-netrc" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1363
|
|
|
1364 ;;;***
|
|
|
1365
|
|
|
1366 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-report-bug) "efs-report" "efs/efs-report.el")
|
|
|
1367
|
|
|
1368 (autoload 'efs-report-bug "efs-report" "\
|
|
|
1369 Submit a bug report for efs." t nil)
|
|
|
1370
|
|
|
1371 ;;;***
|
|
|
1372
|
|
116
|
1373 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-file-handler-function efs-nslookup-host efs-display-ftp-activity) "efs" "efs/efs.el")
|
|
|
1374
|
|
|
1375 (autoload 'efs-display-ftp-activity "efs" "\
|
|
|
1376 Displays the number of active background ftp sessions in the modeline.
|
|
|
1377 Uses the variable `efs-mode-line-format' to determine how this will be
|
|
|
1378 displayed." t nil)
|
|
114
|
1379
|
|
|
1380 (autoload 'efs-nslookup-host "efs" "\
|
|
|
1381 Attempt to resolve the given HOSTNAME using nslookup if possible." t nil)
|
|
|
1382
|
|
|
1383 (autoload 'efs-file-handler-function "efs" "\
|
|
|
1384 Function to call special file handlers for remote files." nil nil)
|
|
|
1385
|
|
|
1386 ;;;***
|
|
|
1387
|
|
78
|
1388 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "electric/ebuff-menu.el")
|
|
|
1389
|
|
|
1390 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
|
|
|
1391 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
|
|
|
1392 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
|
|
|
1393 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
|
|
|
1394
|
|
|
1395 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
|
|
|
1396 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
|
|
|
1397 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
|
|
|
1398
|
|
|
1399 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
|
|
|
1400 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
|
|
|
1401 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
|
|
|
1402
|
|
|
1403 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
|
|
|
1404
|
|
|
1405 Non-null optional arg FILES-ONLY means mention only file buffers.
|
|
|
1406 When called from Lisp code, FILES-ONLY may be a regular expression,
|
|
|
1407 in which case only buffers whose names match that expression are listed,
|
|
|
1408 or an arbitrary predicate function.
|
|
|
1409
|
|
|
1410 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
1411
|
|
|
1412 ;;;***
|
|
|
1413
|
|
|
1414 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-command-history Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "electric/echistory.el")
|
|
|
1415
|
|
|
1416 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
|
|
|
1417 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
|
|
|
1418 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
|
|
|
1419
|
|
|
1420 (autoload 'electric-command-history "echistory" "\
|
|
|
1421 \\<electric-history-map>Major mode for examining and redoing commands from `command-history'.
|
|
|
1422 This pops up a window with the Command History listing.
|
|
|
1423 The number of command listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
1424 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
1425 Combines typeout Command History list window with menu like selection
|
|
|
1426 of an expression from the history for re-evaluation in the *original* buffer.
|
|
|
1427
|
|
|
1428 The history displayed is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
1429
|
|
|
1430 Like Emacs-Lisp mode except that characters do not insert themselves and
|
|
|
1431 Tab and Linefeed do not indent. Instead these commands are provided:
|
|
|
1432 \\{electric-history-map}
|
|
|
1433
|
|
|
1434 Calls the value of `electric-command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
|
|
|
1435 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
|
|
|
1436
|
|
|
1437 ;;;***
|
|
|
1438
|
|
|
1439 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "electric/ehelp.el")
|
|
|
1440
|
|
|
1441 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
|
|
|
1442 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
|
|
|
1443 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
|
|
|
1444 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
|
|
|
1445 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
|
|
|
1446 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
|
|
|
1447 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
|
|
|
1448 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
|
|
|
1449
|
|
|
1450 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
|
|
|
1451 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
|
|
|
1452
|
|
|
1453 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
|
|
|
1454 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
|
|
|
1455 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
|
|
|
1456 this value is non-nil.
|
|
|
1457
|
|
|
1458 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
|
|
|
1459 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
|
|
|
1460 things.
|
|
|
1461
|
|
|
1462 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
|
|
|
1463 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
|
|
|
1464 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
|
|
|
1465
|
|
|
1466 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1467
|
|
|
1468 ;;;***
|
|
|
1469
|
|
|
1470 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "electric/helper.el")
|
|
|
1471
|
|
|
1472 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
|
|
|
1473 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1474
|
|
|
1475 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
|
|
|
1476 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1477
|
|
|
1478 ;;;***
|
|
|
1479
|
|
|
1480 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulators/edt.el")
|
|
|
1481
|
|
|
1482 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
|
|
|
1483 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
|
|
|
1484
|
|
|
1485 ;;;***
|
|
|
1486
|
|
|
1487 ;;;### (autoloads (teco-command) "teco" "emulators/teco.el")
|
|
|
1488
|
|
|
1489 (autoload 'teco-command "teco" "\
|
|
|
1490 Read and execute a Teco command string." t nil)
|
|
|
1491
|
|
|
1492 ;;;***
|
|
|
1493
|
|
|
1494 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulators/tpu-edt.el")
|
|
|
1495
|
|
|
1496 (fset 'tpu-edt-mode 'tpu-edt-on)
|
|
|
1497
|
|
|
1498 (fset 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
|
|
|
1499
|
|
|
1500 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
|
|
|
1501 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
|
|
|
1502
|
|
|
1503 ;;;***
|
|
|
1504
|
|
|
1505 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "emulators/tpu-extras.el")
|
|
|
1506
|
|
|
1507 (autoload 'tpu-set-scroll-margins "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1508 Set scroll margins." t nil)
|
|
|
1509
|
|
|
1510 (autoload 'tpu-set-cursor-free "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1511 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
|
|
|
1512
|
|
|
1513 (autoload 'tpu-set-cursor-bound "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1514 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
|
|
|
1515
|
|
|
1516 ;;;***
|
|
|
1517
|
|
|
1518 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulators/ws-mode.el")
|
|
|
1519
|
|
|
1520 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
|
|
|
1521 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
|
|
|
1522
|
|
|
1523 BUGS:
|
|
|
1524 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
|
|
|
1525 are not implemented
|
|
|
1526 - Options for search and replace
|
|
|
1527 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
|
|
|
1528 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
|
|
|
1529
|
|
|
1530 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
|
|
|
1531 Emacs-like.
|
|
|
1532
|
|
|
1533 The key bindings are:
|
|
|
1534
|
|
|
1535 C-a backward-word
|
|
|
1536 C-b fill-paragraph
|
|
|
1537 C-c scroll-up-line
|
|
|
1538 C-d forward-char
|
|
|
1539 C-e previous-line
|
|
|
1540 C-f forward-word
|
|
|
1541 C-g delete-char
|
|
|
1542 C-h backward-char
|
|
|
1543 C-i indent-for-tab-command
|
|
|
1544 C-j help-for-help
|
|
|
1545 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
|
|
|
1546 C-l ws-repeat-search
|
|
|
1547 C-n open-line
|
|
|
1548 C-p quoted-insert
|
|
|
1549 C-r scroll-down-line
|
|
|
1550 C-s backward-char
|
|
|
1551 C-t kill-word
|
|
|
1552 C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1553 C-v overwrite-mode
|
|
|
1554 C-w scroll-down
|
|
|
1555 C-x next-line
|
|
|
1556 C-y kill-complete-line
|
|
|
1557 C-z scroll-up
|
|
|
1558
|
|
|
1559 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
|
|
|
1560 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
|
|
|
1561 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
|
|
|
1562 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
|
|
|
1563 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
|
|
|
1564 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
|
|
|
1565 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
|
|
|
1566 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
|
|
|
1567 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
|
|
|
1568 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
|
|
|
1569 C-k b ws-begin-block
|
|
|
1570 C-k c ws-copy-block
|
|
|
1571 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
|
|
|
1572 C-k f find-file
|
|
|
1573 C-k h ws-show-markers
|
|
|
1574 C-k i ws-indent-block
|
|
|
1575 C-k k ws-end-block
|
|
|
1576 C-k p ws-print-block
|
|
|
1577 C-k q kill-emacs
|
|
|
1578 C-k r insert-file
|
|
|
1579 C-k s save-some-buffers
|
|
|
1580 C-k t ws-mark-word
|
|
|
1581 C-k u ws-exdent-block
|
|
|
1582 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1583 C-k v ws-move-block
|
|
|
1584 C-k w ws-write-block
|
|
|
1585 C-k x kill-emacs
|
|
|
1586 C-k y ws-delete-block
|
|
|
1587
|
|
|
1588 C-o c wordstar-center-line
|
|
|
1589 C-o b switch-to-buffer
|
|
|
1590 C-o j justify-current-line
|
|
|
1591 C-o k kill-buffer
|
|
|
1592 C-o l list-buffers
|
|
|
1593 C-o m auto-fill-mode
|
|
|
1594 C-o r set-fill-column
|
|
|
1595 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1596 C-o wd delete-other-windows
|
|
|
1597 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
|
|
|
1598 C-o wo other-window
|
|
|
1599 C-o wv split-window-vertically
|
|
|
1600
|
|
|
1601 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
|
|
|
1602 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
|
|
|
1603 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
|
|
|
1604 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
|
|
|
1605 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
|
|
|
1606 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
|
|
|
1607 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
|
|
|
1608 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
|
|
|
1609 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
|
|
|
1610 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
|
|
|
1611 C-q a ws-query-replace
|
|
|
1612 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
|
|
|
1613 C-q c end-of-buffer
|
|
|
1614 C-q d end-of-line
|
|
|
1615 C-q f ws-search
|
|
|
1616 C-q k ws-to-block-end
|
|
|
1617 C-q l ws-undo
|
|
|
1618 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
|
|
|
1619 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
|
|
|
1620 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1621 C-q w ws-last-error
|
|
|
1622 C-q y ws-kill-eol
|
|
|
1623 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
|
|
|
1624 " t nil)
|
|
|
1625
|
|
|
1626 ;;;***
|
|
|
1627
|
|
151
|
1628 ;;;### (autoloads (term make-term) "term" "eterm/term.el")
|
|
|
1629
|
|
|
1630 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
|
|
|
1631 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
|
|
|
1632 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
|
|
|
1633 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
|
|
|
1634 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
|
|
|
1635 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
|
|
|
1636
|
|
|
1637 (autoload 'term "term" "\
|
|
|
1638 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1639
|
|
|
1640 ;;;***
|
|
|
1641
|
|
|
1642 ;;;### (autoloads (tperldb txdb tdbx tsdb tgdb) "tgud" "eterm/tgud.el")
|
|
|
1643
|
|
|
1644 (autoload 'tgdb "tgud" "\
|
|
|
1645 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
|
|
|
1646 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
1647 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
1648
|
|
|
1649 (autoload 'tsdb "tgud" "\
|
|
|
1650 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
|
|
|
1651 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
1652 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
1653
|
|
|
1654 (autoload 'tdbx "tgud" "\
|
|
|
1655 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
|
|
|
1656 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
1657 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
1658
|
|
|
1659 (autoload 'txdb "tgud" "\
|
|
|
1660 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
|
|
|
1661 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
1662 and source-file directory for your debugger.
|
|
|
1663
|
|
|
1664 You can set the variable 'tgud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
|
|
|
1665 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
|
|
|
1666
|
|
|
1667 (autoload 'tperldb "tgud" "\
|
|
|
1668 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *tgud-FILE*.
|
|
|
1669 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
1670 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
1671
|
|
|
1672 ;;;***
|
|
|
1673
|
|
|
1674 ;;;### (autoloads (tshell) "tshell" "eterm/tshell.el")
|
|
|
1675
|
|
|
1676 (defvar tshell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
|
|
|
1677 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
|
|
|
1678 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
|
|
|
1679 This variable is used to initialise `term-prompt-regexp' in the
|
|
|
1680 shell buffer.
|
|
|
1681
|
|
|
1682 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
|
|
|
1683 tshell-mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
|
|
|
1684 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
|
|
|
1685
|
|
|
1686 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
|
|
|
1687
|
|
|
1688 (autoload 'tshell "tshell" "\
|
|
|
1689 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
|
|
|
1690 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
|
|
|
1691 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
|
|
|
1692 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
|
|
|
1693 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
|
|
|
1694 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
|
|
|
1695 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
|
|
|
1696 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
|
|
|
1697 discards input when it starts up.)
|
|
|
1698 The buffer is put in Tshell mode, giving commands for sending input
|
|
|
1699 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `tshell-mode'.
|
|
|
1700 See also the variable `tshell-prompt-pattern'.
|
|
|
1701
|
|
|
1702 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
|
|
|
1703 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
|
|
|
1704 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
|
|
|
1705 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
|
|
|
1706
|
|
|
1707 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
|
|
|
1708
|
|
|
1709 ;;;***
|
|
|
1710
|
|
78
|
1711 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "games/blackbox.el")
|
|
|
1712
|
|
|
1713 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
|
|
|
1714 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
|
|
|
1715 the default is 4.
|
|
|
1716
|
|
|
1717 What is blackbox?
|
|
|
1718
|
|
|
1719 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
|
|
|
1720 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
|
|
|
1721 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
|
|
|
1722 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
|
|
|
1723 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
|
|
|
1724 your score.
|
|
|
1725
|
|
|
1726 Overview of play:
|
|
|
1727
|
|
|
1728 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
|
|
|
1729 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
|
|
|
1730 four.
|
|
|
1731
|
|
|
1732 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
|
|
|
1733 movement keys.
|
|
|
1734
|
|
|
1735 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
|
|
|
1736 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
|
|
|
1737
|
|
|
1738 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
|
|
|
1739 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
|
|
|
1740
|
|
|
1741 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
|
|
|
1742 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
|
|
|
1743 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
|
|
|
1744 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
|
|
|
1745 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
|
|
|
1746 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
|
|
|
1747
|
|
|
1748 Details:
|
|
|
1749
|
|
|
1750 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
|
|
|
1751
|
|
|
1752 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
|
|
|
1753 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
|
|
|
1754 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
|
|
|
1755 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
|
|
|
1756
|
|
|
1757 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
|
|
|
1758 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
|
|
|
1759 denoted by the letter `R'.
|
|
|
1760
|
|
|
1761 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
|
|
|
1762 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
|
|
|
1763 denoted by the letter `H'.
|
|
|
1764
|
|
|
1765 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
|
|
|
1766 example.
|
|
|
1767
|
|
|
1768 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
|
|
|
1769 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
|
|
|
1770 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
|
|
|
1771 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
|
|
|
1772 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
|
|
|
1773 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
|
|
|
1774 ray.
|
|
|
1775
|
|
|
1776 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
|
|
|
1777 degree deflection it causes.
|
|
|
1778
|
|
|
1779 1
|
|
|
1780 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1781 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1782 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
|
|
|
1783 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
|
|
|
1784 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
|
|
|
1785 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
|
|
|
1786 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
|
|
|
1787 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
|
|
|
1788 2 3
|
|
|
1789
|
|
|
1790 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
|
|
|
1791 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
|
|
|
1792
|
|
|
1793
|
|
|
1794 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1795 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1796 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1797 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1798 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1799 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1800 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1801 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1802
|
|
|
1803 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
|
|
|
1804 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
|
|
|
1805 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
|
|
|
1806 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
|
|
|
1807 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
|
|
|
1808 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
|
|
|
1809 emerging from the box.
|
|
|
1810
|
|
|
1811 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
|
|
|
1812
|
|
|
1813 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1814 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
|
|
|
1815 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
|
|
|
1816 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
|
|
|
1817 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
|
|
|
1818 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1819 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1820 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1821
|
|
|
1822 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
|
|
|
1823 a reflection." t nil)
|
|
|
1824
|
|
|
1825 ;;;***
|
|
|
1826
|
|
|
1827 ;;;### (autoloads (conx-load conx conx-region conx-buffer) "conx" "games/conx.el")
|
|
|
1828
|
|
|
1829 (autoload 'conx-buffer "conx" "\
|
|
|
1830 Absorb the text in the current buffer into the tree." t nil)
|
|
|
1831
|
|
|
1832 (autoload 'conx-region "conx" "\
|
|
|
1833 Absorb the text in the current region into the tree." t nil)
|
|
|
1834
|
|
|
1835 (autoload 'conx "conx" "\
|
|
|
1836 Generate some random sentences in the *conx* buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1837
|
|
|
1838 (autoload 'conx-load "conx" "\
|
|
|
1839 Load in a CONX database written by the \\[conx-save] command.
|
|
|
1840 This clears the database currently in memory." t nil)
|
|
|
1841
|
|
|
1842 ;;;***
|
|
|
1843
|
|
|
1844 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) "cookie1" "games/cookie1.el")
|
|
|
1845
|
|
|
1846 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1847 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
|
|
|
1848 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
|
|
|
1849
|
|
|
1850 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1851 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
|
|
|
1852 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
|
|
|
1853
|
|
|
1854 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1855 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
|
|
|
1856 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
|
|
|
1857 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
|
|
|
1858
|
|
|
1859 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1860 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
|
|
|
1861
|
|
|
1862 ;;;***
|
|
|
1863
|
|
80
|
1864 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "games/decipher.el")
|
|
|
1865
|
|
|
1866 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
|
|
|
1867 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1868
|
|
|
1869 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
|
|
|
1870 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
|
|
|
1871 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
|
|
|
1872 Upper-case letters are commands.
|
|
|
1873
|
|
|
1874 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
|
|
|
1875 modify it.
|
|
|
1876
|
|
|
1877 The most useful commands are:
|
|
|
1878 \\<decipher-mode-map>
|
|
|
1879 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
|
|
|
1880 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
|
|
|
1881 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
|
|
|
1882 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
|
|
|
1883 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
|
|
|
1884
|
|
|
1885 ;;;***
|
|
|
1886
|
|
78
|
1887 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "games/dissociate.el")
|
|
|
1888
|
|
|
1889 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
|
|
|
1890 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
|
|
|
1891 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
|
|
|
1892 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
|
|
|
1893 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
|
|
|
1894 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
|
|
|
1895 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
|
|
|
1896 Default is 2." t nil)
|
|
|
1897
|
|
|
1898 ;;;***
|
|
|
1899
|
|
|
1900 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "games/doctor.el")
|
|
|
1901
|
|
|
1902 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
|
|
|
1903 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
|
|
|
1904
|
|
|
1905 ;;;***
|
|
|
1906
|
|
|
1907 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "games/dunnet.el")
|
|
|
1908
|
|
|
1909 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
|
|
|
1910 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
|
|
|
1911
|
|
|
1912 ;;;***
|
|
|
1913
|
|
|
1914 ;;;### (autoloads (flame) "flame" "games/flame.el")
|
|
|
1915
|
|
|
1916 (autoload 'flame "flame" "\
|
|
|
1917 Generate ARG (default 1) sentences of half-crazed gibberish." t nil)
|
|
|
1918
|
|
|
1919 ;;;***
|
|
|
1920
|
|
|
1921 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "games/gomoku.el")
|
|
|
1922
|
|
|
1923 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
|
|
|
1924 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
|
|
|
1925 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
|
|
|
1926 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
|
|
|
1927
|
|
|
1928 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
|
|
|
1929 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
|
|
|
1930 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
|
|
|
1931 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
|
|
|
1932 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
|
|
|
1933 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
|
|
|
1934
|
|
|
1935 ;;;***
|
|
|
1936
|
|
|
1937 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi) "hanoi" "games/hanoi.el")
|
|
|
1938
|
|
|
1939 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
|
|
|
1940 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Argument is number of rings." t nil)
|
|
|
1941
|
|
|
1942 ;;;***
|
|
|
1943
|
|
|
1944 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "games/life.el")
|
|
|
1945
|
|
|
1946 (autoload 'life "life" "\
|
|
|
1947 Run Conway's Life simulation.
|
|
|
1948 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
|
|
|
1949 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
|
|
|
1950 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
|
|
|
1951
|
|
|
1952 ;;;***
|
|
|
1953
|
|
|
1954 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "games/mpuz.el")
|
|
|
1955
|
|
|
1956 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
|
|
|
1957 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
|
|
|
1958
|
|
|
1959 ;;;***
|
|
|
1960
|
|
|
1961 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "games/spook.el")
|
|
|
1962
|
|
|
1963 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
|
|
|
1964 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
1965
|
|
|
1966 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
|
|
|
1967 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
|
|
|
1968
|
|
|
1969 ;;;***
|
|
|
1970
|
|
120
|
1971 ;;;### (autoloads (xmine-mode) "xmine" "games/xmine.el")
|
|
|
1972
|
|
|
1973 (autoload 'xmine-mode "xmine" "\
|
|
|
1974 A mode for playing the well known mine searching game.
|
|
|
1975
|
|
|
1976 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button1]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action1]' unhides a tile,
|
|
|
1977 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button2]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action2]' unhides all neighbours of a tile,
|
|
|
1978 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button3]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action3]' (un)flagges a tile to hold a mine.
|
|
|
1979
|
|
|
1980 `\\[xmine-key-new]' starts a new game.
|
|
|
1981 `\\[xmine-key-quit]' ends a game.
|
|
|
1982
|
|
|
1983 All keybindings (with alternatives) currently in effect:
|
|
|
1984 \\{xmine-keymap}
|
|
|
1985
|
|
|
1986 The rules are quite easy: You start by unhiding (random) tiles. An unhidden
|
|
|
1987 tile showing a number tells you something about the number of mines in it's
|
|
|
1988 neighborhood, where the neighborhood are all 8 tiles (or less if it's
|
|
|
1989 at a border) around the tile.
|
|
|
1990
|
|
|
1991 E.g. a \"1\" shows you that there is only one mine in the neighborhood of
|
|
|
1992 this tile. Empty tiles have no mines around them, and empty tiles in
|
|
|
1993 the neighborhood of another empty tile are all automatically unhidden
|
|
|
1994 if you unhide one of them. You need to find a strategy to use the
|
|
|
1995 information you have from the numbers to \"flag\" the tiles with mines
|
|
|
1996 under them and unhide all other tiles. If you correctly made this
|
|
|
1997 without accidently unhiding a mine, you've won.
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
1999 If you are sure you have correctly flagged all mines around a unhidden tile,
|
|
|
2000 you can use Button-2 or \\[xmine-key-action2] on it to unhide all it's
|
|
|
2001 neighbors. But beware: If you made a mistake by flagging the wrong mines,
|
|
|
2002 you'll blow up!
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004 Have Fun." t nil)
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006 (fset 'xmine 'xmine-mode)
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008 ;;;***
|
|
|
2009
|
|
78
|
2010 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism yow) "yow" "games/yow.el")
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
|
|
|
2013 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
|
|
|
2016 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
|
|
|
2017
|
|
|
2018 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
|
|
|
2019 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
2020 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
|
|
|
2021
|
|
|
2022 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
|
|
|
2023 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
|
|
|
2024
|
|
|
2025 ;;;***
|
|
|
2026
|
|
110
|
2027 ;;;### (autoloads (gnats:summ-pr gnats:query-pr gnats:edit-pr gnats:view-pr gnats:gnats-mode) "gnats" "gnats/gnats.el")
|
|
|
2028
|
|
|
2029 (defvar gnats::mode-name nil "\
|
|
|
2030 Name of the GNATS mode.")
|
|
|
2031
|
|
|
2032 (setq gnats::mode-name 'gnats:gnats-mode)
|
|
|
2033
|
|
|
2034 (fset 'gnats-mode gnats::mode-name)
|
|
|
2035
|
|
|
2036 (autoload 'gnats:gnats-mode "gnats" "\
|
|
|
2037 Major mode for editing problem reports.
|
|
|
2038 For information about the form see gnats(1) and pr_form(5).
|
|
|
2039
|
|
|
2040 When you are finished editing the buffer, type \\[gnats:submit-pr] to commit
|
|
|
2041 your changes to the PR database. To abort the edit, type
|
|
|
2042 \\[gnats:unlock-buffer].
|
|
|
2043
|
|
|
2044 Special commands:
|
|
|
2045 \\{gnats-mode-map}
|
|
|
2046 Turning on gnats-mode calls the value of the variable gnats-mode-hook,
|
|
|
2047 if it is not nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2048
|
|
|
2049 (fset 'view-pr 'gnats:view-pr)
|
|
|
2050
|
|
|
2051 (autoload 'gnats:view-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
2052 Visit the problem report named by the string ID. While viewing, press
|
|
|
2053 'e' to edit the currently viewed PR." t nil)
|
|
|
2054
|
|
|
2055 (fset 'edit-pr 'gnats:edit-pr)
|
|
|
2056
|
|
|
2057 (autoload 'gnats:edit-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
2058 Edit the problem report named by the string ID." t nil)
|
|
|
2059
|
|
|
2060 (fset 'query-pr 'gnats:query-pr)
|
|
|
2061
|
|
|
2062 (autoload 'gnats:query-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
2063 Run query-pr, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
|
|
|
2064 While query-pr runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
|
|
|
2065 to find the text that the hits refer to." t nil)
|
|
|
2066
|
|
|
2067 (fset 'summ-pr 'gnats:summ-pr)
|
|
|
2068
|
|
|
2069 (autoload 'gnats:summ-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
2070 Run query-pr, with user-specified args, and display a pretty summary.
|
|
|
2071 Well, display a summary, at least." t nil)
|
|
|
2072
|
|
|
2073 ;;;***
|
|
|
2074
|
|
|
2075 ;;;### (autoloads (send-pr:send-pr-mode send-pr:send-pr) "send-pr" "gnats/send-pr.el")
|
|
|
2076
|
|
|
2077 (fset 'send-pr 'send-pr:send-pr)
|
|
|
2078
|
|
|
2079 (autoload 'send-pr:send-pr "send-pr" "\
|
|
|
2080 Create a buffer and read in the result of `send-pr -P'.
|
|
|
2081 When finished with editing the problem report use \\[send-pr:submit-pr]
|
|
|
2082 to send the PR with `send-pr -b -f -'." t nil)
|
|
|
2083
|
|
|
2084 (fset 'send-pr-mode 'send-pr:send-pr-mode)
|
|
|
2085
|
|
|
2086 (autoload 'send-pr:send-pr-mode "send-pr" "\
|
|
|
2087 Major mode for submitting problem reports.
|
|
|
2088 For information about the form see gnats(1) and send-pr(1).
|
|
|
2089 Special commands: \\{send-pr-mode-map}
|
|
|
2090 Turning on send-pr-mode calls the value of the variable send-pr-mode-hook,
|
|
|
2091 if it is not nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2092
|
|
|
2093 ;;;***
|
|
|
2094
|
|
78
|
2095 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el")
|
|
|
2096
|
|
|
2097 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
|
|
|
2098 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
2099
|
|
|
2100 ;;;***
|
|
|
2101
|
|
98
|
2102 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el")
|
|
|
2103
|
|
|
2104 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
|
|
|
2105 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
|
|
|
2106
|
|
|
2107 ;;;***
|
|
|
2108
|
|
78
|
2109 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el")
|
|
|
2110
|
|
|
2111 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
98
|
2112 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
|
|
|
2113
|
|
|
2114 Usage:
|
|
|
2115 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
|
|
78
|
2116
|
|
|
2117 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
|
2118 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
|
|
|
2119
|
|
|
2120 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
|
2121 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
|
|
|
2122
|
|
|
2123 ;;;***
|
|
|
2124
|
|
98
|
2125 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el")
|
|
|
2126
|
|
|
2127 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
|
|
|
2128 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
|
|
|
2129 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
|
|
|
2130
|
|
|
2131 ;;;***
|
|
|
2132
|
|
|
2133 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el")
|
|
|
2134
|
|
|
2135 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
|
|
|
2136
|
|
|
2137 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
|
|
|
2138 Run batched scoring.
|
|
|
2139 Usage: emacs -batch -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score <newsgroups> ...
|
|
|
2140 Newsgroups is a list of strings in Bnews format. If you want to score
|
|
|
2141 the comp hierarchy, you'd say \"comp.all\". If you would not like to
|
|
|
2142 score the alt hierarchy, you'd say \"!alt.all\"." t nil)
|
|
|
2143
|
|
|
2144 ;;;***
|
|
|
2145
|
|
|
2146 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el")
|
|
|
2147
|
|
|
2148 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
|
|
|
2149 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
|
|
|
2150 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2151
|
|
|
2152 ;;;***
|
|
|
2153
|
|
|
2154 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el")
|
|
|
2155
|
|
|
2156 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
|
|
|
2157 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
|
|
|
2158 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
|
|
|
2159 for matching on group names.
|
|
|
2160
|
|
|
2161 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
|
|
|
2162 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
|
|
|
2163
|
|
|
2164 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"" t nil)
|
|
|
2165
|
|
|
2166 ;;;***
|
|
|
2167
|
|
98
|
2168 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el")
|
|
|
2169
|
|
|
2170 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
|
|
78
|
2171 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
|
|
|
2172
|
|
98
|
2173 ;;;***
|
|
|
2174
|
|
|
2175 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el")
|
|
|
2176
|
|
|
2177 (autoload 'gnus-unload "gnus-start" "\
|
|
|
2178 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
|
|
|
2179
|
|
|
2180 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
|
|
|
2181 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
|
|
|
2182
|
|
|
2183 ;;;***
|
|
|
2184
|
|
|
2185 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el")
|
|
|
2186
|
|
|
2187 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
|
|
78
|
2188 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
|
|
|
2189
|
|
98
|
2190 ;;;***
|
|
|
2191
|
|
|
2192 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el")
|
|
|
2193
|
|
78
|
2194 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2195 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server" t nil)
|
|
|
2196
|
|
|
2197 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2198 Read network news.
|
|
|
2199 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
|
|
|
2200 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
|
|
|
2201 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
|
|
|
2202 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
|
|
|
2203 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
|
|
|
2204
|
|
|
2205 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2206 Read news as a slave." t nil)
|
|
|
2207
|
|
|
2208 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2209 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
|
|
|
2210
|
|
|
2211 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2212 Read network news.
|
|
|
2213 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
|
|
|
2214 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
|
|
|
2215 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
|
|
|
2216
|
|
|
2217 ;;;***
|
|
|
2218
|
|
|
2219 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message" "gnus/message.el")
|
|
|
2220
|
|
98
|
2221 (defcustom message-from-style 'default "*Specifies how \"From\" headers look.\n\nIf `nil', they contain just the return address like:\n king@grassland.com\nIf `parens', they look like:\n king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)\nIf `angles', they look like:\n Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>\n\nOtherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like\n`parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not." :type '(choice (const :tag "simple" nil) (const parens) (const angles) (const default)) :group 'message-headers)
|
|
|
2222
|
|
|
2223 (defcustom message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "Regexp matching the signature separator." :type 'regexp :group 'message-various)
|
|
|
2224
|
|
|
2225 (defcustom message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "*Local news organization file." :type 'file :group 'message-headers)
|
|
|
2226
|
|
|
2227 (defcustom message-send-mail-function 'message-send-mail-with-sendmail "Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.\nThe headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the\nvariable `mail-header-separator'.\n\nLegal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),\n`message-send-mail-with-mh' and `message-send-mail-with-qmail'." :type '(radio (function-item message-send-mail-with-sendmail) (function-item message-send-mail-with-mh) (function-item message-send-mail-with-qmail) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'message-sending :group 'message-mail)
|
|
|
2228
|
|
|
2229 (defcustom message-citation-line-function 'message-insert-citation-line "*Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line." :type 'function :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2230
|
|
|
2231 (defcustom message-yank-prefix "> " "*Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.\nnil means use indentation." :type 'string :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2232
|
|
|
2233 (defcustom message-cite-function (if (and (boundp 'mail-citation-hook) mail-citation-hook) mail-citation-hook 'message-cite-original) "*Function for citing an original message." :type '(radio (function-item message-cite-original) (function-item sc-cite-original) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2234
|
|
|
2235 (defcustom message-indent-citation-function 'message-indent-citation "*Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.\nThis can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the\ncitation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave\npoint and mark around the citation text as modified." :type 'function :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2236
|
|
|
2237 (defcustom message-signature t "*String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.\nIf t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.\nIf a function, the result from the function will be used instead.\nIf a form, the result from the form will be used instead." :type 'sexp :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2238
|
|
|
2239 (defcustom message-signature-file "~/.signature" "*File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer." :type 'file :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
78
|
2240
|
|
|
2241 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
|
|
|
2242 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
|
|
|
2243 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
|
|
|
2244 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
|
|
|
2245 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
|
|
|
2246 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
|
|
|
2247 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
|
|
98
|
2248 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
|
|
78
|
2249 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
|
|
|
2250 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
|
|
98
|
2251 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
|
|
78
|
2252 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
|
|
|
2253 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
|
|
|
2254 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
|
|
|
2255 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
|
|
|
2256 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
|
|
|
2257 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
|
|
|
2258 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
|
|
98
|
2259 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
|
|
|
2260 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2261
|
|
|
2262 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
|
|
|
2263 Start editing a mail message to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2264
|
|
|
2265 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
|
|
|
2266 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2267
|
|
|
2268 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
|
|
|
2269 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2270
|
|
98
|
2271 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
|
|
|
2272 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2273
|
|
|
2274 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
|
|
|
2275 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2276 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2277
|
|
|
2278 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
|
|
|
2279 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
|
|
|
2280
|
|
|
2281 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
|
|
|
2282 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
|
|
|
2283 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
|
|
|
2284 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
|
|
|
2285
|
|
|
2286 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
|
|
|
2287 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
|
|
|
2288
|
|
|
2289 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
|
|
108
|
2290 Forward the current message via mail.
|
|
78
|
2291 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2292
|
|
|
2293 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
|
|
|
2294 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
|
|
|
2295
|
|
|
2296 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
|
|
|
2297 Re-mail the current message.
|
|
|
2298 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
|
|
|
2299 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
|
|
|
2300 you." t nil)
|
|
|
2301
|
|
|
2302 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
|
|
|
2303 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
2304
|
|
|
2305 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
|
|
|
2306 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
2307
|
|
|
2308 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
|
|
|
2309 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2310
|
|
|
2311 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
|
|
|
2312 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2313
|
|
|
2314 (autoload 'bold-region "message" "\
|
|
|
2315 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
|
|
|
2316 Works by overstriking characters.
|
|
|
2317 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
2318 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
2319
|
|
|
2320 (autoload 'unbold-region "message" "\
|
|
|
2321 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
|
|
|
2322 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
2323 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
2324
|
|
|
2325 ;;;***
|
|
|
2326
|
|
98
|
2327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "messcompat" "gnus/messcompat.el")
|
|
|
2328
|
|
|
2329 (defvar message-signature-file mail-signature-file "\
|
|
|
2330 *File containing the text inserted at end of message. buffer.")
|
|
|
2331
|
|
|
2332 ;;;***
|
|
|
2333
|
|
|
2334 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el")
|
|
|
2335
|
|
|
2336 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
|
|
|
2337 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
|
|
|
2338 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
|
|
|
2339 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
|
|
|
2340 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
|
|
|
2341 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
|
|
|
2342
|
|
|
2343 ;;;***
|
|
|
2344
|
|
78
|
2345 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el")
|
|
|
2346
|
|
|
2347 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
|
|
|
2348 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
|
|
|
2349
|
|
|
2350 ;;;***
|
|
|
2351
|
|
|
2352 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el")
|
|
|
2353
|
|
|
2354 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
|
|
|
2355 Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups
|
|
|
2356 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
|
|
|
2357
|
|
|
2358 ;;;***
|
|
|
2359
|
|
|
2360 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el")
|
|
|
2361
|
|
|
2362 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
|
|
112
|
2363 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2364
|
|
|
2365 ;;;***
|
|
|
2366
|
|
|
2367 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el")
|
|
|
2368
|
|
|
2369 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2370 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
|
|
|
2371
|
|
|
2372 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2373 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2374
|
|
|
2375 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2376 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
|
|
|
2377
|
|
|
2378 ;;;***
|
|
|
2379
|
|
|
2380 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el")
|
|
|
2381
|
|
|
2382 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
|
|
|
2383 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
|
|
|
2384 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
|
|
|
2385
|
|
|
2386 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
2387
|
|
|
2388 ;;;***
|
|
|
2389
|
|
|
2390 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-smiley-display smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el")
|
|
|
2391
|
|
|
2392 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
|
|
|
2393 Smilify the region between point and mark." t nil)
|
|
|
2394
|
|
|
2395 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2396
|
|
136
|
2397 (autoload 'gnus-smiley-display "smiley" "\
|
|
|
2398 Display \"smileys\" as small graphical icons." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2399
|
|
|
2400 ;;;***
|
|
|
2401
|
|
|
2402 ;;;### (autoloads (hm--html-minor-mode hm--html-mode) "hm--html-mode" "hm--html-menus/hm--html-mode.el")
|
|
|
2403
|
|
|
2404 (autoload 'hm--html-mode "hm--html-mode" "\
|
|
|
2405 Major mode for editing HTML hypertext documents.
|
|
|
2406 Special commands:\\{hm--html-mode-map}
|
|
|
2407 Turning on hm--html-mode calls the value of the variable hm--html-mode-hook,
|
|
|
2408 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2409
|
|
|
2410 (autoload 'hm--html-minor-mode "hm--html-mode" "\
|
|
|
2411 Toggle hm--html-minor-mode.
|
|
|
2412 With arg, turn hm--html-minor-mode on iff arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
2413
|
|
|
2414 ;;;***
|
|
|
2415
|
|
|
2416 ;;;### (autoloads (html-view-get-display html-view-goto-url html-view-view-buffer html-view-view-file html-view-start-mosaic) "html-view" "hm--html-menus/html-view.el")
|
|
|
2417
|
|
|
2418 (autoload 'html-view-start-mosaic "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2419 Start Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2420
|
|
|
2421 (autoload 'html-view-view-file "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2422 View an html file with Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2423
|
|
|
2424 (autoload 'html-view-view-buffer "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2425 View html buffer with Mosaic.
|
|
|
2426 If BUFFER-TO-VIEW is nil, then the current buffer is used." t nil)
|
|
|
2427
|
|
|
2428 (autoload 'html-view-goto-url "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2429 Goto an URL in Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2430
|
|
|
2431 (autoload 'html-view-get-display "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2432 Get the display for Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2433
|
|
|
2434 ;;;***
|
|
|
2435
|
|
98
|
2436 ;;;### (autoloads (tmpl-insert-template-file tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs tmpl-expand-templates-in-buffer tmpl-expand-templates-in-region) "tmpl-minor-mode" "hm--html-menus/tmpl-minor-mode.el")
|
|
|
2437
|
|
|
2438 (autoload 'tmpl-expand-templates-in-region "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
116
|
2439 Expands the templates in the region from BEGIN to END.
|
|
|
2440 If BEGIN and END are nil, then the current region is used." t nil)
|
|
98
|
2441
|
|
|
2442 (autoload 'tmpl-expand-templates-in-buffer "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
116
|
2443 Expands all templates in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
98
|
2444
|
|
|
2445 (autoload 'tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
|
2446 Inserts a template FILE and expands it, if `tmpl-automatic-expand' is t.
|
|
|
2447 This command tries to read the template file from a list of
|
|
116
|
2448 predefined directories (look at `tmpl-template-dir-list') and it filters
|
|
|
2449 the contents of these directories with the regular expression
|
|
98
|
2450 `tmpl-filter-regexp' (look also at this variable).
|
|
|
2451 The command uses a history variable, which could be changed with the
|
|
|
2452 variable `tmpl-history-variable-name'.
|
|
|
2453
|
|
116
|
2454 The user of the command is able to change interactively to another
|
|
98
|
2455 directory by entering at first the string \"Change the directory\".
|
|
116
|
2456 This may be too difficult for the user. Therefore another command
|
|
98
|
2457 called `tmpl-insert-template-file' exist, which doesn't use fixed
|
|
|
2458 directories and filters." t nil)
|
|
|
2459
|
|
|
2460 (autoload 'tmpl-insert-template-file "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
116
|
2461 Inserts a template FILE and expand it, if `tmpl-automatic-expand' is t.
|
|
98
|
2462 Look also at `tmpl-template-dir-list', to specify a default template directory.
|
|
|
2463 You should also take a look at `tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs'
|
|
|
2464 which has additional advantages (and disadvantages :-).
|
|
|
2465
|
|
|
2466 ATTENTION: The interface of this function has changed. The old
|
|
|
2467 function had the argument list (&optional TEMPLATE-DIR AUTOMATIC-EXPAND).
|
|
|
2468 The variables `tmpl-template-dir-list' and `tmpl-automatic-expand' must
|
|
|
2469 now be used instead of the args TEMPLATE-DIR and AUTOMATIC-EXPAND." t nil)
|
|
|
2470
|
|
|
2471 ;;;***
|
|
|
2472
|
|
78
|
2473 ;;;### (autoloads (hmail:compose) "hmail" "hyperbole/hmail.el")
|
|
|
2474
|
|
|
2475 (autoload 'hmail:compose "hmail" "\
|
|
|
2476 Compose mail with ADDRESS and evaluation of EXPR.
|
|
|
2477 Optional SUBJECT and HELP message may also be given." t nil)
|
|
|
2478
|
|
|
2479 ;;;***
|
|
|
2480
|
|
|
2481 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-handle-in-note smart-info-assist smart-info) "hmous-info" "hyperbole/hmous-info.el")
|
|
|
2482
|
|
|
2483 (autoload 'smart-info "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2484 Walks through Info documentation networks using one key or mouse key.
|
|
|
2485
|
|
|
2486 If key is pressed within:
|
|
|
2487 (1) the first line of an Info Menu Entry or Cross Reference, the desired node
|
|
|
2488 is found;
|
|
|
2489 (2) the Up, Next, or Previous entries of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2490 the desired node is found;
|
|
|
2491 (3) the File entry of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2492 the 'Top' node within that file is found;
|
|
|
2493 (4) at the end of the current node, the Next node is found (this will
|
|
|
2494 descend subtrees if the function 'Info-global-next' is bound);
|
|
|
2495 (5) anywhere else (e.g. at the end of a line), the current node entry is
|
|
|
2496 scrolled up one windowful.
|
|
|
2497
|
|
|
2498 Returns t if key is pressed within an Info Node Header, Cross Reference,
|
|
|
2499 or a Menu; otherwise returns nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2500
|
|
|
2501 (autoload 'smart-info-assist "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2502 Walks through Info documentation networks using one assist-key or mouse assist-key.
|
|
|
2503
|
|
|
2504 If assist-key is pressed within:
|
|
|
2505 (1) the first line of an Info Menu Entry or Cross Reference, the desired node
|
|
|
2506 is found;
|
|
|
2507 (2) the Up, Next, or Previous entries of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2508 the last node in the history list is found;
|
|
|
2509 (3) the File entry of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2510 the 'DIR' root-level node is found;
|
|
|
2511 (4) at the end of the current node, the Previous node is found (this will
|
|
|
2512 return from subtrees if the function 'Info-global-prev is bound);
|
|
|
2513 (5) anywhere else (e.g. at the end of a line), the current node entry is
|
|
|
2514 scrolled down one windowful.
|
|
|
2515
|
|
|
2516 Returns t if assist-key is pressed within an Info Node Header, Cross Reference,
|
|
|
2517 or a Menu; otherwise returns nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2518
|
|
|
2519 (autoload 'Info-handle-in-note "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2520 Follows an Info cross-reference.
|
|
|
2521 If point is within the first line of an Info note (cross-reference), follows
|
|
|
2522 cross-reference and returns t; otherwise returns nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2523
|
|
|
2524 ;;;***
|
|
|
2525
|
|
100
|
2526 ;;;### (autoloads (hkey-help-show) "hmouse-drv" "hyperbole/hmouse-drv.el")
|
|
|
2527
|
|
|
2528 (autoload 'hkey-help-show "hmouse-drv" "\
|
|
|
2529 Saves prior frame configuration if BUFFER displays help. Displays BUFFER.
|
|
|
2530
|
|
|
2531 Optional second arg CURRENT-WINDOW non-nil forces display of buffer within
|
|
|
2532 the current window. By default, it is displayed in another window." nil nil)
|
|
|
2533
|
|
|
2534 ;;;***
|
|
|
2535
|
|
|
2536 ;;;### (autoloads (smart-tags-file smart-tags-file-path smart-objc smart-lisp-mode-p smart-java-at-tag-p smart-java smart-fortran-at-tag-p smart-c++ smart-c-at-tag-p smart-asm-at-tag-p) "hmouse-tag" "hyperbole/hmouse-tag.el")
|
|
78
|
2537
|
|
|
2538 (autoload 'smart-asm-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2539 Return assembly tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2540
|
|
|
2541 (autoload 'smart-c-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2542 Return C tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2543
|
|
|
2544 (autoload 'smart-c++ "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2545 Jumps to the definition of optional C++ IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2546 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching C++ tag.
|
|
|
2547
|
|
|
2548 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2549 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2550
|
|
|
2551 If:
|
|
100
|
2552 (1) on a `#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
|
|
|
2553 Look for include file in directory lists `smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
|
|
|
2554 and `smart-c-include-dirs'.
|
|
78
|
2555 (2) on a C++ identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
100
|
2556 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
|
|
78
|
2557 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories.
|
|
100
|
2558 (3) if `smart-c-use-lib-man' is non-nil, the C++ identifier is
|
|
78
|
2559 recognized as a library symbol, and a man page is found for the
|
|
|
2560 identifier, then the man page is displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
2561
|
|
100
|
2562 (autoload 'smart-fortran-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2563 Return Fortran tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2564
|
|
|
2565 (autoload 'smart-java "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2566 Jumps to the definition of optional Java IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2567 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching Java tag.
|
|
78
|
2568
|
|
|
2569 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2570 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2571
|
|
100
|
2572 If:
|
|
|
2573 (1) within a commented @see cross-reference, the referent is displayed;
|
|
|
2574 (2) on a `package' or `import' statement, the referent is displayed;
|
|
|
2575 Look for referent files in the directory list `smart-java-package-dirs'.
|
|
|
2576 (3) on an Java identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
|
2577 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
|
|
|
2578 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories." t nil)
|
|
|
2579
|
|
|
2580 (autoload 'smart-java-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2581 Return Java tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2582
|
|
|
2583 (autoload 'smart-lisp-mode-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2584 Return t if in a mode which uses Lisp symbols." nil nil)
|
|
78
|
2585
|
|
|
2586 (autoload 'smart-objc "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2587 Jumps to the definition of optional Objective-C IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2588 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching Objective-C tag.
|
|
|
2589
|
|
|
2590 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2591 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2592
|
|
|
2593 If:
|
|
100
|
2594 (1) on a `#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
|
|
|
2595 Look for include file in directory lists `smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
|
|
|
2596 and `smart-c-include-dirs'.
|
|
78
|
2597 (2) on an Objective-C identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
100
|
2598 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
|
|
78
|
2599 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories.
|
|
100
|
2600 (3) if `smart-c-use-lib-man' is non-nil, the Objective-C identifier is
|
|
78
|
2601 recognized as a library symbol, and a man page is found for the
|
|
|
2602 identifier, then the man page is displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
2603
|
|
|
2604 (autoload 'smart-tags-file-path "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2605 Expand relative FILE name by looking it up in the nearest tags file.
|
|
|
2606 Return FILE unchanged if it exists relative to the current directory or
|
|
|
2607 cannot be expanded via a tags file." nil nil)
|
|
|
2608
|
|
|
2609 (autoload 'smart-tags-file "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
100
|
2610 Return appropriate tags file name for CURR-FILENAME or `tags-file-name'.
|
|
|
2611 Optional NAME-OF-TAGS-FILE is the literal filename for which to look." nil nil)
|
|
78
|
2612
|
|
|
2613 ;;;***
|
|
|
2614
|
|
108
|
2615 ;;;### (autoloads (hyperbole) "hui-mini" "hyperbole/hui-mini.el")
|
|
|
2616
|
|
|
2617 (autoload 'hyperbole "hui-mini" "\
|
|
|
2618 Invokes default Hyperbole menu user interface when not already active.
|
|
|
2619 Suitable for binding to a key, e.g. {C-h h}.
|
|
|
2620 Non-interactively, returns t if menu is actually invoked by call, else nil.
|
|
|
2621
|
|
|
2622 Two optional arguments may be given to invoke alternative menus.
|
|
|
2623 MENU (a symbol) specifies the menu to invoke from MENU-LIST, (a
|
|
|
2624 Hyperbole menu list structure). MENU defaults to 'hyperbole and MENU-LIST
|
|
|
2625 to `hui:menus'. See `hui:menus' definition for the format of the menu list
|
|
|
2626 structure." t nil)
|
|
|
2627
|
|
|
2628 ;;;***
|
|
|
2629
|
|
78
|
2630 ;;;### (autoloads (var:append) "hvar" "hyperbole/hvar.el")
|
|
|
2631
|
|
|
2632 (autoload 'var:append "hvar" "\
|
|
|
2633 Appends to value held by VAR-SYMBOL-NAME, LIST-TO-ADD. Returns new value.
|
|
|
2634 If VAR-SYMBOL-NAME is unbound, it is set to LIST-TO-ADD.
|
|
|
2635 Often used to append to 'hook' variables." nil nil)
|
|
|
2636
|
|
|
2637 ;;;***
|
|
|
2638
|
|
100
|
2639 ;;;### (autoloads (hypb:display-file-with-logo hypb:configuration) "hypb" "hyperbole/hypb.el")
|
|
78
|
2640
|
|
|
2641 (autoload 'hypb:configuration "hypb" "\
|
|
|
2642 Insert Emacs configuration information at the end of optional OUT-BUF or the current buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
2643
|
|
100
|
2644 (autoload 'hypb:display-file-with-logo "hypb" "\
|
|
|
2645 Display an optional text FILE with the InfoDock Associates logo prepended.
|
|
|
2646 Without file, logo is prepended to the current buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
2647
|
|
78
|
2648 ;;;***
|
|
|
2649
|
|
|
2650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hyperbole" "hyperbole/hyperbole.el")
|
|
|
2651
|
|
|
2652 (defvar action-key-url-function 'w3-fetch "\
|
|
|
2653 Value is a function of one argument, a url, which displays the url referent.
|
|
|
2654 Possible values are:
|
|
|
2655 w3-fetch - display using the W3 Emacs web browser;
|
|
|
2656 highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape - display in Netscape;
|
|
|
2657 highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic - display in Mosaic.")
|
|
|
2658
|
|
|
2659 (defvar kimport:mode-alist '((t . kimport:text) (outline-mode . kimport:star-outline)) "\
|
|
|
2660 Alist of (major-mode . importation-function) elements.
|
|
|
2661 This determines the type of importation done on a file when `kimport:file' is
|
|
|
2662 called if the major mode of the import file matches the car of an element in
|
|
|
2663 this list. If there is no match, then `kimport:suffix-alist' is checked. If
|
|
|
2664 that yields no match, the element in this list whose car is 't is used. It
|
|
|
2665 normally does an import of a koutline or text file.
|
|
|
2666
|
|
|
2667 Each importation-function must take two arguments, a buffer/file to import
|
|
|
2668 and a buffer/file into which to insert the imported elements and a third
|
|
|
2669 optional argument, CHILDREN-P, which when non-nil means insert imported cells
|
|
|
2670 as the initial set of children of the current cell, if any.
|
|
|
2671
|
|
|
2672 outline-mode - imported as an Emacs outline whose entries begin with
|
|
|
2673 asterisks;
|
|
|
2674 .kot
|
|
|
2675 .kotl - imported as a structured koutline
|
|
|
2676
|
|
|
2677 all others - imported as text.")
|
|
|
2678
|
|
|
2679 (defvar kimport:suffix-alist '(("\\.otl$" . kimport:star-outline) ("\\.aug$" . kimport:aug-post-outline)) "\
|
|
|
2680 Alist of (buffer-name-suffix-regexp . importation-function) elements.
|
|
|
2681 This determines the type of importation done on a file when `kimport:file' is
|
|
|
2682 called. Each importation-function must take two arguments, a buffer/file to
|
|
|
2683 import and a buffer/file into which to insert the imported elements and a
|
|
|
2684 third optional argument, CHILDREN-P, which when non-nil means insert imported
|
|
|
2685 cells as the initial set of children of the current cell, if any.
|
|
|
2686
|
|
|
2687 .otl - imported as an Emacs outline whose entries begin with asterisks;
|
|
|
2688 .kot
|
|
|
2689 .kotl - imported as a structured koutline
|
|
|
2690 .aug - imported as an Augment post-numbered outline.")
|
|
|
2691
|
|
|
2692 ;;;***
|
|
|
2693
|
|
|
2694 ;;;### (autoloads (wconfig-yank-pop wconfig-ring-save wconfig-delete-pop wconfig-restore-by-name wconfig-delete-by-name wconfig-add-by-name) "wconfig" "hyperbole/wconfig.el")
|
|
|
2695
|
|
|
2696 (autoload 'wconfig-add-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2697 Saves the current window configuration under the string NAME.
|
|
|
2698 When called interactively and a window configuration already exists under
|
|
|
2699 NAME, confirms whether or not to replace it." t nil)
|
|
|
2700
|
|
|
2701 (autoload 'wconfig-delete-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2702 Deletes window configuration saved under NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
2703
|
|
|
2704 (autoload 'wconfig-restore-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2705 Restores window configuration saved under NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
2706
|
|
|
2707 (autoload 'wconfig-delete-pop "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2708 Replaces current window config with most recently saved config in ring.
|
|
|
2709 Then deletes this new configuration from the ring." t nil)
|
|
|
2710
|
|
|
2711 (autoload 'wconfig-ring-save "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2712 Saves the current window configuration onto the save ring.
|
|
|
2713 Use {\\[wconfig-yank-pop]} to restore it at a later time." t nil)
|
|
|
2714
|
|
|
2715 (autoload 'wconfig-yank-pop "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2716 Replaces current window config with prefix arg Nth prior one in save ring.
|
|
|
2717 Interactively, default value of N = 1, meaning the last saved window
|
|
|
2718 configuration is displayed.
|
|
|
2719
|
|
|
2720 The sequence of window configurations wraps around, so that after the oldest
|
|
|
2721 one comes the newest one." t nil)
|
|
|
2722
|
|
|
2723 ;;;***
|
|
|
2724
|
|
|
2725 ;;;### (autoloads (rolo-logic) "wrolo-logic" "hyperbole/wrolo-logic.el")
|
|
|
2726
|
|
|
2727 (autoload 'rolo-logic "wrolo-logic" "\
|
|
|
2728 Apply FUNC to all entries in optional IN-BUFS, display entries where FUNC is non-nil.
|
|
|
2729 If IN-BUFS is nil, 'rolo-file-list' is used. If optional COUNT-ONLY is
|
|
|
2730 non-nil, don't display entries, return count of matching entries only. If
|
|
|
2731 optional INCLUDE-SUB-ENTRIES flag is non-nil, FUNC will be applied across all
|
|
|
2732 sub-entries at once. Default is to apply FUNC to each entry and sub-entry
|
|
|
2733 separately. Entries are displayed with all of their sub-entries unless
|
|
|
2734 INCLUDE-SUB-ENTRIES is nil and optional NO-SUB-ENTRIES-OUT flag is non-nil.
|
|
|
2735 FUNC should use the free variables 'start' and 'end' which contain the limits
|
|
|
2736 of the region on which it should operate. Returns number of applications of
|
|
|
2737 FUNC that return non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2738
|
|
|
2739 ;;;***
|
|
|
2740
|
|
114
|
2741 ;;;### (autoloads (rolo-yank rolo-toggle-datestamps rolo-sort rolo-kill rolo-grep rolo-fgrep rolo-edit rolo-display-matches rolo-add) "wrolo" "hyperbole/wrolo.el")
|
|
78
|
2742
|
|
|
2743 (autoload 'rolo-add "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2744 Adds a new entry in personal rolodex for NAME.
|
|
|
2745 Last name first is best, e.g. \"Smith, John\".
|
|
|
2746 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to add entry within.
|
|
|
2747 NAME may be of the form: parent/child to insert child below a parent
|
|
|
2748 entry which begins with the parent string." t nil)
|
|
|
2749
|
|
|
2750 (autoload 'rolo-display-matches "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2751 Display optional DISPLAY-BUF buffer of previously found rolodex matches.
|
|
114
|
2752 If DISPLAY-BUF is nil, use the value in `rolo-display-buffer'.
|
|
78
|
2753 Second arg RETURN-TO-BUFFER is the buffer to leave point within after the display." t nil)
|
|
|
2754
|
|
|
2755 (autoload 'rolo-edit "wrolo" "\
|
|
114
|
2756 Edits a rolodex entry given by optional NAME within `rolo-file-list'.
|
|
78
|
2757 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to locate entry within.
|
|
114
|
2758 With no NAME arg, simply displays FILE or first entry in `rolo-file-list' in an
|
|
78
|
2759 editable mode. NAME may be of the form: parent/child to edit child below a
|
|
|
2760 parent entry which begins with the parent string." t nil)
|
|
|
2761
|
|
|
2762 (autoload 'rolo-fgrep "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2763 Display rolodex entries matching STRING.
|
|
|
2764 To a maximum of optional prefix arg MAX-MATCHES, in file(s) from optional
|
|
|
2765 ROLO-FILE or rolo-file-list. Default is to find all matching entries. Each
|
|
|
2766 entry is displayed with all of its sub-entries. Optional COUNT-ONLY non-nil
|
|
|
2767 means don't retrieve and don't display matching entries. Optional NO-DISPLAY
|
|
|
2768 non-nil means retrieve entries but don't display.
|
|
|
2769
|
|
|
2770 Nil value of MAX-MATCHES means find all matches, t value means find all matches
|
|
|
2771 but omit file headers, negative values mean find up to the inverse of that
|
|
|
2772 number of entries and omit file headers.
|
|
|
2773
|
|
|
2774 Returns number of entries matched. See also documentation for the variable
|
|
|
2775 rolo-file-list." t nil)
|
|
|
2776
|
|
|
2777 (autoload 'rolo-grep "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2778 Display rolodex entries matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
2779 To a maximum of prefix arg MAX-MATCHES, in buffer(s) from optional ROLO-BUFS or
|
|
|
2780 rolo-file-list. Default is to find all matching entries. Each entry is
|
|
|
2781 displayed with all of its sub-entries. Optional COUNT-ONLY non-nil means don't
|
|
|
2782 retrieve and don't display matching entries. Optional NO-DISPLAY non-nil
|
|
|
2783 means retrieve entries but don't display.
|
|
|
2784
|
|
|
2785 Nil value of MAX-MATCHES means find all matches, t value means find all matches
|
|
|
2786 but omit file headers, negative values mean find up to the inverse of that
|
|
|
2787 number of entries and omit file headers.
|
|
|
2788
|
|
|
2789 Returns number of entries matched. See also documentation for the variable
|
|
|
2790 rolo-file-list." t nil)
|
|
|
2791
|
|
|
2792 (autoload 'rolo-kill "wrolo" "\
|
|
114
|
2793 Kills a rolodex entry given by NAME within `rolo-file-list'.
|
|
78
|
2794 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to locate entry within.
|
|
|
2795 NAME may be of the form: parent/child to kill child below a parent entry
|
|
|
2796 which begins with the parent string.
|
|
|
2797 Returns t if entry is killed, nil otherwise." t nil)
|
|
|
2798
|
|
|
2799 (autoload 'rolo-sort "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2800 Sorts up to 14 levels of entries in ROLO-FILE (default is personal rolo).
|
|
114
|
2801 Assumes entries are delimited by one or more `*'characters.
|
|
78
|
2802 Returns list of number of groupings at each entry level." t nil)
|
|
|
2803
|
|
114
|
2804 (autoload 'rolo-toggle-datestamps "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2805 Toggle whether datestamps are updated when rolodex entries are modified.
|
|
|
2806 With optional ARG, turn them on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
2807
|
|
78
|
2808 (autoload 'rolo-yank "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2809 Inserts at point the first rolodex entry matching NAME.
|
|
|
2810 With optional prefix arg, REGEXP-P, treats NAME as a regular expression instead
|
|
|
2811 of a string." t nil)
|
|
|
2812
|
|
|
2813 ;;;***
|
|
|
2814
|
|
|
2815 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "iso/iso-acc.el")
|
|
|
2816
|
|
|
2817 (autoload 'iso-accents-mode "iso-acc" "\
|
|
|
2818 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
|
|
|
2819 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
|
|
|
2820 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
|
|
|
2821 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
|
|
|
2822 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
|
|
|
2823
|
|
|
2824 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
|
|
|
2825 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
|
|
|
2826
|
|
|
2827 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
|
|
|
2828 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
|
|
|
2829 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
|
|
|
2830 \"s gives German sharp s.
|
|
|
2831 /a gives a with ring.
|
|
|
2832 /e gives an a-e ligature.
|
|
|
2833 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
|
|
|
2834 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
|
|
|
2835 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
|
|
|
2836
|
|
|
2837 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
|
|
|
2838 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
|
|
|
2839
|
|
|
2840 ;;;***
|
|
|
2841
|
|
155
|
2842 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-use-package) "quail" "leim/quail.el")
|
|
|
2843
|
|
|
2844 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
|
|
|
2845 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
|
|
|
2846 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
|
|
|
2847
|
|
|
2848 ;;;***
|
|
|
2849
|
|
78
|
2850 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-deactivate-passwd mc-install-write-mode mc-install-read-mode) "mailcrypt" "mailcrypt/mailcrypt.el")
|
|
|
2851
|
|
|
2852 (autoload 'mc-install-read-mode "mailcrypt" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2853
|
|
|
2854 (autoload 'mc-install-write-mode "mailcrypt" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2855
|
|
|
2856 (autoload 'mc-deactivate-passwd "mailcrypt" "\
|
|
|
2857 *Deactivate the passphrase cache." t nil)
|
|
|
2858
|
|
|
2859 ;;;***
|
|
|
2860
|
|
|
2861 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-pgp-fetch-key mc-scheme-pgp) "mc-pgp" "mailcrypt/mc-pgp.el")
|
|
|
2862
|
|
|
2863 (autoload 'mc-scheme-pgp "mc-pgp" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
2864
|
|
|
2865 (autoload 'mc-pgp-fetch-key "mc-pgp" "\
|
|
|
2866 Attempt to fetch a key for addition to PGP keyring. Interactively,
|
|
|
2867 prompt for string matching key to fetch.
|
|
|
2868
|
|
|
2869 Non-interactively, ID must be a pair. The CAR must be a bare Email
|
|
|
2870 address and the CDR a keyID (with \"0x\" prefix). Either, but not
|
|
|
2871 both, may be nil.
|
|
|
2872
|
|
|
2873 Return t if we think we were successful; nil otherwise. Note that nil
|
|
|
2874 is not necessarily an error, since we may have merely fired off an Email
|
|
|
2875 request for the key." t nil)
|
|
|
2876
|
|
|
2877 ;;;***
|
|
|
2878
|
|
|
2879 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-remailer-insert-response-block mc-remailer-encrypt-for-chain mc-remailer-insert-pseudonym) "mc-remail" "mailcrypt/mc-remail.el")
|
|
|
2880
|
|
|
2881 (autoload 'mc-remailer-insert-pseudonym "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2882 Insert pseudonym as a From field in the hash-mark header.
|
|
|
2883
|
|
|
2884 See the documentation for the variable `mc-remailer-pseudonyms' for
|
|
|
2885 more information." t nil)
|
|
|
2886
|
|
|
2887 (autoload 'mc-remailer-encrypt-for-chain "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2888 Encrypt message for a remailer chain, prompting for chain to use.
|
|
|
2889
|
|
|
2890 With \\[universal-argument], pause before each encryption." t nil)
|
|
|
2891
|
|
|
2892 (autoload 'mc-remailer-insert-response-block "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2893 Insert response block at point, prompting for chain to use.
|
|
|
2894
|
|
|
2895 With \\[universal-argument], enter a recursive edit of the innermost
|
|
|
2896 layer of the block before encrypting it." t nil)
|
|
|
2897
|
|
|
2898 ;;;***
|
|
|
2899
|
|
|
2900 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-mh-snarf-keys mc-mh-verify-signature mc-mh-decrypt-message mc-gnus-decrypt-message mc-gnus-snarf-keys mc-gnus-verify-signature mc-vm-snarf-keys mc-vm-decrypt-message mc-vm-verify-signature mc-rmail-decrypt-message mc-rmail-verify-signature mc-rmail-summary-snarf-keys mc-rmail-summary-decrypt-message mc-rmail-summary-verify-signature mc-snarf-keys mc-snarf mc-insert-public-key mc-verify-signature mc-verify mc-sign-message mc-sign mc-decrypt-message mc-decrypt mc-encrypt-message mc-encrypt mc-cleanup-recipient-headers) "mc-toplev" "mailcrypt/mc-toplev.el")
|
|
|
2901
|
|
|
2902 (autoload 'mc-cleanup-recipient-headers "mc-toplev" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
2903
|
|
|
2904 (autoload 'mc-encrypt "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2905 *Encrypt the current buffer.
|
|
|
2906
|
|
|
2907 Exact behavior depends on current major mode.
|
|
|
2908
|
|
|
2909 With \\[universal-argument], prompt for User ID to sign as.
|
|
|
2910
|
|
|
2911 With \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], prompt for encryption scheme to use." t nil)
|
|
|
2912
|
|
|
2913 (autoload 'mc-encrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2914 *Encrypt a message for RECIPIENTS using the given encryption SCHEME.
|
|
|
2915 RECIPIENTS is a comma separated string. If SCHEME is nil, use the value
|
|
|
2916 of `mc-default-scheme'. Returns t on success, nil otherwise." nil nil)
|
|
|
2917
|
|
|
2918 (autoload 'mc-decrypt "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2919 *Decrypt a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2920
|
|
|
2921 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
2922
|
|
|
2923 (autoload 'mc-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2924 Decrypt whatever message is in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2925 Returns a pair (SUCCEEDED . VERIFIED) where SUCCEEDED is t if the encryption
|
|
|
2926 succeeded and VERIFIED is t if it had a valid signature." nil nil)
|
|
|
2927
|
|
|
2928 (autoload 'mc-sign "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2929 *Sign a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2930
|
|
|
2931 Exact behavior depends on current major mode.
|
|
|
2932
|
|
|
2933 With one prefix arg, prompts for private key to use, with two prefix args,
|
|
|
2934 also prompts for encryption scheme to use. With negative prefix arg,
|
|
|
2935 inhibits clearsigning (pgp)." t nil)
|
|
|
2936
|
|
|
2937 (autoload 'mc-sign-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2938 Clear sign the message." nil nil)
|
|
|
2939
|
|
|
2940 (autoload 'mc-verify "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2941 *Verify a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2942
|
|
|
2943 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
2944
|
|
|
2945 (autoload 'mc-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2946 *Verify the signature of the signed message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2947 Show the result as a message in the minibuffer. Returns t if the signature
|
|
|
2948 is verified." nil nil)
|
|
|
2949
|
|
|
2950 (autoload 'mc-insert-public-key "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2951 *Insert your public key at point.
|
|
|
2952 With one prefix arg, prompts for user id to use. With two prefix
|
|
|
2953 args, prompts for encryption scheme." t nil)
|
|
|
2954
|
|
|
2955 (autoload 'mc-snarf "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2956 *Add all public keys in the buffer to your keyring.
|
|
|
2957
|
|
|
2958 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
2959
|
|
|
2960 (autoload 'mc-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2961 *Add all public keys in the buffer to your keyring." t nil)
|
|
|
2962
|
|
|
2963 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2964 *Verify the signature in the current message." t nil)
|
|
|
2965
|
|
|
2966 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2967 *Decrypt the contents of this message" t nil)
|
|
|
2968
|
|
|
2969 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2970 *Adds keys from current message to public key ring" t nil)
|
|
|
2971
|
|
|
2972 (autoload 'mc-rmail-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2973 *Verify the signature in the current message." t nil)
|
|
|
2974
|
|
|
2975 (autoload 'mc-rmail-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2976 *Decrypt the contents of this message" t nil)
|
|
|
2977
|
|
|
2978 (autoload 'mc-vm-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2979 *Verify the signature in the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
2980
|
|
|
2981 (autoload 'mc-vm-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2982 *Decrypt the contents of the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
2983
|
|
|
2984 (autoload 'mc-vm-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2985 *Snarf public key from the contents of the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
2986
|
|
|
2987 (autoload 'mc-gnus-verify-signature "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2988
|
|
|
2989 (autoload 'mc-gnus-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2990
|
|
|
2991 (autoload 'mc-gnus-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2992
|
|
|
2993 (autoload 'mc-mh-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2994 Decrypt the contents of the current MH message in the show buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2995
|
|
|
2996 (autoload 'mc-mh-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2997 *Verify the signature in the current MH message." t nil)
|
|
|
2998
|
|
|
2999 (autoload 'mc-mh-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
3000
|
|
|
3001 ;;;***
|
|
|
3002
|
|
|
3003 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el")
|
|
|
3004
|
|
|
3005 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
3006 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
3007 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
3008 to the MH mail system.
|
|
|
3009
|
|
|
3010 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
3011
|
|
|
3012 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
3013 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
3014 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
3015 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
|
|
|
3016 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
|
|
|
3017 that want to create a mail buffer.
|
|
|
3018 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
|
|
|
3019
|
|
|
3020 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
3021 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
3022 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
3023 to the MH mail system.
|
|
|
3024
|
|
|
3025 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
3026
|
|
|
3027 (autoload 'mh-letter-mode "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
3028 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
|
|
|
3029 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
|
|
|
3030 using the MH mail handling system.
|
|
|
3031 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
|
|
|
3032 messages.
|
|
|
3033
|
|
|
3034 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
|
|
|
3035
|
|
|
3036 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
|
|
|
3037
|
|
|
3038 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
|
|
|
3039 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
|
|
|
3040 the yanked message.
|
|
|
3041
|
|
|
3042 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
|
|
|
3043 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
|
|
|
3044 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
|
|
|
3045 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
|
|
|
3046 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
|
|
|
3047
|
|
|
3048 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
|
|
|
3049 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
|
|
|
3050 inserted in a draft letter.
|
|
|
3051
|
|
|
3052 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
|
|
|
3053 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
|
|
|
3054
|
|
|
3055 Upon invoking mh-letter-mode, text-mode-hook and mh-letter-mode-hook are
|
|
|
3056 invoked with no args, if those values are non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3057
|
|
|
3058 ;;;***
|
|
|
3059
|
|
|
3060 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el")
|
|
|
3061
|
|
|
3062 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-e" "\
|
|
|
3063 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
|
|
|
3064 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
3065 to the MH mail system." t nil)
|
|
|
3066
|
|
|
3067 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
|
|
|
3068 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
|
|
|
3069
|
|
|
3070 ;;;***
|
|
|
3071
|
|
|
3072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el")
|
|
|
3073
|
|
|
3074 (defvar mh-mime-content-types '(("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg")) "\
|
|
|
3075 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
|
|
|
3076
|
|
|
3077 ;;;***
|
|
|
3078
|
|
|
3079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el")
|
|
|
3080
|
|
|
3081 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
3082
|
|
|
3083 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
3084
|
|
|
3085 ;;;***
|
|
|
3086
|
|
|
3087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "modes/abbrev.el")
|
|
|
3088
|
|
|
3089 ;;;***
|
|
|
3090
|
|
|
3091 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-make-filename-from-adaname ada-mode) "ada-mode" "modes/ada-mode.el")
|
|
|
3092
|
|
|
3093 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
|
|
|
3094 Ada Mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
|
|
|
3095
|
|
|
3096 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
|
|
|
3097
|
|
|
3098 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
|
|
|
3099 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
|
|
|
3100
|
|
|
3101 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
|
|
|
3102 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
|
|
|
3103 Call external pretty printer program '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
|
|
|
3104
|
|
|
3105 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
|
|
|
3106 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
|
|
|
3107
|
|
|
3108 Call EXTERNAL pretty printer (if you have one) '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
|
|
|
3109
|
|
|
3110 Fill comment paragraph '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph]'
|
|
|
3111 Fill comment paragraph and justify each line '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-justify]'
|
|
|
3112 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-postfix]'
|
|
|
3113
|
|
|
3114 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
|
|
|
3115 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
|
|
|
3116
|
|
|
3117 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
|
|
|
3118 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
|
|
|
3119
|
|
|
3120 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
|
|
|
3121 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
|
|
|
3122 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
|
|
|
3123 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
|
|
|
3124 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
|
|
|
3125
|
|
|
3126 If you use imenu.el:
|
|
|
3127 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
|
|
|
3128
|
|
|
3129 If you use find-file.el:
|
|
|
3130 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
|
|
|
3131 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
|
|
|
3132 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
|
|
|
3133 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
|
|
|
3134 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created
|
|
|
3135 with body stubs.
|
|
|
3136
|
|
|
3137 If you use ada-xref.el:
|
|
|
3138 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
|
|
|
3139 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
|
|
|
3140 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'
|
|
|
3141 Execute Gnatf: '\\[ada-gnatf-current]'" t nil)
|
|
|
3142
|
|
|
3143 (autoload 'ada-make-filename-from-adaname "ada-mode" "\
|
|
|
3144 Determine the filename of a package/procedure from its own Ada name." t nil)
|
|
|
3145
|
|
|
3146 ;;;***
|
|
|
3147
|
|
|
3148 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "modes/arc-mode.el")
|
|
|
3149
|
|
|
3150 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3151 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
|
|
|
3152 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
|
|
|
3153 Letters no longer insert themselves.
|
|
|
3154 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
|
|
|
3155 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
|
|
|
3156
|
|
|
3157 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
|
|
|
3158 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
|
|
|
3159 archive.
|
|
|
3160
|
|
|
3161 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
|
|
|
3162
|
|
|
3163 ;;;***
|
|
|
3164
|
|
|
3165 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "modes/asm-mode.el")
|
|
|
3166
|
|
|
3167 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
|
|
|
3168 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
|
|
|
3169 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
|
|
|
3170
|
|
|
3171 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
3172 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
3173 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
3174 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
|
|
|
3175
|
|
|
3176 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
|
|
|
3177 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?;').
|
|
|
3178
|
|
|
3179 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
|
|
|
3180 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
|
|
|
3181
|
|
|
3182 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
|
|
|
3183
|
|
|
3184 Special commands:
|
|
|
3185 \\{asm-mode-map}
|
|
|
3186 " t nil)
|
|
|
3187
|
|
|
3188 ;;;***
|
|
|
3189
|
|
149
|
3190 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf-mode" "modes/autoconf-mode.el")
|
|
|
3191
|
|
|
3192 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf-mode" "\
|
|
|
3193 A major-mode to edit autoconf input files like configure.in
|
|
|
3194 \\{autoconf-mode-map}
|
|
|
3195 " t nil)
|
|
|
3196
|
|
|
3197 ;;;***
|
|
|
3198
|
|
78
|
3199 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "modes/awk-mode.el")
|
|
|
3200
|
|
|
3201 (autoload 'awk-mode "awk-mode" "\
|
|
|
3202 Major mode for editing AWK code.
|
|
|
3203 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
|
|
|
3204 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
|
|
|
3205 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
|
|
|
3206
|
|
|
3207 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3208 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3209
|
|
|
3210 ;;;***
|
|
|
3211
|
|
|
3212 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "modes/bibtex.el")
|
|
|
3213
|
|
|
3214 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
|
|
|
3215 Major mode for editing bibtex files.
|
|
|
3216
|
|
|
3217 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
|
|
|
3218
|
|
|
3219 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
|
|
|
3220
|
|
|
3221 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and thus ignored by BibTeX.
|
|
|
3222 The OPT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT].
|
|
|
3223 \\[bibtex-kill-optional-field] kills the current optional field entirely.
|
|
|
3224 \\[bibtex-remove-double-quotes] removes the double-quotes around the text of
|
|
|
3225 the current field. \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current
|
|
|
3226 field with the default \"\".
|
|
|
3227
|
|
|
3228 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. (i) removes
|
|
|
3229 double-quotes from entirely numerical fields, (ii) removes OPT from all
|
|
|
3230 non-empty optional fields, (iii) removes all empty optional fields, and (iv)
|
|
|
3231 checks that no non-optional fields are empty.
|
|
|
3232
|
|
|
3233 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the dot at the end of the current field.
|
|
|
3234 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
|
|
|
3235
|
|
|
3236 The following may be of interest as well:
|
|
|
3237
|
|
|
3238 Functions:
|
|
|
3239 find-bibtex-duplicates
|
|
|
3240 find-bibtex-entry-location
|
|
|
3241 hide-bibtex-entry-bodies
|
|
|
3242 sort-bibtex-entries
|
|
|
3243 validate-bibtex-buffer
|
|
|
3244
|
|
|
3245 Variables:
|
|
|
3246 bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts
|
|
|
3247 bibtex-entry-field-alist
|
|
|
3248 bibtex-include-OPTannote
|
|
|
3249 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
|
|
|
3250 bibtex-include-OPTkey
|
|
|
3251 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
|
|
|
3252 bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields
|
|
|
3253
|
|
|
3254 Fields:
|
|
|
3255 address
|
|
|
3256 Publisher's address
|
|
|
3257 annote
|
|
|
3258 Long annotation used for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3259 author
|
|
|
3260 Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format
|
|
|
3261 booktitle
|
|
|
3262 Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
|
|
|
3263 For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
|
|
|
3264 chapter
|
|
|
3265 Chapter number
|
|
|
3266 crossref
|
|
|
3267 The database key of the entry being cross referenced.
|
|
|
3268 edition
|
|
|
3269 Edition of a book (e.g., \"second\")
|
|
|
3270 editor
|
|
|
3271 Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
|
|
|
3272 If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
|
|
|
3273 for the book or collection that the work appears in
|
|
|
3274 howpublished
|
|
|
3275 How something strange has been published (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3276 institution
|
|
|
3277 Sponsoring institution
|
|
|
3278 journal
|
|
|
3279 Journal name (macros are provided for many)
|
|
|
3280 key
|
|
|
3281 Alphabetizing and labeling key (needed when no author or editor)
|
|
|
3282 month
|
|
|
3283 Month (macros are provided)
|
|
|
3284 note
|
|
|
3285 To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3286 number
|
|
|
3287 Number of a journal or technical report
|
|
|
3288 organization
|
|
|
3289 Organization (sponsoring a conference)
|
|
|
3290 pages
|
|
|
3291 Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range)
|
|
|
3292 publisher
|
|
|
3293 Publisher name
|
|
|
3294 school
|
|
|
3295 School name (for theses)
|
|
|
3296 series
|
|
|
3297 The name of a series or set of books.
|
|
|
3298 An individual book will also have its own title
|
|
|
3299 title
|
|
|
3300 The title of the thing being referenced
|
|
|
3301 type
|
|
|
3302 Type of a technical report (e.g., \"Research Note\") to be used
|
|
|
3303 instead of the default \"Technical Report\"
|
|
|
3304 volume
|
|
|
3305 Volume of a journal or multivolume work
|
|
|
3306 year
|
|
|
3307 Year---should contain only numerals
|
|
|
3308 ---------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
3309 Entry to this mode calls the value of bibtex-mode-hook if that value is
|
|
|
3310 non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3311
|
|
|
3312 ;;;***
|
|
|
3313
|
|
118
|
3314 ;;;### (autoloads (c-add-style c-set-style java-mode objc-mode c++-mode c-mode) "cc-mode" "modes/cc-mode.el")
|
|
78
|
3315
|
|
|
3316 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3317 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
|
|
|
3318 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
3319 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
|
|
|
3320 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
|
|
|
3321 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
|
|
|
3322
|
|
110
|
3323 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3324
|
|
|
3325 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
|
|
|
3326 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
|
|
|
3327 run first.
|
|
|
3328
|
|
|
3329 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3330 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3331
|
|
|
3332 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3333 Major mode for editing C++ code.
|
|
|
3334 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
3335 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3336 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3337 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
|
|
|
3338 message.
|
|
|
3339
|
|
110
|
3340 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3341
|
|
|
3342 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
|
|
|
3343 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
|
|
|
3344 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
|
|
|
3345
|
|
|
3346 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3347 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3348
|
|
|
3349 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3350 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
|
|
|
3351 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
|
|
|
3352 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3353 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3354 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
|
|
|
3355 message.
|
|
|
3356
|
|
110
|
3357 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3358
|
|
|
3359 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
|
|
|
3360 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
|
|
|
3361 is run first.
|
|
|
3362
|
|
|
3363 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3364 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3365
|
|
|
3366 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3367 Major mode for editing Java code.
|
|
|
3368 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
|
|
|
3369 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3370 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3371 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
|
|
|
3372 message.
|
|
|
3373
|
|
110
|
3374 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3375
|
|
|
3376 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
|
|
|
3377 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
|
|
|
3378 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
|
|
|
3379 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
|
|
|
3380 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
|
|
|
3381
|
|
|
3382 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3383 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3384
|
|
|
3385 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-mode" "\
|
|
110
|
3386 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
|
|
78
|
3387 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
|
|
|
3388 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
|
|
110
|
3389 for details of setting up styles.
|
|
|
3390
|
|
|
3391 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
|
|
|
3392 style name." t nil)
|
|
78
|
3393
|
|
118
|
3394 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3395 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
|
|
|
3396 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
|
|
|
3397 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
|
|
|
3398
|
|
|
3399 ((VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
|
|
|
3400
|
|
|
3401 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of VARIABLE and
|
|
|
3402 VALUE. This function also sets the current style to STYLE using
|
|
|
3403 `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3404
|
|
78
|
3405 (fset 'set-c-style 'c-set-style)
|
|
|
3406
|
|
|
3407 ;;;***
|
|
|
3408
|
|
|
3409 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "modes/cl-indent.el")
|
|
|
3410
|
|
|
3411 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3412
|
|
|
3413 ;;;***
|
|
|
3414
|
|
|
3415 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "modes/cmacexp.el")
|
|
|
3416
|
|
|
3417 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
|
|
|
3418 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
|
|
|
3419 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
|
|
|
3420 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
|
|
|
3421
|
|
|
3422 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
|
|
|
3423 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
|
|
|
3424 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
|
|
|
3425
|
|
|
3426 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
|
|
|
3427 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
|
|
|
3428
|
|
|
3429 ;;;***
|
|
|
3430
|
|
|
3431 ;;;### (autoloads (eiffel-mode) "eiffel3" "modes/eiffel3.el")
|
|
|
3432
|
|
|
3433 (autoload 'eiffel-mode "eiffel3" "\
|
|
|
3434 Major mode for editing Eiffel programs." t nil)
|
|
|
3435
|
|
|
3436 ;;;***
|
|
|
3437
|
|
|
3438 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) "enriched" "modes/enriched.el")
|
|
|
3439
|
|
|
3440 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
|
|
|
3441 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
|
|
|
3442 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
|
|
|
3443 text/enriched format.
|
|
|
3444 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
3445
|
|
|
3446 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
|
|
|
3447 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
|
|
|
3448
|
|
|
3449 Commands:
|
|
|
3450
|
|
|
3451 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3452
|
|
|
3453 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3454
|
|
|
3455 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3456
|
|
|
3457 ;;;***
|
|
|
3458
|
|
|
3459 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic) "executable" "modes/executable.el")
|
|
|
3460
|
|
|
3461 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
|
|
|
3462 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
|
|
|
3463 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
|
|
|
3464 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
|
|
|
3465 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
|
|
|
3466 executable." t nil)
|
|
|
3467
|
|
|
3468 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
|
|
|
3469 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
|
|
|
3470 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
|
|
|
3471
|
|
|
3472 ;;;***
|
|
|
3473
|
|
|
3474 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "modes/f90.el")
|
|
|
3475
|
|
|
3476 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
|
|
|
3477 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
|
|
|
3478
|
|
|
3479 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
|
|
|
3480 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
|
|
|
3481 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
|
|
|
3482
|
|
|
3483 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
|
|
|
3484
|
|
|
3485 Key definitions:
|
|
|
3486 \\{f90-mode-map}
|
|
|
3487
|
|
|
3488 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
|
|
|
3489
|
|
|
3490 f90-do-indent
|
|
|
3491 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3492 f90-if-indent
|
|
|
3493 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3494 f90-type-indent
|
|
|
3495 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3496 f90-program-indent
|
|
|
3497 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
|
|
|
3498 (default 2)
|
|
|
3499 f90-continuation-indent
|
|
|
3500 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
|
|
|
3501 f90-comment-region
|
|
|
3502 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
|
|
|
3503 region. (default \"!!!$\")
|
|
|
3504 f90-indented-comment-re
|
|
|
3505 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
|
|
|
3506 (default \"!\")
|
|
|
3507 f90-directive-comment-re
|
|
|
3508 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
|
|
|
3509 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
|
|
|
3510 f90-break-delimiters
|
|
|
3511 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
|
|
|
3512 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
|
|
|
3513 f90-break-before-delimiters
|
|
|
3514 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
|
|
|
3515 (default t)
|
|
|
3516 f90-beginning-ampersand
|
|
|
3517 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
|
|
|
3518 f90-smart-end
|
|
|
3519 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
|
|
|
3520 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
|
|
|
3521 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
|
|
|
3522 f90-auto-keyword-case
|
|
|
3523 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
|
|
|
3524 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
|
|
|
3525 f90-leave-line-no
|
|
|
3526 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
|
|
|
3527 f90-startup-message
|
|
|
3528 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
|
|
|
3529 f90-keywords-re
|
|
|
3530 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
|
|
|
3531
|
|
|
3532 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3533 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3534
|
|
|
3535 ;;;***
|
|
|
3536
|
|
|
3537 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "modes/follow.el")
|
|
|
3538
|
|
|
3539 (add-minor-mode 'follow-mode nil 'follow-mode-map)
|
|
|
3540
|
|
|
3541 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3542 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
3543
|
|
|
3544 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3545 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
3546
|
|
|
3547 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3548 Minor mode which combines windows into one tall virtual window.
|
|
|
3549
|
|
|
3550 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
|
|
|
3551 of two major techniques:
|
|
|
3552
|
|
|
3553 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
|
|
|
3554 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
|
|
|
3555 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
|
|
|
3556
|
|
|
3557 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
|
|
|
3558 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
|
|
|
3559 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
|
|
|
3560 movement commands.
|
|
|
3561
|
|
|
3562 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
|
|
|
3563 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
|
|
|
3564 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
|
|
|
3565 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
|
|
108
|
3566 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
|
|
78
|
3567 mileage may vary).
|
|
|
3568
|
|
|
3569 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
|
|
|
3570 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
|
|
|
3571
|
|
|
3572 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
|
|
|
3573
|
|
|
3574 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
|
|
|
3575 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
|
|
|
3576 \(This is the default.)
|
|
|
3577
|
|
|
3578 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3579 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
|
|
|
3580
|
|
|
3581 Keys specific to Follow mode:
|
|
|
3582 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3583
|
|
|
3584 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
|
|
|
3585 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
|
|
|
3586
|
|
|
3587 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
|
|
|
3588 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
|
|
|
3589 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
|
|
|
3590 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
|
|
|
3591 two windows always will display two successive pages.
|
|
|
3592 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
|
|
|
3593
|
|
|
3594 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
|
|
|
3595 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
|
|
|
3596 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
|
|
|
3597
|
|
|
3598 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
|
|
|
3599 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
|
|
|
3600 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
|
|
|
3601
|
|
|
3602 ;;;***
|
|
|
3603
|
|
|
3604 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "modes/fortran.el")
|
|
|
3605
|
|
134
|
3606 (defcustom fortran-tab-mode-default nil "*Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.\nA value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.\nA value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked\nwith a character in column 6." :type 'boolean :group 'fortran-indent)
|
|
78
|
3607
|
|
|
3608 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
|
|
|
3609 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
|
|
|
3610 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
|
|
|
3611 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
|
|
|
3612
|
|
|
3613 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
|
|
|
3614
|
|
|
3615 Key definitions:
|
|
|
3616 \\{fortran-mode-map}
|
|
|
3617
|
|
|
3618 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
|
|
|
3619
|
|
|
3620 comment-start
|
|
|
3621 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
|
|
|
3622 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
|
|
|
3623 fortran-do-indent
|
|
|
3624 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3625 fortran-if-indent
|
|
|
3626 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3627 fortran-structure-indent
|
|
|
3628 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
|
|
|
3629 (default 3)
|
|
|
3630 fortran-continuation-indent
|
|
|
3631 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
|
|
|
3632 fortran-comment-line-extra-indent
|
|
|
3633 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
|
|
|
3634 fortran-comment-indent-style
|
|
|
3635 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
|
|
|
3636 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
|
|
|
3637 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
|
|
|
3638 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
|
|
|
3639 (for TAB format continuation style).
|
|
|
3640 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
|
|
|
3641 indentation for a line of code.
|
|
|
3642 (default 'fixed)
|
|
|
3643 fortran-comment-indent-char
|
|
|
3644 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
|
|
|
3645 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
|
|
|
3646 fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed
|
|
|
3647 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
|
|
|
3648 fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab
|
|
|
3649 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
|
|
|
3650 fortran-line-number-indent
|
|
|
3651 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
|
|
|
3652 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
|
|
|
3653 column 5. (default 1)
|
|
|
3654 fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do
|
|
|
3655 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
|
|
|
3656 statements. (default nil)
|
|
|
3657 fortran-blink-matching-if
|
|
|
3658 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
|
|
|
3659 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
|
|
|
3660 statement. (default nil)
|
|
|
3661 fortran-continuation-string
|
|
|
3662 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
|
|
|
3663 line. (default \"$\")
|
|
|
3664 fortran-comment-region
|
|
|
3665 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
|
|
|
3666 region. (default \"c$$$\")
|
|
|
3667 fortran-electric-line-number
|
|
|
3668 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
|
|
|
3669 as typed. (default t)
|
|
|
3670 fortran-break-before-delimiters
|
|
|
3671 Non-nil causes `fortran-fill' breaks lines before delimiters.
|
|
|
3672 (default t)
|
|
|
3673 fortran-startup-message
|
|
|
3674 Set to nil to inhibit message first time Fortran mode is used.
|
|
|
3675
|
|
|
3676 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3677 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3678
|
|
|
3679 ;;;***
|
|
|
3680
|
|
|
3681 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "modes/hideif.el")
|
|
|
3682
|
|
|
3683 (add-minor-mode 'hide-ifdef-mode " Ifdef")
|
|
|
3684
|
|
|
3685 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
|
|
|
3686 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
|
|
|
3687 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
3688 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
|
|
|
3689 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
|
|
|
3690 how the hiding is done:
|
|
|
3691
|
|
|
3692 hide-ifdef-env
|
|
|
3693 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
|
|
|
3694 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3695 is used.
|
|
|
3696
|
|
|
3697 hide-ifdef-define-alist
|
|
|
3698 An association list of defined symbol lists.
|
|
|
3699 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3700 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3701 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
|
|
|
3702
|
|
|
3703 hide-ifdef-lines
|
|
|
3704 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
|
|
|
3705 #endif lines when hiding.
|
|
|
3706
|
|
|
3707 hide-ifdef-initially
|
|
|
3708 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
|
|
|
3709 is activated.
|
|
|
3710
|
|
|
3711 hide-ifdef-read-only
|
|
|
3712 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
|
|
|
3713 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
|
|
|
3714
|
|
|
3715 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3716
|
|
|
3717 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
|
|
|
3718 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
|
|
|
3719
|
|
|
3720 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
|
|
|
3721 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
|
|
|
3722
|
|
|
3723 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
|
|
|
3724 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
|
|
|
3725
|
|
|
3726 ;;;***
|
|
|
3727
|
|
|
3728 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-block hs-hide-all) "hideshow" "modes/hideshow.el")
|
|
|
3729
|
|
|
3730 (defvar hs-minor-mode nil "\
|
|
|
3731 Non-nil if using hideshow mode as a minor mode of some other mode.
|
|
|
3732 Use the command `hs-minor-mode' to toggle this variable.")
|
|
|
3733
|
|
|
3734 (autoload 'hs-hide-all "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3735 Hides all top-level blocks, displaying only first and last lines.
|
|
|
3736 It moves point to the beginning of the line, and it runs the normal hook
|
|
|
3737 `hs-hide-hook'. See documentation for `run-hooks'." t nil)
|
|
|
3738
|
|
|
3739 (autoload 'hs-hide-block "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3740 Selects a block and hides it. With prefix arg, reposition at end.
|
|
|
3741 Block is defined as a sexp for lispish modes, mode-specific otherwise.
|
|
|
3742 Comments are blocks, too. Upon completion, point is at repositioned and
|
|
|
3743 the normal hook `hs-hide-hook' is run. See documentation for `run-hooks'." t nil)
|
|
|
3744
|
|
|
3745 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3746 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
|
|
|
3747 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
3748 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
|
|
|
3749 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. The variables
|
|
|
3750 `selective-display' and `selective-display-ellipses' are set to t.
|
|
|
3751 Last, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run; see the doc for `run-hooks'.
|
|
|
3752
|
|
|
3753 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
|
|
|
3754 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands." t nil)
|
|
|
3755
|
|
|
3756 ;;;***
|
|
|
3757
|
|
|
3758 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "modes/icon.el")
|
|
|
3759
|
|
|
3760 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
|
|
|
3761 Major mode for editing Icon code.
|
|
|
3762 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
|
|
|
3763 Tab indents for Icon code.
|
|
|
3764 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
3765 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
3766 \\{icon-mode-map}
|
|
|
3767 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
3768 icon-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
3769 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
3770 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
3771 icon-auto-newline
|
|
|
3772 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
|
|
|
3773 inserted in Icon code.
|
|
|
3774 icon-indent-level
|
|
|
3775 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
3776 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
|
|
|
3777 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
|
|
|
3778 icon-continued-statement-offset
|
|
|
3779 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
|
|
|
3780 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
|
|
|
3781 icon-continued-brace-offset
|
|
|
3782 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
|
|
|
3783 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
|
|
|
3784 icon-brace-offset
|
|
|
3785 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
|
|
|
3786 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
|
|
|
3787 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
|
|
|
3788 this far to the right of the start of its line.
|
|
|
3789
|
|
|
3790 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3791 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3792
|
|
|
3793 ;;;***
|
|
|
3794
|
|
|
3795 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "modes/imenu.el")
|
|
|
3796
|
|
|
3797 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
|
|
|
3798 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
|
|
|
3799
|
|
|
3800 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu-create-index-with-pattern'
|
|
|
3801 to create a buffer index.
|
|
|
3802
|
|
|
3803 It is an alist with elements that look like this: (MENU-TITLE
|
|
|
3804 REGEXP INDEX).
|
|
|
3805
|
|
|
3806 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
|
|
|
3807 entries are not nested.
|
|
|
3808
|
|
|
3809 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
|
|
|
3810 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
|
|
|
3811 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
|
|
|
3812 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
|
|
|
3813
|
|
|
3814 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
|
|
|
3815 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
|
|
|
3816
|
|
|
3817 For emacs-lisp-mode for example PATTERN would look like:
|
|
|
3818
|
|
|
3819 '((nil \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(un\\\\|subst\\\\|macro\\\\|advice\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2)
|
|
|
3820 (\"*Vars*\" \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(var\\\\|const\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2)
|
|
|
3821 (\"*Types*\" \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(type\\\\|struct\\\\|class\\\\|ine-condition\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2))
|
|
|
3822
|
|
|
3823 The variable is buffer-local.")
|
|
|
3824
|
|
|
3825 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
|
|
|
3826
|
|
|
3827 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
|
|
|
3828 Adds an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
|
|
|
3829 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
|
|
|
3830 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
3831
|
|
|
3832 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
|
|
|
3833 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
|
|
|
3834 See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
3835
|
|
|
3836 ;;;***
|
|
|
3837
|
|
|
3838 ;;;### (autoloads (ksh-mode) "ksh-mode" "modes/ksh-mode.el")
|
|
|
3839
|
|
|
3840 (autoload 'ksh-mode "ksh-mode" "\
|
|
155
|
3841 ksh-mode $Revision: 1.31 $ - Major mode for editing (Bourne, Korn or Bourne again)
|
|
78
|
3842 shell scripts.
|
|
|
3843 Special key bindings and commands:
|
|
|
3844 \\{ksh-mode-map}
|
|
|
3845 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
3846 ksh-indent
|
|
|
3847 Indentation of ksh statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
3848 Default value is 2.
|
|
|
3849 ksh-case-indent
|
|
|
3850 Additional indentation for statements under case items.
|
|
|
3851 Default value is nil which will align the statements one position
|
|
|
3852 past the \")\" of the pattern.
|
|
|
3853 ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3854 Additional indentation for case items within a case statement.
|
|
|
3855 Default value is 2.
|
|
|
3856 ksh-group-offset
|
|
|
3857 Additional indentation for keywords \"do\" and \"then\".
|
|
|
3858 Default value is -2.
|
|
|
3859 ksh-brace-offset
|
|
|
3860 Additional indentation of \"{\" under functions or brace groupings.
|
|
|
3861 Default value is 0.
|
|
|
3862 ksh-multiline-offset
|
|
|
3863 Additional indentation of line that is preceded of a line ending with a
|
|
|
3864 \\ to make it continue on next line.
|
|
|
3865 ksh-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
3866 Controls the operation of the TAB key. If t (the default), always
|
|
|
3867 reindent the current line. If nil, indent the current line only if
|
|
|
3868 point is at the left margin or in the line's indentation; otherwise
|
|
|
3869 insert a tab.
|
|
|
3870 ksh-match-and-tell
|
|
|
3871 If non-nil echo in the minibuffer the matching compound command
|
|
|
3872 for the \"done\", \"}\", \"fi\", or \"esac\". Default value is t.
|
|
|
3873
|
|
|
3874 ksh-align-to-keyword
|
|
|
3875 Controls whether nested constructs align from the keyword or
|
|
|
3876 the current indentation. If non-nil, indentation will be relative to
|
|
|
3877 the column the keyword starts. If nil, indentation will be relative to
|
|
|
3878 the current indentation of the line the keyword is on.
|
|
|
3879 The default value is non-nil.
|
|
|
3880
|
|
|
3881 ksh-comment-regexp
|
|
|
3882 Regular expression used to recognize comments. Customize to support
|
|
|
3883 ksh-like languages. Default value is \" \\s *#\".
|
|
|
3884
|
|
|
3885 Style Guide.
|
|
|
3886 By setting
|
|
|
3887 (setq ksh-indent default-tab-width)
|
|
|
3888 (setq ksh-group-offset 0)
|
|
|
3889
|
|
|
3890 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3891
|
|
|
3892 if [ -z $foo ]
|
|
|
3893 then
|
|
|
3894 bar # <-- ksh-group-offset is additive to ksh-indent
|
|
|
3895 foo
|
|
|
3896 fi
|
|
|
3897
|
|
|
3898 By setting
|
|
|
3899 (setq ksh-indent default-tab-width)
|
|
|
3900 (setq ksh-group-offset (- 0 ksh-indent))
|
|
|
3901
|
|
|
3902 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3903
|
|
|
3904 if [ -z $foo ]
|
|
|
3905 then
|
|
|
3906 bar
|
|
|
3907 foo
|
|
|
3908 fi
|
|
|
3909
|
|
|
3910 By setting
|
|
|
3911 (setq ksh-case-item-offset 1)
|
|
|
3912 (setq ksh-case-indent nil)
|
|
|
3913
|
|
|
3914 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3915
|
|
|
3916 case x in *
|
|
|
3917 foo) bar # <-- ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3918 baz;; # <-- ksh-case-indent aligns with \")\"
|
|
|
3919 foobar) foo
|
|
|
3920 bar;;
|
|
|
3921 esac
|
|
|
3922
|
|
|
3923 By setting
|
|
|
3924 (setq ksh-case-item-offset 1)
|
|
|
3925 (setq ksh-case-indent 6)
|
|
|
3926
|
|
|
3927 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3928
|
|
|
3929 case x in *
|
|
|
3930 foo) bar # <-- ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3931 baz;; # <-- ksh-case-indent
|
|
|
3932 foobar) foo
|
|
|
3933 bar;;
|
|
|
3934 esac
|
|
|
3935
|
|
|
3936
|
|
|
3937 Installation:
|
|
|
3938
|
|
|
3939 (setq ksh-mode-hook
|
|
|
3940 (function (lambda ()
|
|
|
3941 (font-lock-mode 1) ;; font-lock the buffer
|
|
|
3942 (setq ksh-indent 8)
|
|
|
3943 (setq ksh-group-offset -8)
|
|
|
3944 (setq ksh-brace-offset -8)
|
|
|
3945 (setq ksh-tab-always-indent t)
|
|
|
3946 (setq ksh-match-and-tell t)
|
|
|
3947 (setq ksh-align-to-keyword t) ;; Turn on keyword alignment
|
|
|
3948 )))" t nil)
|
|
|
3949
|
|
|
3950 ;;;***
|
|
|
3951
|
|
|
3952 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-alias build-mail-aliases mail-aliases-setup) "mail-abbrevs" "modes/mail-abbrevs.el")
|
|
|
3953
|
|
120
|
3954 (defcustom mail-abbrev-mailrc-file nil "Name of file with mail aliases. If nil, ~/.mailrc is used." :type '(choice (const :tag "Default" nil) file) :group 'mail-abbrevs)
|
|
78
|
3955
|
|
|
3956 (defvar mail-aliases nil "\
|
|
|
3957 Word-abbrev table of mail address aliases.
|
|
|
3958 If this is nil, it means the aliases have not yet been initialized and
|
|
|
3959 should be read from the .mailrc file. (This is distinct from there being
|
|
|
3960 no aliases, which is represented by this being a table with no entries.)")
|
|
|
3961
|
|
|
3962 (autoload 'mail-aliases-setup "mail-abbrevs" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3963
|
|
|
3964 (autoload 'build-mail-aliases "mail-abbrevs" "\
|
|
|
3965 Read mail aliases from .mailrc and set mail-aliases." nil nil)
|
|
|
3966
|
|
|
3967 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mail-abbrevs" "\
|
|
|
3968 Define NAME as a mail-alias that translates to DEFINITION.
|
|
|
3969 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
|
|
|
3970
|
|
|
3971 ;;;***
|
|
|
3972
|
|
|
3973 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "modes/make-mode.el")
|
|
|
3974
|
|
|
3975 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
|
|
|
3976 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
|
|
|
3977 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
3978
|
|
|
3979 \\{makefile-mode-map}
|
|
|
3980
|
|
|
3981 In the browser, use the following keys:
|
|
|
3982
|
|
|
3983 \\{makefile-browser-map}
|
|
|
3984
|
|
|
3985 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
|
|
|
3986
|
|
|
3987 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
|
|
|
3988 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
|
|
|
3989
|
|
|
3990 makefile-target-colon:
|
|
|
3991 The string that gets appended to all target names
|
|
|
3992 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
|
|
|
3993 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
|
|
|
3994
|
|
|
3995 makefile-macro-assign:
|
|
|
3996 The string that gets appended to all macro names
|
|
|
3997 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
|
|
|
3998 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
|
|
|
3999 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
|
|
|
4000 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
|
|
|
4001 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
|
|
|
4002
|
|
|
4003 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
|
|
|
4004 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
|
|
|
4005 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
|
|
|
4006
|
|
|
4007 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
|
|
|
4008 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
|
|
|
4009
|
|
|
4010 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
|
|
|
4011 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
|
|
|
4012 up or down in the browser.
|
|
|
4013
|
|
|
4014 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
|
|
|
4015 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
|
|
|
4016
|
|
|
4017 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
|
|
|
4018 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
|
|
|
4019
|
|
|
4020 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
|
|
|
4021 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
|
|
|
4022 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
|
|
|
4023 has been selected in the browser.
|
|
|
4024
|
|
|
4025 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
|
|
|
4026 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
|
|
|
4027 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
|
|
|
4028 (i.e. it calls `makefile-find-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
|
|
|
4029 filenames are omitted.
|
|
|
4030
|
|
|
4031 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
|
|
|
4032 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then makefile-mode
|
|
|
4033 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
|
|
|
4034 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
|
|
|
4035 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
|
|
|
4036 the backslash itself intact.
|
|
|
4037 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes makefile-mode
|
|
|
4038 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
|
|
|
4039
|
|
|
4040 makefile-browser-hook:
|
|
|
4041 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
|
|
|
4042 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
|
|
|
4043
|
|
|
4044 makefile-special-targets-list:
|
|
|
4045 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
|
|
|
4046 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
|
|
|
4047 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
|
|
|
4048
|
|
|
4049 ;;;***
|
|
|
4050
|
|
|
4051 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "modes/modula2.el")
|
|
|
4052
|
|
|
4053 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
|
|
|
4054 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
|
|
|
4055 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
|
|
|
4056 followed by the first character of the construct.
|
|
|
4057 \\<m2-mode-map>
|
|
|
4058 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
|
|
|
4059 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
|
|
|
4060 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
|
|
|
4061 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
|
|
|
4062 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
|
|
|
4063 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
|
|
|
4064 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
|
|
|
4065 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
|
|
|
4066 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
|
|
|
4067 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
|
|
|
4068 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
|
|
|
4069 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
|
|
|
4070 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
|
|
|
4071 \\[m2-link] link
|
|
|
4072
|
|
|
4073 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
|
|
|
4074 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
|
|
|
4075 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
|
|
|
4076
|
|
|
4077 ;;;***
|
|
|
4078
|
|
|
4079 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-nroff-mode nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "modes/nroff-mode.el")
|
|
|
4080
|
|
|
4081 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
|
|
|
4082 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
|
|
|
4083 \\{nroff-mode-map}
|
|
|
4084 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4085 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
|
|
|
4086 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
|
|
|
4087
|
|
|
4088 (autoload 'electric-nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
|
|
|
4089 Toggle `nroff-electric-newline' minor mode.
|
|
|
4090 `nroff-electric-newline' forces Emacs to check for an nroff request at the
|
|
|
4091 beginning of the line, and insert the matching closing request if necessary.
|
|
|
4092 This command toggles that mode (off->on, on->off), with an argument,
|
|
|
4093 turns it on iff arg is positive, otherwise off." t nil)
|
|
|
4094
|
|
|
4095 (defvar nroff-electric-mode nil "\
|
|
|
4096 Non-nil if in electric-nroff minor mode.")
|
|
|
4097
|
|
|
4098 (add-minor-mode 'nroff-electric-mode " Electric" nil nil 'electric-nroff-mode)
|
|
|
4099
|
|
|
4100 ;;;***
|
|
|
4101
|
|
|
4102 ;;;### (autoloads (outl-mouse-minor-mode outl-mouse-mode) "outl-mouse" "modes/outl-mouse.el")
|
|
|
4103
|
|
|
4104 (autoload 'outl-mouse-mode "outl-mouse" "\
|
|
|
4105 Calls outline-mode, with outl-mouse extensions" t nil)
|
|
|
4106
|
|
|
4107 (autoload 'outl-mouse-minor-mode "outl-mouse" "\
|
|
|
4108 Toggles outline-minor-mode, with outl-mouse extensions" t nil)
|
|
|
4109
|
|
|
4110 ;;;***
|
|
|
4111
|
|
|
4112 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "modes/outline.el")
|
|
|
4113
|
|
|
4114 (defvar outline-minor-mode nil "\
|
|
|
4115 Non-nil if using Outline mode as a minor mode of some other mode.")
|
|
|
4116
|
|
|
4117 (make-variable-buffer-local 'outline-minor-mode)
|
|
|
4118
|
|
|
4119 (put 'outline-minor-mode 'permanent-local t)
|
|
|
4120
|
|
|
4121 (add-minor-mode 'outline-minor-mode " Outl")
|
|
|
4122
|
|
|
4123 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
|
|
|
4124 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
|
|
|
4125 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
|
|
|
4126 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
|
|
|
4127
|
|
|
4128 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
|
|
|
4129 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
|
|
|
4130 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
|
|
|
4131 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
|
|
|
4132
|
|
|
4133 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
|
|
|
4134 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
|
|
|
4135 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
|
|
|
4136 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
|
|
|
4137 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
|
|
|
4138 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
|
|
|
4139
|
|
|
4140 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
|
|
|
4141 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
|
|
|
4142
|
|
|
4143 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
|
|
|
4144 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
|
|
|
4145 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
|
|
|
4146 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
|
|
|
4147 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
|
|
|
4148 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
|
|
|
4149 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
|
|
|
4150 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
|
|
|
4151 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
|
|
|
4152 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
|
|
|
4153 The subheadings remain visible.
|
|
|
4154 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
|
|
|
4155
|
|
|
4156 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
|
|
|
4157 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
|
|
|
4158 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
|
|
|
4159
|
|
|
4160 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
|
|
|
4161 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4162
|
|
|
4163 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
|
|
|
4164 Toggle Outline minor mode.
|
|
|
4165 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
4166 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
|
|
|
4167
|
|
|
4168 ;;;***
|
|
|
4169
|
|
|
4170 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "modes/pascal.el")
|
|
|
4171
|
|
|
4172 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
|
|
|
4173 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
|
|
|
4174 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4175
|
|
|
4176 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
|
|
|
4177 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
|
|
|
4178
|
|
|
4179 Other useful functions are:
|
|
|
4180
|
|
|
4181 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
|
|
|
4182 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
|
|
|
4183 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
|
|
|
4184 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
|
|
|
4185 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
|
|
|
4186 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
|
|
|
4187 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
|
|
|
4188 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
4189 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
|
|
|
4190
|
|
|
4191 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
|
|
|
4192
|
|
|
4193 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
|
|
|
4194 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
4195 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
|
|
|
4196 Indentation for case statements.
|
|
|
4197 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
|
|
110
|
4198 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation mark
|
|
78
|
4199 after an end.
|
|
|
4200 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
|
|
|
4201 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
4202 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
4203 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
|
|
|
4204 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
|
|
|
4205 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
|
|
|
4206 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
|
|
108
|
4207 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
|
|
78
|
4208
|
|
|
4209 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
|
|
|
4210 pascal-separator-keywords.
|
|
|
4211
|
|
|
4212 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
|
|
|
4213 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4214
|
|
|
4215 ;;;***
|
|
|
4216
|
|
|
4217 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "modes/perl-mode.el")
|
|
|
4218
|
|
|
4219 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
|
|
|
4220 Major mode for editing Perl code.
|
|
|
4221 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
|
|
|
4222 Tab indents for Perl code.
|
|
|
4223 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
|
|
|
4224 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4225 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4226 \\{perl-mode-map}
|
|
|
4227 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4228 perl-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4229 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
|
|
|
4230 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
4231 perl-tab-to-comment
|
|
|
4232 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
|
|
|
4233 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
|
|
|
4234 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
|
|
|
4235 perl-nochange
|
|
|
4236 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
|
|
|
4237 perl-indent-level
|
|
|
4238 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
4239 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
|
|
|
4240 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
|
|
|
4241 perl-continued-statement-offset
|
|
|
4242 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
|
|
|
4243 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
|
|
|
4244 perl-continued-brace-offset
|
|
|
4245 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
|
|
|
4246 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
|
|
|
4247 perl-brace-offset
|
|
|
4248 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
|
|
|
4249 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
|
|
|
4250 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
|
|
|
4251 this far to the right of the start of its line.
|
|
|
4252 perl-label-offset
|
|
|
4253 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
|
|
|
4254
|
|
|
4255 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
|
|
|
4256 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
|
|
|
4257 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
|
|
|
4258 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
|
|
|
4259 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
|
|
|
4260 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
|
|
|
4261 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
|
|
|
4262
|
|
|
4263 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
|
|
|
4264
|
|
|
4265 ;;;***
|
|
|
4266
|
|
|
4267 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "modes/picture.el")
|
|
|
4268
|
|
|
4269 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
|
|
|
4270 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
|
|
|
4271 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
|
|
|
4272 afterwards settable by these commands:
|
|
|
4273 C-c < Move left after insertion.
|
|
|
4274 C-c > Move right after insertion.
|
|
|
4275 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
|
|
|
4276 C-c . Move down after insertion.
|
|
|
4277 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
|
|
|
4278 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
|
|
|
4279 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
|
|
|
4280 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
|
|
|
4281 The current direction is displayed in the modeline. The initial
|
|
|
4282 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
|
|
|
4283 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
|
|
|
4284 with these commands:
|
|
|
4285 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
|
|
|
4286 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
|
|
|
4287 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
|
|
|
4288 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
|
|
|
4289 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
|
|
|
4290 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
|
|
|
4291 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
|
|
|
4292 Return Move to beginning of next line.
|
|
|
4293 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
|
|
|
4294 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
|
|
|
4295 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
|
|
|
4296 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
|
|
|
4297 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
|
|
|
4298 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
|
|
|
4299 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
|
|
|
4300 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
|
|
|
4301 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
|
|
|
4302 You can manipulate text with these commands:
|
|
|
4303 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
|
|
|
4304 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
|
|
|
4305 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
|
|
|
4306 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
|
|
|
4307 text is saved in the kill ring.
|
|
|
4308 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
|
|
|
4309 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
|
|
|
4310 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
|
|
|
4311 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
|
|
|
4312 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
|
|
|
4313 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
|
|
|
4314 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
|
|
|
4315 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
|
|
|
4316 commands if invoked soon enough.
|
|
|
4317 You can return to the previous mode with:
|
|
|
4318 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
|
|
|
4319 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
|
|
|
4320
|
|
|
4321 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
|
|
|
4322
|
|
|
4323 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
|
|
|
4324 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
|
|
|
4325
|
|
|
4326 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
|
|
|
4327
|
|
|
4328 ;;;***
|
|
|
4329
|
|
|
4330 ;;;### (autoloads (postscript-mode) "postscript" "modes/postscript.el")
|
|
|
4331
|
|
|
4332 (autoload 'postscript-mode "postscript" "\
|
|
|
4333 Major mode for editing PostScript files.
|
|
|
4334
|
|
|
4335 \\[ps-execute-buffer] will send the contents of the buffer to the NeWS
|
|
|
4336 server using psh(1). \\[ps-execute-region] sends the current region.
|
|
|
4337 \\[ps-shell] starts an interactive psh(1) window which will be used for
|
|
|
4338 subsequent \\[ps-execute-buffer] or \\[ps-execute-region] commands.
|
|
|
4339
|
|
|
4340 In this mode, TAB and \\[indent-region] attempt to indent code
|
|
|
4341 based on the position of {}, [], and begin/end pairs. The variable
|
|
|
4342 ps-indent-level controls the amount of indentation used inside
|
|
|
4343 arrays and begin/end pairs.
|
|
|
4344
|
|
|
4345 \\{ps-mode-map}
|
|
|
4346
|
|
|
4347 \\[postscript-mode] calls the value of the variable postscript-mode-hook
|
|
|
4348 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4349
|
|
|
4350 ;;;***
|
|
|
4351
|
|
|
4352 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog inferior-prolog-mode prolog-mode) "prolog" "modes/prolog.el")
|
|
|
4353
|
|
|
4354 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4355 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
|
|
|
4356 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
|
|
|
4357 Commands:
|
|
|
4358 \\{prolog-mode-map}
|
|
|
4359 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
|
|
|
4360 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4361
|
|
|
4362 (autoload 'inferior-prolog-mode "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4363 Major mode for interacting with an inferior Prolog process.
|
|
|
4364
|
|
|
4365 The following commands are available:
|
|
|
4366 \\{inferior-prolog-mode-map}
|
|
|
4367
|
|
|
4368 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' with no arguments,
|
|
|
4369 if that value is non-nil. Likewise with the value of `comint-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4370 `prolog-mode-hook' is called after `comint-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4371
|
|
|
4372 You can send text to the inferior Prolog from other buffers
|
|
|
4373 using the commands `send-region', `send-string' and \\[prolog-consult-region].
|
|
|
4374
|
|
|
4375 Commands:
|
|
|
4376 Tab indents for Prolog; with argument, shifts rest
|
|
|
4377 of expression rigidly with the current line.
|
|
|
4378 Paragraphs are separated only by blank lines and '%%'.
|
|
|
4379 '%'s start comments.
|
|
|
4380
|
|
|
4381 Return at end of buffer sends line as input.
|
|
|
4382 Return not at end copies rest of line to end and sends it.
|
|
|
4383 \\[comint-kill-input] and \\[backward-kill-word] are kill commands, imitating normal Unix input editing.
|
|
|
4384 \\[comint-interrupt-subjob] interrupts the shell or its current subjob if any.
|
|
|
4385 \\[comint-stop-subjob] stops. \\[comint-quit-subjob] sends quit signal." t nil)
|
|
|
4386
|
|
|
4387 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4388 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
|
|
|
4389
|
|
|
4390 ;;;***
|
|
|
4391
|
|
|
4392 ;;;### (autoloads (py-shell python-mode) "python-mode" "modes/python-mode.el")
|
|
|
4393
|
|
|
4394 (eval-when-compile (condition-case nil (progn (require 'cl) (require 'imenu)) (error nil)))
|
|
|
4395
|
|
|
4396 (autoload 'python-mode "python-mode" "\
|
|
|
4397 Major mode for editing Python files.
|
|
|
4398 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[py-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
4399 `python-mode' buffer. Do `\\[py-describe-mode]' for detailed
|
|
|
4400 documentation. To see what version of `python-mode' you are running,
|
|
|
4401 enter `\\[py-version]'.
|
|
|
4402
|
|
|
4403 This mode knows about Python indentation, tokens, comments and
|
|
|
4404 continuation lines. Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4405
|
|
|
4406 COMMANDS
|
|
|
4407 \\{py-mode-map}
|
|
|
4408 VARIABLES
|
|
|
4409
|
|
|
4410 py-indent-offset indentation increment
|
|
|
4411 py-block-comment-prefix comment string used by comment-region
|
|
|
4412 py-python-command shell command to invoke Python interpreter
|
|
|
4413 py-scroll-process-buffer always scroll Python process buffer
|
|
|
4414 py-temp-directory directory used for temp files (if needed)
|
|
|
4415 py-beep-if-tab-change ring the bell if tab-width is changed" t nil)
|
|
|
4416
|
|
|
4417 (autoload 'py-shell "python-mode" "\
|
|
|
4418 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
|
|
|
4419 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
|
|
|
4420 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
|
|
|
4421 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
|
|
|
4422 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
|
|
|
4423
|
|
|
4424 See the docs for variable `py-scroll-buffer' for info on scrolling
|
|
|
4425 behavior in the process window.
|
|
|
4426
|
|
|
4427 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
|
|
|
4428 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
|
|
|
4429 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
|
|
|
4430 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
|
|
|
4431 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
|
|
|
4432 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
|
|
|
4433 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
|
|
|
4434 mode.
|
|
|
4435
|
|
|
4436 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
|
|
|
4437 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
|
|
|
4438 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
|
|
|
4439 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
|
|
|
4440 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
|
|
|
4441 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
|
|
|
4442 filter." t nil)
|
|
|
4443
|
|
|
4444 ;;;***
|
|
|
4445
|
|
155
|
4446 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-add-to-label-alist reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "modes/reftex.el")
|
|
|
4447
|
|
|
4448 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
|
|
|
4449 Turn on RefTeX minor mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
4450
|
|
|
4451 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
|
|
|
4452 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
|
|
|
4453
|
|
|
4454 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
|
|
|
4455 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
|
|
|
4456 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
|
|
|
4457 \\ref macro.
|
|
|
4458
|
|
|
4459 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
|
|
|
4460 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
|
|
|
4461 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
|
|
|
4462
|
|
|
4463 A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
|
|
|
4464 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
|
|
|
4465
|
|
|
4466 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
|
|
|
4467 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
|
|
|
4468
|
|
|
4469 \\{reftex-mode-map}
|
|
|
4470 Under X, these functions will be available also in a menu on the menu bar.
|
|
|
4471
|
|
|
4472 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
|
|
|
4473
|
|
|
4474 (autoload 'reftex-add-to-label-alist "reftex" "\
|
|
|
4475 Add label environment descriptions to reftex-label-alist-external-add-ons.
|
|
|
4476 The format of ENTRY-LIST is exactly like reftex-label-alist. See there
|
|
|
4477 for details.
|
|
|
4478 This function makes it possible to support RefTeX from AUCTeX style files.
|
|
|
4479 The entries in ENTRY-LIST will be processed after the user settings in
|
|
|
4480 reftex-label-alist, and before the defaults (specified in
|
|
|
4481 reftex-default-label-alist-entries). Any changes made to
|
|
|
4482 reftex-label-alist-external-add-ons will raise a flag to the effect that a
|
|
|
4483 mode reset is done on the next occasion." nil nil)
|
|
|
4484
|
|
|
4485 ;;;***
|
|
|
4486
|
|
78
|
4487 ;;;### (autoloads (rexx-mode) "rexx-mode" "modes/rexx-mode.el")
|
|
|
4488
|
|
|
4489 (autoload 'rexx-mode "rexx-mode" "\
|
|
|
4490 Major mode for editing REXX code.
|
|
|
4491 \\{rexx-mode-map}
|
|
|
4492
|
|
|
4493 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4494 rexx-indent
|
|
|
4495 The basic indentation for do-blocks.
|
|
|
4496 rexx-end-indent
|
|
|
4497 The relative offset of the \"end\" statement. 0 places it in the
|
|
|
4498 same column as the statements of the block. Setting it to the same
|
|
|
4499 value as rexx-indent places the \"end\" under the do-line.
|
|
|
4500 rexx-cont-indent
|
|
|
4501 The indention for lines following \"then\", \"else\" and \",\"
|
|
|
4502 (continued) lines.
|
|
|
4503 rexx-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4504 Non-nil means TAB in REXX mode should always reindent the current
|
|
|
4505 line, regardless of where in the line the point is when the TAB
|
|
|
4506 command is used.
|
|
|
4507
|
|
|
4508 If you have set rexx-end-indent to a nonzero value, you probably want to
|
|
|
4509 remap RETURN to rexx-indent-newline-indent. It makes sure that lines
|
|
|
4510 indents correctly when you press RETURN.
|
|
|
4511
|
|
108
|
4512 An extensive abbreviation table consisting of all the keywords of REXX are
|
|
78
|
4513 supplied. Expanded keywords are converted into upper case making it
|
|
|
4514 easier to distinguish them. To use this feature the buffer must be in
|
|
|
4515 abbrev-mode. (See example below.)
|
|
|
4516
|
|
|
4517 Turning on REXX mode calls the value of the variable rexx-mode-hook with
|
|
|
4518 no args, if that value is non-nil.
|
|
|
4519
|
|
|
4520 For example:
|
|
|
4521 \(setq rexx-mode-hook '(lambda ()
|
|
|
4522 (setq rexx-indent 4)
|
|
|
4523 (setq rexx-end-indent 4)
|
|
|
4524 (setq rexx-cont-indent 4)
|
|
|
4525 (local-set-key \"\\C-m\" 'rexx-indent-newline-indent)
|
|
|
4526 (abbrev-mode 1)
|
|
|
4527 ))
|
|
|
4528
|
|
|
4529 will make the END aligned with the DO/SELECT. It will indent blocks and
|
|
108
|
4530 IF-statements four steps and make sure that the END jumps into the
|
|
|
4531 correct position when RETURN is pressed. Finally it will use the abbrev
|
|
78
|
4532 table to convert all REXX keywords into upper case." t nil)
|
|
|
4533
|
|
|
4534 ;;;***
|
|
|
4535
|
|
|
4536 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-minibuf" "modes/rsz-minibuf.el")
|
|
|
4537
|
|
134
|
4538 (defgroup resize-minibuffer nil "Dynamically resize minibuffer to display entire contents" :group 'frames)
|
|
|
4539
|
|
|
4540 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "*Maximum size the minibuffer window is allowed to become.\nIf less than 1 or not a number, the limit is the height of the frame in\nwhich the active minibuffer window resides." :type '(choice (const nil) integer) :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
|
4541
|
|
|
4542 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "*If non-`nil', make minibuffer exactly the size needed to display all its contents.\nOtherwise, the minibuffer window can temporarily increase in size but\nnever get smaller while it is active." :type 'boolean :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
|
4543
|
|
|
4544 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-frame nil "*If non-`nil' and the active minibuffer is the sole window in its frame, allow changing the frame height." :type 'boolean :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
|
4545
|
|
|
4546 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "*Maximum size the minibuffer frame is allowed to become.\nIf less than 1 or not a number, there is no limit.")
|
|
|
4547
|
|
|
4548 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly nil "*If non-`nil', make minibuffer frame exactly the size needed to display all its contents.\nOtherwise, the minibuffer frame can temporarily increase in size but\nnever get smaller while it is active." :type 'boolean :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
78
|
4549
|
|
|
4550 (autoload 'resize-minibuffer-mode "rsz-minibuf" "\
|
|
|
4551 Enable or disable resize-minibuffer mode.
|
|
|
4552 A negative prefix argument disables this mode. A positive argument or
|
|
|
4553 argument of 0 enables it.
|
|
|
4554
|
|
|
4555 When this minor mode is enabled, the minibuffer is dynamically resized to
|
|
|
4556 contain the entire region of text put in it as you type.
|
|
|
4557
|
|
|
4558 The variable `resize-minibuffer-mode' is set to t or nil depending on
|
|
|
4559 whether this mode is active or not.
|
|
|
4560
|
|
|
4561 The maximum height to which the minibuffer can grow is controlled by the
|
|
|
4562 variable `resize-minibuffer-window-max-height'.
|
|
|
4563
|
|
|
4564 The variable `resize-minibuffer-window-exactly' determines whether the
|
|
|
4565 minibuffer window should ever be shrunk to make it no larger than needed to
|
|
|
4566 display its contents.
|
|
|
4567
|
|
108
|
4568 When using a window system, it is possible for a minibuffer to be the sole
|
|
78
|
4569 window in a frame. Since that window is already its maximum size, the only
|
|
|
4570 way to make more text visible at once is to increase the size of the frame.
|
|
|
4571 The variable `resize-minibuffer-frame' controls whether this should be
|
|
|
4572 done. The variables `resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height' and
|
|
|
4573 `resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly' are analogous to their window
|
|
|
4574 counterparts." t nil)
|
|
|
4575
|
|
|
4576 ;;;***
|
|
|
4577
|
|
|
4578 ;;;### (autoloads (scheme-mode) "scheme" "modes/scheme.el")
|
|
|
4579
|
|
|
4580 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
|
|
|
4581 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
|
|
|
4582 Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode.
|
|
|
4583
|
|
|
4584 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
|
|
|
4585 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
|
|
|
4586 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
|
|
|
4587 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
|
|
|
4588 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
|
|
|
4589 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
|
|
|
4590
|
|
|
4591 Commands:
|
|
|
4592 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4593 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
|
|
|
4594 \\{scheme-mode-map}
|
|
|
4595 Entry to this mode calls the value of scheme-mode-hook
|
|
|
4596 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4597
|
|
|
4598 ;;;***
|
|
|
4599
|
|
|
4600 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "modes/scribe.el")
|
|
|
4601
|
|
|
4602 (autoload 'scribe-mode "scribe" "\
|
|
|
4603 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
|
|
|
4604 Scribe-mode is similar text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
|
|
|
4605 \\{scribe-mode-map}
|
|
|
4606
|
|
|
4607 Interesting variables:
|
|
|
4608
|
|
|
4609 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
|
|
|
4610 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
|
|
|
4611
|
|
|
4612 scribe-electric-quote
|
|
|
4613 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
|
|
|
4614
|
|
|
4615 scribe-electric-parenthesis
|
|
|
4616 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
|
|
|
4617 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
|
|
|
4618
|
|
|
4619 ;;;***
|
|
|
4620
|
|
114
|
4621 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode user-mail-address) "sendmail" "modes/sendmail.el")
|
|
78
|
4622
|
|
|
4623 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
|
|
|
4624 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
|
|
|
4625
|
|
|
4626 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
|
|
|
4627 king@grassland.com
|
|
|
4628 If `parens', they look like:
|
|
|
4629 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
|
|
|
4630 If `angles', they look like:
|
|
|
4631 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
|
|
|
4632
|
|
|
4633 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
|
|
|
4634 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
|
|
|
4635 This is done when the message is initialized,
|
|
|
4636 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
|
|
|
4637
|
|
|
4638 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
|
|
|
4639 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
|
|
|
4640 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
|
|
|
4641
|
|
|
4642 (defvar mail-dir nil "\
|
|
|
4643 *Default directory for saving messages.")
|
|
|
4644
|
|
|
4645 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("Sender:" "References:" "Return-Path:" "Received:" "[^: \n]*Message-ID:" "Errors-To:" "Path:" "Expires:" "Xref:" "Lines:" "Approved:" "Distribution:" "Content-Length:" "Mime-Version:" "Content-Type:" "Content-Transfer-Encoding:" "X400-Received:" "X400-Originator:" "X400-Mts-Identifier:" "X400-Content-Type:" "Content-Identifier:" "Status:" "Summary-Line:" "X-Attribution:" "Via:" "Sent-Via:" "Mail-From:" "Origin:" "Comments:" "Originator:" "NF-ID:" "NF-From:" "Posting-Version:" "Posted:" "Posted-Date:" "Date-Received:" "Relay-Version:" "Article-I\\.D\\.:" "NNTP-Version:" "NNTP-Posting-Host:" "X-Mailer:" "X-Newsreader:" "News-Software:" "X-Received:" "X-References:" "X-Envelope-To:" "X-VMS-" "Remailed-" "X-Plantation:" "X-Windows:" "X-Pgp-") "\\|") "\\)")) "\
|
|
|
4646 *Gubbish header fields one would rather not see.")
|
|
|
4647
|
|
|
4648 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat rmail-ignored-headers "\\|" "^\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("Resent-To:" "Resent-By:" "Resent-CC:" "To:" "Subject:" "In-Reply-To:") "\\|") "\\)")) "\
|
|
|
4649 Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
|
|
|
4650
|
|
|
4651 (defvar send-mail-function 'sendmail-send-it "\
|
|
|
4652 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
|
|
|
4653 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents
|
|
|
4654 match the variable `mail-header-separator'.")
|
|
|
4655
|
|
|
4656 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
|
|
|
4657 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
|
|
|
4658
|
|
|
4659 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
|
|
|
4660 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
|
|
|
4661 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
|
|
|
4662
|
|
|
4663 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
|
|
|
4664 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
|
|
|
4665 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
|
|
|
4666 when you first send mail.")
|
|
|
4667
|
|
|
4668 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
|
|
|
4669 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
|
|
|
4670 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
|
|
|
4671 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
|
|
|
4672 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
|
|
|
4673
|
|
|
4674 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
|
|
|
4675 *Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
|
|
|
4676 nil means use indentation.")
|
|
|
4677
|
|
|
4678 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
|
|
|
4679 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
|
|
|
4680 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.")
|
|
|
4681
|
|
114
|
4682 (autoload 'user-mail-address "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4683 Query the user for his mail address, unless it is already known." t nil)
|
|
|
4684
|
|
78
|
4685 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4686 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
|
|
|
4687 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
|
|
|
4688 C-c C-s mail-send (send the message) C-c C-c mail-send-and-exit
|
|
|
4689 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
|
|
|
4690 C-c C-f C-t move to To: C-c C-f C-s move to Subj:
|
|
|
4691 C-c C-f C-b move to BCC: C-c C-f C-c move to CC:
|
|
|
4692 C-c C-f C-f move to FCC: C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To:
|
|
|
4693 C-c C-t mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
|
|
|
4694 C-c C-w mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
|
|
|
4695 C-c C-y mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
|
|
|
4696 C-c C-q mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
|
|
|
4697 C-c C-v mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
|
|
|
4698
|
|
|
4699 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4700 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
|
|
|
4701 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
|
|
|
4702 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
|
|
|
4703
|
|
|
4704 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
|
|
|
4705 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
|
|
|
4706
|
|
|
4707 \\<mail-mode-map>
|
|
|
4708 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
|
|
|
4709
|
|
|
4710 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
|
|
|
4711 to move to message header fields:
|
|
|
4712 \\{mail-mode-map}
|
|
|
4713
|
|
|
4714 The variable `mail-signature' controls whether the signature file
|
|
|
4715 `mail-signature-file' is inserted immediately.
|
|
|
4716
|
|
|
4717 If `mail-signature' is nil, use \\[mail-signature] to insert the
|
|
|
4718 signature in `mail-signature-file'.
|
|
|
4719
|
|
|
4720 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
|
|
|
4721 when the message is initialized.
|
|
|
4722
|
|
|
4723 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
|
|
|
4724 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
|
|
|
4725
|
|
|
4726 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
|
|
|
4727 is inserted.
|
|
|
4728
|
|
|
4729 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
|
|
|
4730 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
|
|
|
4731
|
|
|
4732 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
|
|
|
4733 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
|
|
|
4734
|
|
|
4735 The second through fifth arguments,
|
|
|
4736 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
|
|
|
4737 the initial contents of those header fields.
|
|
|
4738 These arguments should not have final newlines.
|
|
|
4739 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer whose contents
|
|
|
4740 should be yanked if the user types C-c C-y.
|
|
|
4741 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
|
|
|
4742 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
|
|
|
4743 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
|
|
|
4744 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
|
|
|
4745
|
|
|
4746 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4747 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
4748
|
|
|
4749 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4750 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
4751
|
|
|
4752 (define-key ctl-x-map "m" 'mail)
|
|
|
4753
|
|
|
4754 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "m" 'mail-other-window)
|
|
|
4755
|
|
|
4756 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "m" 'mail-other-frame)
|
|
|
4757
|
|
|
4758 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
|
|
|
4759
|
|
|
4760 ;;;***
|
|
|
4761
|
|
|
4762 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "modes/sh-script.el")
|
|
|
4763
|
|
|
4764 (put 'sh-mode 'mode-class 'special)
|
|
|
4765
|
|
|
4766 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
|
|
|
4767 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
|
|
|
4768 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
|
|
|
4769 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
|
|
|
4770 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
|
|
|
4771 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
|
|
|
4772
|
|
|
4773 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
|
|
|
4774 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
|
|
|
4775 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
|
|
|
4776 shell-specific features.
|
|
|
4777
|
|
|
4778 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
|
|
|
4779 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
|
|
|
4780 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
|
|
|
4781
|
|
|
4782 \\[sh-case] case statement
|
|
|
4783 \\[sh-for] for loop
|
|
|
4784 \\[sh-function] function definition
|
|
|
4785 \\[sh-if] if statement
|
|
|
4786 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
|
|
|
4787 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
|
|
|
4788 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
|
|
|
4789 \\[sh-select] select loop
|
|
|
4790 \\[sh-until] until loop
|
|
|
4791 \\[sh-while] while loop
|
|
|
4792
|
|
|
4793 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
|
|
|
4794 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
|
|
|
4795 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
|
|
|
4796 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
|
|
|
4797 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
|
|
|
4798 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
|
|
|
4799
|
|
|
4800 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
|
|
|
4801 {, (, [, ', \", `
|
|
|
4802 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
|
|
|
4803
|
|
|
4804 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
|
|
|
4805 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
|
|
|
4806 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
|
|
|
4807
|
|
|
4808 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
|
|
|
4809 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
|
|
|
4810
|
|
|
4811 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
|
|
|
4812
|
|
|
4813 ;;;***
|
|
|
4814
|
|
153
|
4815 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "modes/strokes.el")
|
|
|
4816
|
|
|
4817 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
|
|
|
4818 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
|
|
|
4819
|
|
|
4820 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4821 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
|
|
|
4822 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
|
|
|
4823 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
|
|
|
4824 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
|
|
|
4825 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
|
|
|
4826
|
|
|
4827 (defalias 'global-set-stroke 'strokes-global-set-stroke)
|
|
|
4828
|
|
|
4829 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4830 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
|
|
|
4831 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
|
|
|
4832 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
|
|
|
4833 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
|
|
|
4834 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
|
|
|
4835 Optional EVENT is currently not used, but hopefully will be soon." nil nil)
|
|
|
4836
|
|
|
4837 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4838 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
|
|
|
4839 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
|
|
|
4840 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
|
|
|
4841 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
|
|
|
4842 then complete the stroke with button3.
|
|
|
4843 Optional EVENT is currently not used, but hopefully will be soon." nil nil)
|
|
|
4844
|
|
|
4845 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4846 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
|
|
|
4847 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
|
|
|
4848
|
|
|
4849 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4850 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
|
|
|
4851 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
|
|
|
4852
|
|
|
4853 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4854 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
|
|
|
4855
|
|
|
4856 (defalias 'describe-stroke 'strokes-describe-stroke)
|
|
|
4857
|
|
|
4858 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4859 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
|
|
|
4860
|
|
|
4861 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4862 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
|
|
|
4863
|
|
|
4864 (defalias 'load-user-strokes 'strokes-load-user-strokes)
|
|
|
4865
|
|
|
4866 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4867 Pop up a buffer containing a listing of all strokes defined in STROKE-MAP.
|
|
|
4868 If STROKE-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
|
|
|
4869
|
|
|
4870 (defalias 'list-strokes 'strokes-list-strokes)
|
|
151
|
4871
|
|
|
4872 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
|
|
|
4873 Toggle strokes being enabled.
|
|
|
4874 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
|
|
|
4875 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
|
|
153
|
4876 mode in all buffers when activated.
|
|
|
4877 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
|
|
|
4878 new strokes with
|
|
|
4879
|
|
|
4880 > M-x global-set-stroke" t nil)
|
|
151
|
4881
|
|
|
4882 ;;;***
|
|
|
4883
|
|
78
|
4884 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" "modes/tcl.el")
|
|
|
4885
|
|
|
4886 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4887 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
|
|
|
4888 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
|
|
|
4889 Tab indents for Tcl code.
|
|
|
4890 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4891 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4892
|
|
|
4893 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4894 tcl-indent-level
|
|
|
4895 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
4896 tcl-continued-indent-level
|
|
|
4897 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
|
|
|
4898
|
|
|
4899 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
|
|
|
4900 documentation for details):
|
|
|
4901 tcl-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4902 Controls action of TAB key.
|
|
|
4903 tcl-auto-newline
|
|
|
4904 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
|
|
|
4905 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
|
|
|
4906 tcl-electric-hash-style
|
|
|
4907 Controls action of `#' key.
|
|
|
4908 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
|
|
|
4909 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
|
|
|
4910 This variable is only used in GNU Emacs 19.
|
|
|
4911 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
|
|
|
4912 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
|
|
|
4913 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
|
|
|
4914
|
|
|
4915 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
|
|
|
4916 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
|
|
|
4917 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
|
|
|
4918 already exist.
|
|
|
4919
|
|
|
4920 Commands:
|
|
|
4921 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
4922
|
|
|
4923 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4924 Run inferior Tcl process.
|
|
|
4925 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
|
|
|
4926 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
4927
|
|
|
4928 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4929 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
|
|
|
4930 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
|
|
|
4931
|
|
|
4932 ;;;***
|
|
|
4933
|
|
|
4934 ;;;### (autoloads (latex-mode plain-tex-mode tex-mode) "tex-mode" "modes/tex-mode.el")
|
|
|
4935
|
|
|
4936 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4937 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
|
|
|
4938 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
|
|
|
4939 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls plain-tex-mode,
|
|
|
4940 latex-mode, or slitex-mode, respectively. If it cannot be determined,
|
|
|
4941 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of tex-default-mode
|
|
|
4942 is used." t nil)
|
|
|
4943
|
|
|
4944 (fset 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
|
|
|
4945
|
|
|
4946 (fset 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
|
|
|
4947
|
|
|
4948 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4949 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
|
|
|
4950 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
|
|
|
4951 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
|
|
|
4952 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
|
|
|
4953
|
|
|
4954 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
|
|
|
4955 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
|
|
|
4956 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
|
|
|
4957 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
|
|
|
4958 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4959 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4960 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
|
|
|
4961
|
|
|
4962 Use \\[validate-tex-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
|
|
|
4963 mismatched $'s or braces.
|
|
|
4964
|
|
|
4965 Special commands:
|
|
|
4966 \\{tex-mode-map}
|
|
|
4967
|
|
|
4968 Mode variables:
|
|
|
4969 tex-run-command
|
|
|
4970 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4971 tex-directory
|
|
|
4972 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
|
|
|
4973 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4974 tex-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4975 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4976 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4977 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
|
|
|
4978 argument) to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4979 tex-dvi-view-command
|
|
|
4980 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4981 tex-show-queue-command
|
|
|
4982 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
|
|
|
4983 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
|
|
|
4984
|
|
|
4985 Entering Plain-tex mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, then the value of
|
|
|
4986 tex-mode-hook, and then the value of plain-tex-mode-hook. When the special
|
|
|
4987 subshell is initiated, the value of tex-shell-hook is called." t nil)
|
|
|
4988
|
|
|
4989 (fset 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
|
|
|
4990
|
|
|
4991 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4992 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
|
|
|
4993 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
|
|
|
4994 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
|
|
|
4995 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
|
|
|
4996
|
|
|
4997 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
|
|
|
4998 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
|
|
|
4999 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
|
|
|
5000 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
|
|
|
5001 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
5002 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
5003 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
|
|
|
5004
|
|
|
5005 Use \\[validate-tex-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
|
|
|
5006 mismatched $'s or braces.
|
|
|
5007
|
|
|
5008 Special commands:
|
|
|
5009 \\{tex-mode-map}
|
|
|
5010
|
|
|
5011 Mode variables:
|
|
|
5012 latex-run-command
|
|
|
5013 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
5014 tex-directory
|
|
|
5015 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
|
|
|
5016 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
5017 tex-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
5018 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
5019 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
5020 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
|
|
|
5021 argument) to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
5022 tex-dvi-view-command
|
|
|
5023 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
|
|
|
5024 tex-show-queue-command
|
|
|
5025 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
|
|
|
5026 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
|
|
|
5027
|
|
|
5028 Entering Latex mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, then the value of
|
|
|
5029 tex-mode-hook, and then the value of latex-mode-hook. When the special
|
|
|
5030 subshell is initiated, the value of tex-shell-hook is called." t nil)
|
|
|
5031
|
|
|
5032 ;;;***
|
|
|
5033
|
|
|
5034 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "modes/texinfo.el")
|
|
|
5035
|
|
|
5036 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
|
|
|
5037 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
|
|
|
5038
|
|
|
5039 It has these extra commands:
|
|
|
5040 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
|
|
|
5041
|
|
|
5042 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
|
|
|
5043 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
|
|
|
5044 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
|
|
|
5045 modified version of TeX input format.
|
|
|
5046
|
|
|
5047 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
|
|
|
5048 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
|
|
|
5049 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
|
|
|
5050 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
|
|
|
5051
|
|
|
5052 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
|
|
|
5053 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
|
|
|
5054 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
|
|
|
5055 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
|
|
|
5056 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
|
|
|
5057 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
|
|
|
5058 in the Texinfo file.
|
|
|
5059
|
|
|
5060 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
|
|
|
5061 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
|
|
|
5062 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
|
|
|
5063 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
|
|
|
5064 move forward past the closing brace.
|
|
|
5065
|
|
|
5066 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
|
|
|
5067 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
|
|
|
5068
|
|
|
5069 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
|
|
|
5070 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
|
|
|
5071 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
|
|
|
5072
|
|
|
5073 Here are the functions:
|
|
|
5074
|
|
|
5075 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
|
|
|
5076 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
|
|
|
5077 texinfo-sequential-node-update
|
|
|
5078
|
|
|
5079 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
|
|
|
5080 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
|
|
|
5081 texinfo-master-menu
|
|
|
5082
|
|
|
5083 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
|
|
|
5084
|
|
|
5085 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
|
|
|
5086 which menu descriptions are indented.
|
|
|
5087
|
|
|
5088 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
|
|
|
5089 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
|
|
|
5090 in the region.
|
|
|
5091
|
|
|
5092 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
|
|
|
5093 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
|
|
|
5094 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
|
|
|
5095 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
|
|
|
5096
|
|
|
5097 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
|
|
|
5098 be the first node in the file.
|
|
|
5099
|
|
|
5100 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the
|
|
|
5101 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil)
|
|
|
5102
|
|
|
5103 ;;;***
|
|
|
5104
|
|
98
|
5105 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "modes/verilog-mode.el")
|
|
|
5106
|
|
|
5107 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
|
|
|
5108 Major mode for editing Verilog code. \\<verilog-mode-map>
|
|
|
5109 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
|
|
|
5110 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
5111 Supports highlighting.
|
|
|
5112
|
|
|
5113 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
|
|
|
5114
|
|
|
5115 verilog-indent-level (default 3)
|
|
|
5116 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
134
|
5117 verilog-indent-level-module (default 3)
|
|
|
5118 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
|
|
|
5119 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
|
|
|
5120 on the left side of your screen.
|
|
|
5121 verilog-indent-level-declaration (default 3)
|
|
|
5122 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
5123 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
|
|
|
5124 verilog-indent-level-behavorial (default 3)
|
|
|
5125 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
|
|
|
5126 Set to 0 to get such code to linedup underneath the task or function keyword
|
|
98
|
5127 verilog-cexp-indent (default 1)
|
|
|
5128 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines.
|
|
|
5129 verilog-case-indent (default 2)
|
|
|
5130 Indentation for case statements.
|
|
|
5131 verilog-auto-newline (default nil)
|
|
134
|
5132 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctation
|
|
|
5133 mark after an end.
|
|
98
|
5134 verilog-auto-indent-on-newline (default t)
|
|
|
5135 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline
|
|
|
5136 verilog-tab-always-indent (default t)
|
|
|
5137 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
5138 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
5139 verilog-indent-begin-after-if (default t)
|
|
108
|
5140 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
|
|
98
|
5141 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. otherwise,
|
|
108
|
5142 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
|
|
98
|
5143 if (a)
|
|
|
5144 begin
|
|
|
5145 otherwise you get:
|
|
|
5146 if (a)
|
|
|
5147 begin
|
|
|
5148 verilog-auto-endcomments (default t)
|
|
134
|
5149 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
|
|
|
5150 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
|
|
98
|
5151 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
|
|
134
|
5152 verilog-minimum-comment-distance (default 40)
|
|
|
5153 Minimum distance between begin and end required before a comment
|
|
|
5154 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
|
|
|
5155 end aquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundanet
|
|
|
5156 comments in tight quarters.
|
|
98
|
5157 verilog-auto-lineup (default `(all))
|
|
|
5158 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
|
|
|
5159
|
|
|
5160 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable verilog-mode-hook with
|
|
|
5161 no args, if that value is non-nil.
|
|
|
5162 Other useful functions are:
|
|
134
|
5163 \\[verilog-complete-word] -complete word with appropriate possibilities
|
|
|
5164 (functions, verilog keywords...)
|
|
|
5165 \\[verilog-comment-region] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing
|
|
|
5166 nested comments.
|
|
|
5167 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
|
|
98
|
5168 \\[verilog-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
|
|
|
5169 \\[verilog-star-comment] - insert /* ... */
|
|
|
5170 \\[verilog-mark-defun] - Mark function.
|
|
|
5171 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
|
|
|
5172 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
|
|
134
|
5173 \\[verilog-label-be] - Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join
|
|
|
5174 and case ... endcase statements;
|
|
98
|
5175 " t nil)
|
|
|
5176
|
|
|
5177 ;;;***
|
|
|
5178
|
|
78
|
5179 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "modes/vhdl-mode.el")
|
|
|
5180
|
|
|
5181 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
|
|
|
5182 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
|
|
155
|
5183 vhdl-mode $Revision: 1.31 $
|
|
78
|
5184 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
5185 vhdl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
|
|
|
5186 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
|
|
108
|
5187 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
|
|
78
|
5188
|
|
|
5189 Note that the details of configuring vhdl-mode will soon be moved to the
|
|
|
5190 accompanying texinfo manual. Until then, please read the README file
|
|
|
5191 that came with the vhdl-mode distribution.
|
|
|
5192
|
|
|
5193 The hook variable `vhdl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
|
|
|
5194 bound and has a non-nil value.
|
|
|
5195
|
|
|
5196 Key bindings:
|
|
|
5197 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5198
|
|
|
5199 ;;;***
|
|
|
5200
|
|
|
5201 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-view-mode view-major-mode view-mode view-minor-mode view-buffer-other-window view-file-other-window view-buffer view-file) "view-less" "modes/view-less.el")
|
|
|
5202
|
|
153
|
5203 (defvar view-minor-mode-map (let ((map (make-keymap))) (set-keymap-name map 'view-minor-mode-map) (suppress-keymap map) (define-key map "-" 'negative-argument) (define-key map " " 'scroll-up) (define-key map "f" 'scroll-up) (define-key map "b" 'scroll-down) (define-key map 'backspace 'scroll-down) (define-key map "
" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "\n" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "e" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "j" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "y" 'view-scroll-lines-down) (define-key map "k" 'view-scroll-lines-down) (define-key map "d" 'view-scroll-some-lines-up) (define-key map "u" 'view-scroll-some-lines-down) (define-key map "r" 'recenter) (define-key map "t" 'toggle-truncate-lines) (define-key map "N" 'view-buffer) (define-key map "E" 'view-file) (define-key map "P" 'view-buffer) (define-key map "!" 'shell-command) (define-key map "|" 'shell-command-on-region) (define-key map "=" 'what-line) (define-key map "?" 'view-search-backward) (define-key map "h" 'view-mode-describe) (define-key map "s" 'view-repeat-search) (define-key map "n" 'view-repeat-search) (define-key map "/" 'view-search-forward) (define-key map "\\" 'view-search-backward) (define-key map "g" 'view-goto-line) (define-key map "G" 'view-last-windowful) (define-key map "%" 'view-goto-percent) (define-key map "p" 'view-goto-percent) (define-key map "m" 'point-to-register) (define-key map "'" 'register-to-point) (define-key map "C" 'view-cleanup-backspaces) (define-key map "" 'view-quit) (define-key map "" 'view-quit-toggle-ro) (define-key map "q" 'view-quit) map))
|
|
116
|
5204
|
|
|
5205 (defvar view-mode-map (let ((map (copy-keymap view-minor-mode-map))) (set-keymap-name map 'view-mode-map) map))
|
|
|
5206
|
|
78
|
5207 (autoload 'view-file "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5208 Find FILE, enter view mode. With prefix arg OTHER-P, use other window." t nil)
|
|
|
5209
|
|
|
5210 (autoload 'view-buffer "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5211 Switch to BUF, enter view mode. With prefix arg use other window." t nil)
|
|
|
5212
|
|
|
5213 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5214 Find FILE in other window, and enter view mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5215
|
|
|
5216 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5217 Switch to BUFFER in another window, and enter view mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5218
|
|
|
5219 (autoload 'view-minor-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5220 Minor mode for viewing text, with bindings like `less'.
|
|
|
5221 Commands are:
|
|
|
5222 \\<view-minor-mode-map>
|
|
|
5223 0..9 prefix args
|
|
|
5224 - prefix minus
|
|
|
5225 \\[scroll-up] page forward
|
|
|
5226 \\[scroll-down] page back
|
|
|
5227 \\[view-scroll-lines-up] scroll prefix-arg lines forward, default 1.
|
|
|
5228 \\[view-scroll-lines-down] scroll prefix-arg lines backward, default 1.
|
|
|
5229 \\[view-scroll-some-lines-down] scroll prefix-arg lines backward, default 10.
|
|
|
5230 \\[view-scroll-some-lines-up] scroll prefix-arg lines forward, default 10.
|
|
|
5231 \\[what-line] print line number
|
|
|
5232 \\[view-mode-describe] print this help message
|
|
|
5233 \\[view-search-forward] regexp search, uses previous string if you just hit RET
|
|
|
5234 \\[view-search-backward] as above but searches backward
|
|
|
5235 \\[view-repeat-search] repeat last search
|
|
|
5236 \\[view-goto-line] goto line prefix-arg, default 1
|
|
|
5237 \\[view-last-windowful] goto line prefix-arg, default last line
|
|
|
5238 \\[view-goto-percent] goto a position by percentage
|
|
|
5239 \\[toggle-truncate-lines] toggle truncate-lines
|
|
|
5240 \\[view-file] view another file
|
|
|
5241 \\[view-buffer] view another buffer
|
|
|
5242 \\[view-cleanup-backspaces] cleanup backspace constructions
|
|
|
5243 \\[shell-command] execute a shell command
|
|
|
5244 \\[shell-command-on-region] execute a shell command with the region as input
|
|
|
5245 \\[view-quit] exit view-mode, and bury the current buffer.
|
|
|
5246
|
|
|
5247 If invoked with the optional (prefix) arg non-nil, view-mode cleans up
|
|
|
5248 backspace constructions.
|
|
|
5249
|
|
|
5250 More precisely:
|
|
|
5251 \\{view-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5252
|
|
|
5253 (autoload 'view-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5254 View the current buffer using view-minor-mode. This exists to be 99.9%
|
|
|
5255 compatible with the implementations of `view-mode' in view.el and older
|
|
|
5256 versions of view-less.el." t nil)
|
|
|
5257
|
|
|
5258 (autoload 'view-major-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5259 View the current buffer using view-mode, as a major mode.
|
|
|
5260 This function has a nonstandard name because `view-mode' is wrongly
|
|
|
5261 named but is like this for compatibility reasons." t nil)
|
|
|
5262
|
|
|
5263 (autoload 'auto-view-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5264 If the file of the current buffer is not writable, call view-mode.
|
|
|
5265 This is meant to be added to `find-file-hooks'." nil nil)
|
|
|
5266
|
|
|
5267 ;;;***
|
|
|
5268
|
|
|
5269 ;;;### (autoloads (vrml-mode) "vrml-mode" "modes/vrml-mode.el")
|
|
|
5270
|
|
|
5271 (autoload 'vrml-mode "vrml-mode" "\
|
|
|
5272 Major mode for editing VRML code.
|
|
|
5273 Expression and list commands understand all VRML brackets.
|
|
|
5274 Tab indents for VRML code.
|
|
|
5275 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
5276 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
5277
|
|
|
5278 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
5279 vrml-indent-level
|
|
|
5280 Indentation of VRML statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
5281
|
|
|
5282 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
|
|
|
5283 documentation for details):
|
|
|
5284 vrml-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
5285 Controls action of TAB key.
|
|
|
5286 vrml-auto-newline
|
|
|
5287 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
|
|
|
5288 inserted in VRML code.
|
|
|
5289
|
|
|
5290 Turning on VRML mode calls the value of the variable `vrml-mode-hook'
|
|
|
5291 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
|
|
|
5292 `vrml-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
|
|
|
5293 already exist.
|
|
|
5294
|
|
|
5295 Commands:
|
|
|
5296 \\{vrml-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5297
|
|
|
5298 ;;;***
|
|
|
5299
|
|
|
5300 ;;;### (autoloads (xpm-mode) "xpm-mode" "modes/xpm-mode.el")
|
|
|
5301
|
|
|
5302 (autoload 'xpm-mode "xpm-mode" "\
|
|
|
5303 Treat the current buffer as an xpm file and colorize it.
|
|
|
5304
|
|
|
5305 Shift-button-1 lets you paint by dragging the mouse. Shift-button-1 on a
|
|
|
5306 color definition line will change the current painting color to that line's
|
|
|
5307 value.
|
|
|
5308
|
|
|
5309 Characters inserted from the keyboard will NOT be colored properly yet.
|
|
|
5310 Use the mouse, or do xpm-init (\\[xpm-init]) after making changes.
|
|
|
5311
|
|
|
5312 \\[xpm-add-color] Add a new color, prompting for character and value
|
|
|
5313 \\[xpm-show-image] show the current image at the top of the buffer
|
|
|
5314 \\[xpm-parse-color] parse the current line's color definition and add
|
|
|
5315 it to the color table. Provided as a means of changing colors.
|
|
|
5316 XPM minor mode bindings:
|
|
|
5317 \\{xpm-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5318
|
|
|
5319 ;;;***
|
|
|
5320
|
|
|
5321 ;;;### (autoloads (br-env-load br-env-browse) "br-env" "oobr/br-env.el")
|
|
|
5322
|
|
|
5323 (autoload 'br-env-browse "br-env" "\
|
|
|
5324 Invoke the OO-Browser on an existing or to be created Environment ENV-FILE." t nil)
|
|
|
5325
|
|
|
5326 (autoload 'br-env-load "br-env" "\
|
|
|
5327 Load browser Environment or spec from optional ENV-FILE or 'br-env-file'.
|
|
|
5328 Non-nil PROMPT means prompt user before building tables.
|
|
|
5329 Non-nil NO-BUILD means skip build of Environment entirely.
|
|
|
5330 Return t if load is successful, else nil." t nil)
|
|
|
5331
|
|
|
5332 ;;;***
|
|
|
5333
|
|
|
5334 ;;;### (autoloads (oo-browser) "br-start" "oobr/br-start.el")
|
|
|
5335
|
|
|
5336 (fset 'oobr 'oo-browser)
|
|
|
5337
|
|
|
5338 (autoload 'oo-browser "br-start" "\
|
|
|
5339 Prompt for an Environment and language over which to run the OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5340 Optional prefix argument SAME-ENV-FLAG means browse the current Environment,
|
|
120
|
5341 if any, without prompting. Otherwise, if called interactively, give the user
|
|
|
5342 a choice whether to re-browse the last Environment or to browse a new one." t nil)
|
|
78
|
5343
|
|
|
5344 ;;;***
|
|
|
5345
|
|
|
5346 ;;;### (autoloads (br-to-from-viewer br-add-class-file) "br" "oobr/br.el")
|
|
|
5347
|
|
|
5348 (autoload 'br-add-class-file "br" "\
|
|
|
5349 Add a file of classes to the current Environment.
|
|
|
5350 Interactively or when optional CLASS-PATH is nil, CLASS-PATH defaults to the
|
|
|
5351 current buffer file pathname. If optional LIB-TABLE-P is non-nil, add to
|
|
|
5352 Library Environment, otherwise add to System Environment. If optional
|
|
|
5353 SAVE-FILE is t, the Environment is then stored to the filename given by
|
|
100
|
5354 `br-env-file'. If SAVE-FILE is non-nil and not t, its string value is used
|
|
78
|
5355 as the file to which to save the Environment." t nil)
|
|
|
5356
|
|
|
5357 (autoload 'br-to-from-viewer "br" "\
|
|
|
5358 Move point to viewer window or back to last recorded listing window." t nil)
|
|
|
5359
|
|
|
5360 ;;;***
|
|
|
5361
|
|
|
5362 ;;;### (autoloads (c++-browse) "c++-browse" "oobr/c++-browse.el")
|
|
|
5363
|
|
|
5364 (autoload 'c++-browse "c++-browse" "\
|
|
|
5365 Invoke the C++ OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5366 This allows browsing through C++ library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5367 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5368 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5369 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5370
|
|
|
5371 ;;;***
|
|
|
5372
|
|
|
5373 ;;;### (autoloads (clos-browse) "clos-brows" "oobr/clos-brows.el")
|
|
|
5374
|
|
|
5375 (autoload 'clos-browse "clos-brows" "\
|
|
|
5376 Invoke the CLOS OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5377 This allows browsing through CLOS library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5378 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file
|
|
|
5379 to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5380 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5381
|
|
|
5382 ;;;***
|
|
|
5383
|
|
|
5384 ;;;### (autoloads (eif-browse) "eif-browse" "oobr/eif-browse.el")
|
|
|
5385
|
|
|
5386 (autoload 'eif-browse "eif-browse" "\
|
|
|
5387 Invoke the Eiffel OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5388 This allows browsing through Eiffel library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5389 With an optional prefix arg ENV-FILE equal to t, prompt for Environment file
|
|
|
5390 to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5391 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5392
|
|
|
5393 ;;;***
|
|
|
5394
|
|
|
5395 ;;;### (autoloads (info-browse) "info-brows" "oobr/info-brows.el")
|
|
|
5396
|
|
|
5397 (autoload 'info-browse "info-brows" "\
|
|
|
5398 Invoke the Info OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5399 This allows browsing through Info library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5400 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5401 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5402 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5403
|
|
|
5404 ;;;***
|
|
|
5405
|
|
|
5406 ;;;### (autoloads (java-browse) "java-brows" "oobr/java-brows.el")
|
|
|
5407
|
|
|
5408 (autoload 'java-browse "java-brows" "\
|
|
|
5409 Invoke the Java OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5410 This allows browsing through Java library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5411 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5412 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5413 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5414
|
|
|
5415 ;;;***
|
|
|
5416
|
|
|
5417 ;;;### (autoloads (objc-browse) "objc-brows" "oobr/objc-brows.el")
|
|
|
5418
|
|
|
5419 (autoload 'objc-browse "objc-brows" "\
|
|
|
5420 Invoke the Objective-C OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5421 This allows browsing through Objective-C library and system class
|
|
|
5422 hierarchies. With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for
|
|
|
5423 Environment file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used
|
|
|
5424 as the Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5425
|
|
|
5426 ;;;***
|
|
|
5427
|
|
|
5428 ;;;### (autoloads (python-browse) "python-browse" "oobr/python-browse.el")
|
|
|
5429
|
|
|
5430 (autoload 'python-browse "python-browse" "\
|
|
|
5431 Invoke the Python OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5432 This allows browsing through Python library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5433 With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment
|
|
|
5434 file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5435 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5436
|
|
|
5437 ;;;***
|
|
|
5438
|
|
|
5439 ;;;### (autoloads (smt-browse) "smt-browse" "oobr/smt-browse.el")
|
|
|
5440
|
|
|
5441 (autoload 'smt-browse "smt-browse" "\
|
|
|
5442 Invoke the Smalltalk OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5443 This allows browsing through Smalltalk library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5444 With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment
|
|
|
5445 file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5446 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5447
|
|
|
5448 ;;;***
|
|
|
5449
|
|
|
5450 ;;;### (autoloads (add-log-current-defun change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "packages/add-log.el")
|
|
|
5451
|
|
120
|
5452 (defcustom change-log-default-name nil "*Name of a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry]." :type '(choice (const :tag "default" nil) string) :group 'change-log)
|
|
|
5453
|
|
|
5454 (defcustom add-log-current-defun-function nil "*If non-nil, function to guess name of current function from surrounding text.\n\\[add-change-log-entry] calls this function (if nil, `add-log-current-defun'\ninstead) with no arguments. It returns a string or nil if it cannot guess." :type 'boolean :group 'change-log)
|
|
|
5455
|
|
|
5456 (defcustom add-log-full-name nil "*Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.\nThis defaults to the value returned by the `user-full-name' function." :type '(choice (const :tag "Default" nil) string) :group 'change-log)
|
|
|
5457
|
|
|
5458 (defcustom add-log-mailing-address nil "*Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.\nThis defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'." :type '(choice (const :tag "Default" nil) string) :group 'change-log)
|
|
78
|
5459
|
|
|
5460 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5461 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
|
|
|
5462
|
|
|
5463 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5464 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
|
|
|
5465
|
|
|
5466 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
|
|
|
5467 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
|
|
|
5468 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
|
|
|
5469 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
|
|
|
5470
|
|
|
5471 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
|
|
|
5472 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
|
|
|
5473 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
|
|
|
5474
|
|
|
5475 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
|
|
|
5476 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
|
|
|
5477
|
|
|
5478 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5479 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
|
|
|
5480 Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
|
|
|
5481 Second arg is file name of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
|
|
|
5482 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
|
|
|
5483 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
|
|
151
|
5484 never append to an existing entry. Today's date is calculated according to
|
|
|
5485 `change-log-time-zone-rule' if non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
|
|
78
|
5486
|
|
|
5487 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5488 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
|
|
|
5489 Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
|
|
|
5490 Second arg is file name of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'." t nil)
|
|
|
5491
|
|
|
5492 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
|
|
|
5493
|
|
|
5494 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5495 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
|
|
|
5496 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
|
|
|
5497 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
|
|
|
5498 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
|
|
|
5499 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
|
|
|
5500
|
|
151
|
5501 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
|
|
|
5502 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
|
|
|
5503
|
|
|
5504 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
|
|
|
5505 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
|
|
|
5506
|
|
|
5507 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode) "\
|
|
|
5508 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
|
|
|
5509
|
|
78
|
5510 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5511 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
|
|
|
5512
|
|
|
5513 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
|
|
|
5514 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
|
|
|
5515
|
|
|
5516 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
|
|
|
5517 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
|
|
|
5518 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variable
|
|
|
5519 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp'.
|
|
|
5520
|
|
|
5521 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
|
|
|
5522
|
|
|
5523 ;;;***
|
|
|
5524
|
|
|
5525 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command) "apropos" "packages/apropos.el")
|
|
|
5526
|
|
|
5527 (fset 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
|
|
|
5528
|
|
|
5529 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5530 Shows commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
|
|
|
5531 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
|
|
|
5532 variables." t nil)
|
|
|
5533
|
|
|
5534 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5535 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
|
|
|
5536 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
|
|
|
5537 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
|
|
|
5538 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
|
|
|
5539
|
|
|
5540 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5541 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
|
|
|
5542 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
|
|
|
5543 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
|
|
|
5544 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
|
|
|
5545
|
|
|
5546 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5547 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
|
|
|
5548 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
|
|
|
5549 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
|
|
|
5550 bindings.
|
|
|
5551 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
|
|
|
5552
|
|
|
5553 ;;;***
|
|
|
5554
|
|
|
5555 ;;;### (autoloads (define-auto-insert auto-insert) "autoinsert" "packages/autoinsert.el")
|
|
|
5556
|
|
|
5557 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
|
|
|
5558 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
|
|
|
5559 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
5560
|
|
|
5561 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
|
|
|
5562 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
|
|
|
5563 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
|
|
|
5564 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
|
|
|
5565
|
|
|
5566 ;;;***
|
|
|
5567
|
|
|
5568 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "packages/avoid.el")
|
|
|
5569
|
|
80
|
5570 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
|
|
|
5571 Value is t or a symbol if the mouse pointer should avoid the cursor.
|
|
|
5572 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values. Changing this
|
|
|
5573 variable is NOT the recommended way to change modes; use that function
|
|
|
5574 instead.")
|
|
|
5575
|
|
78
|
5576 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
|
|
|
5577 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
|
|
|
5578 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
|
|
|
5579 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
|
|
|
5580
|
|
|
5581 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
|
|
|
5582 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
|
|
|
5583 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
|
|
|
5584
|
|
|
5585 Effects of the different modes:
|
|
|
5586 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
|
|
|
5587 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
|
|
|
5588 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
|
|
|
5589 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
|
|
|
5590 a random distance & direction.
|
|
|
5591 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
|
|
|
5592 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
|
|
|
5593 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
|
|
|
5594
|
|
|
5595 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
|
|
|
5596
|
|
|
5597 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
|
|
|
5598 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
|
|
|
5599 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
|
|
|
5600
|
|
|
5601 (add-minor-mode 'mouse-avoidance-mode " Avoid")
|
|
|
5602
|
|
|
5603 ;;;***
|
|
|
5604
|
|
|
5605 ;;;### (autoloads (blink-cursor-mode) "blink-cursor" "packages/blink-cursor.el")
|
|
|
5606
|
|
|
5607 (autoload 'blink-cursor-mode "blink-cursor" "\
|
|
|
5608 Enable or disable a blinking cursor.
|
|
|
5609 If TIMEOUT is nil, toggle on or off.
|
|
|
5610 If TIMEOUT is t, enable with the previous timeout value.
|
|
|
5611 If TIMEOUT is 0, disable.
|
|
|
5612 If TIMEOUT is greater than 0, then the cursor will blink once
|
|
|
5613 each TIMEOUT secs (can be a float)." t nil)
|
|
|
5614
|
|
|
5615 ;;;***
|
|
|
5616
|
|
|
5617 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "packages/bookmark.el")
|
|
|
5618
|
|
|
5619 (if (symbolp (key-binding "r")) nil (progn (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)))
|
|
|
5620
|
|
|
5621 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
|
|
|
5622 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
|
|
|
5623 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
|
|
|
5624 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
|
|
|
5625 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
|
|
|
5626 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
|
|
|
5627
|
|
|
5628 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
|
|
|
5629
|
|
|
5630 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
|
|
|
5631
|
|
|
5632 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
|
|
|
5633
|
|
|
5634 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
|
|
|
5635
|
|
|
5636 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump)
|
|
|
5637
|
|
|
5638 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
|
|
|
5639
|
|
|
5640 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
|
|
|
5641
|
|
|
5642 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location)
|
|
|
5643
|
|
|
5644 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
|
|
|
5645
|
|
|
5646 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
|
|
|
5647
|
|
|
5648 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
|
|
|
5649
|
|
|
5650 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
|
|
|
5651
|
|
|
5652 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
|
|
|
5653
|
|
153
|
5654 (add-hook 'kill-emacs-hook (function (lambda nil (and (featurep 'bookmark) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
|
|
|
5655
|
|
78
|
5656 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5657 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
|
|
|
5658 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
|
|
|
5659 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
|
|
|
5660 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
|
|
|
5661 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
|
|
|
5662 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
|
|
|
5663 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
|
|
|
5664 recent one.
|
|
|
5665
|
|
|
5666 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
|
|
|
5667 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
|
|
|
5668 yank successive words.
|
|
|
5669
|
|
|
5670 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
|
|
|
5671 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
|
|
|
5672 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
|
|
|
5673 name of the file being visited.
|
|
|
5674
|
|
|
5675 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
|
|
|
5676 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
|
|
|
5677 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
|
|
|
5678
|
|
|
5679 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5680 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
|
|
|
5681 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5682 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5683 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5684 this.
|
|
|
5685
|
|
|
5686 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
|
|
|
5687 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
|
|
|
5688 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
|
|
|
5689 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
|
|
|
5690
|
|
|
5691 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
|
|
153
|
5692 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
|
|
|
5693 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
|
|
|
5694 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
|
|
|
5695 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
|
|
78
|
5696
|
|
|
5697 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5698 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5699 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
|
|
|
5700 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
|
|
|
5701
|
|
153
|
5702 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
|
|
|
5703
|
|
78
|
5704 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
|
|
153
|
5705 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
|
|
|
5706 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
|
|
|
5707 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
|
|
|
5708
|
|
|
5709 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
|
|
78
|
5710 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
|
|
|
5711 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
|
|
|
5712
|
|
|
5713 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
|
|
108
|
5714 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
|
|
78
|
5715 name." t nil)
|
|
|
5716
|
|
|
5717 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5718 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5719 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5720 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5721 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5722 this." t nil)
|
|
|
5723
|
|
|
5724 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5725 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
|
|
|
5726 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
|
|
|
5727 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
|
|
|
5728 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
|
|
|
5729 one most recently used in this file, if any).
|
|
|
5730 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
|
|
|
5731 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
|
|
|
5732
|
|
|
5733 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
|
|
153
|
5734 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
|
|
|
5735 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
|
|
78
|
5736
|
|
|
5737 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5738 Save currently defined bookmarks.
|
|
|
5739 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
|
|
|
5740 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
|
|
|
5741 \(second argument).
|
|
|
5742
|
|
|
5743 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
|
|
|
5744 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
|
|
|
5745 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
|
|
|
5746 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
|
|
|
5747 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
|
|
|
5748
|
|
|
5749 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
|
|
|
5750 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
|
|
|
5751 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
|
|
|
5752 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
|
|
|
5753
|
|
|
5754 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5755 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
|
|
|
5756 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
|
|
|
5757 optional second argument REVERT is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
|
|
|
5758 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
|
|
|
5759 while loading.
|
|
|
5760
|
|
|
5761 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
|
|
|
5762 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
|
|
|
5763 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
|
|
|
5764 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
|
|
|
5765 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
|
|
|
5766 explicitly." t nil)
|
|
|
5767
|
|
|
5768 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5769 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
|
|
|
5770 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
|
|
|
5771 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
|
|
|
5772 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
|
|
|
5773
|
|
|
5774 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
|
|
|
5775
|
|
|
5776 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
|
|
|
5777
|
|
|
5778 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-insert "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5779 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5780 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5781 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5782 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5783 this.
|
|
|
5784
|
|
|
5785 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5786 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5787 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5788
|
|
|
5789 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-jump "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5790 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
|
|
|
5791 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5792 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5793 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5794 this.
|
|
|
5795
|
|
|
5796 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5797 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5798 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5799
|
|
|
5800 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-locate "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5801 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5802 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
|
|
|
5803
|
|
|
5804 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5805 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5806 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5807
|
|
|
5808 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-rename "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5809 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5810 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5811 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
|
|
|
5812 prompts for NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5813 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
|
|
|
5814 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
|
|
|
5815 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
|
|
|
5816
|
|
|
5817 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
|
|
108
|
5818 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
|
|
78
|
5819 name.
|
|
|
5820
|
|
|
5821 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5822 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5823 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5824
|
|
|
5825 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-delete "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5826 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
|
|
|
5827 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
|
|
|
5828 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
|
|
|
5829 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
|
|
|
5830 one most recently used in this file, if any).
|
|
|
5831
|
|
|
5832 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5833 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5834 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5835
|
|
153
|
5836 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
|
|
|
5837
|
|
|
5838 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map (symbol-value 'menu-bar-bookmark-map))
|
|
|
5839
|
|
|
5840 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))
|
|
|
5841
|
|
|
5842 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))
|
|
|
5843
|
|
|
5844 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))
|
|
|
5845
|
|
|
5846 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))
|
|
|
5847
|
|
|
5848 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete))
|
|
|
5849
|
|
|
5850 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename))
|
|
|
5851
|
|
|
5852 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] '("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate))
|
|
|
5853
|
|
|
5854 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] '("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert))
|
|
|
5855
|
|
|
5856 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] '("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))
|
|
|
5857
|
|
|
5858 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump))
|
|
|
5859
|
|
78
|
5860 ;;;***
|
|
|
5861
|
|
|
5862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "buff-menu" "packages/buff-menu.el")
|
|
|
5863
|
|
|
5864 (defvar list-buffers-directory nil)
|
|
|
5865
|
|
|
5866 (make-variable-buffer-local 'list-buffers-directory)
|
|
|
5867
|
|
|
5868 ;;;***
|
|
|
5869
|
|
|
5870 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history-mode list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "packages/chistory.el")
|
|
|
5871
|
|
|
5872 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5873 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
|
|
|
5874 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
|
|
|
5875 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
|
|
|
5876 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
|
|
|
5877 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
|
|
|
5878
|
|
|
5879 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5880 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
|
|
|
5881 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
5882 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
|
|
|
5883 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
|
|
|
5884
|
|
|
5885 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5886
|
|
|
5887 (autoload 'command-history-mode "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5888 Major mode for examining commands from `command-history'.
|
|
|
5889 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
5890 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
5891 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
|
|
|
5892
|
|
|
5893 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
|
|
|
5894 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
|
|
|
5895 \\{command-history-map}
|
|
|
5896 Calls the value of `command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
|
|
|
5897 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
|
|
|
5898
|
|
|
5899 ;;;***
|
|
|
5900
|
|
|
5901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "packages/cmuscheme.el")
|
|
|
5902
|
|
|
5903 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
|
|
|
5904
|
|
|
5905 ;;;***
|
|
|
5906
|
|
|
5907 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "packages/compare-w.el")
|
|
|
5908
|
|
|
5909 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
|
|
|
5910 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
|
|
|
5911 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
|
|
|
5912 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
|
|
|
5913
|
|
|
5914 This command pushes the mark in each window
|
|
|
5915 at the prior location of point in that window.
|
|
|
5916 If both windows display the same buffer,
|
|
|
5917 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
|
|
|
5918 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
|
|
|
5919
|
|
|
5920 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
|
|
|
5921 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
|
|
|
5922 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
5923
|
|
|
5924 ;;;***
|
|
|
5925
|
|
|
5926 ;;;### (autoloads (first-error previous-error next-error compilation-minor-mode grep compile) "compile" "packages/compile.el")
|
|
|
5927
|
|
120
|
5928 (defcustom compilation-mode-hook nil "*List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks')." :type 'hook :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5929
|
|
|
5930 (defcustom compilation-window-height nil "*Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default." :type '(choice (const nil) integer) :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5931
|
|
|
5932 (defcustom compilation-buffer-name-function nil "Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.\nThe function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the\ncompilation buffer. It should return a string.\nnil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'." :type 'function :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5933
|
|
|
5934 (defcustom compilation-finish-function nil "*Function to call when a compilation process finishes.\nIt is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string\ndescribing how the process finished." :type 'function :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5935
|
|
|
5936 (defcustom compilation-search-path '(nil) "*List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.\nElements should be directory names, not file names of directories.\nnil as an element means to try the default directory." :type '(repeat (choice (const :tag "Default" nil) directory)) :group 'compilation)
|
|
78
|
5937
|
|
|
5938 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
|
|
|
5939 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
|
|
|
5940 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
|
|
|
5941 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
|
|
|
5942
|
|
|
5943 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
|
|
|
5944 and move to the source code that caused it.
|
|
|
5945
|
|
|
5946 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
|
|
|
5947 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
|
|
|
5948
|
|
|
5949 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
|
|
|
5950 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
|
|
|
5951 Then start the next one.
|
|
|
5952
|
|
|
5953 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
|
|
|
5954 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
|
|
|
5955 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
|
|
|
5956
|
|
|
5957 (autoload 'grep "compile" "\
|
|
|
5958 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
|
|
|
5959 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
|
|
|
5960 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
|
|
|
5961
|
|
|
5962 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
|
|
|
5963 easily repeat a grep command." t nil)
|
|
|
5964
|
|
|
5965 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
|
|
|
5966 Toggle compilation minor mode.
|
|
|
5967 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
|
|
|
5968 See `compilation-mode'.
|
|
|
5969 ! \\{compilation-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5970
|
|
|
5971 (autoload 'next-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
5972 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
|
|
|
5973 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command.
|
|
|
5974 If all preparsed error messages have been processed,
|
|
|
5975 the error message buffer is checked for new ones.
|
|
|
5976
|
|
|
5977 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
|
|
|
5978 negative means move back to previous error messages.
|
|
|
5979 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
|
|
|
5980 and start at the first error.
|
|
|
5981
|
|
|
5982 \\[next-error] normally applies to the most recent compilation started,
|
|
|
5983 but as long as you are in the middle of parsing errors from one compilation
|
|
|
5984 output buffer, you stay with that compilation output buffer.
|
|
|
5985
|
|
|
5986 Use \\[next-error] in a compilation output buffer to switch to
|
|
|
5987 processing errors from that compilation.
|
|
|
5988
|
|
|
5989 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
|
|
|
5990 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
|
|
|
5991
|
|
|
5992 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
|
|
|
5993
|
|
|
5994 (autoload 'previous-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
5995 Visit previous compilation error message and corresponding source code.
|
|
|
5996 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command." t nil)
|
|
|
5997
|
|
|
5998 (autoload 'first-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
5999 Reparse the error message buffer and start at the first error
|
|
|
6000 Visit corresponding source code.
|
|
|
6001 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command." t nil)
|
|
|
6002
|
|
|
6003 ;;;***
|
|
|
6004
|
|
|
6005 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "packages/dabbrev.el")
|
|
|
6006
|
|
|
6007 (define-key global-map [(meta /)] 'dabbrev-expand)
|
|
|
6008
|
|
|
6009 (define-key global-map [(meta control /)] 'dabbrev-completion)
|
|
|
6010
|
|
|
6011 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
|
|
|
6012 Completion on current word.
|
|
|
6013 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
|
|
|
6014 and presents suggestions for completion.
|
|
|
6015
|
|
|
6016 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
|
|
|
6017 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
|
|
|
6018 completions.
|
|
|
6019
|
|
|
6020 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
|
|
|
6021 then it searches *all* buffers.
|
|
|
6022
|
|
|
6023 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
|
|
|
6024 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
|
|
|
6025
|
|
|
6026 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
|
|
|
6027 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
|
|
|
6028
|
|
|
6029 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
|
|
|
6030 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
|
|
|
6031 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
|
|
|
6032 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
|
|
|
6033 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
|
|
|
6034
|
|
|
6035 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
|
|
|
6036 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
|
|
|
6037
|
|
|
6038 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
|
|
|
6039 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
|
|
|
6040 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
|
|
|
6041
|
|
|
6042 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
|
|
|
6043 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
|
|
|
6044
|
|
|
6045 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
|
|
|
6046
|
|
|
6047 ;;;***
|
|
|
6048
|
|
104
|
6049 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff) "diff" "packages/diff.el")
|
|
|
6050
|
|
120
|
6051 (defcustom diff-switches "-c" "*A list of switches (strings) to pass to the diff program." :type '(choice string (repeat string)) :group 'diff)
|
|
104
|
6052
|
|
|
6053 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
|
|
|
6054 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
|
|
|
6055 Interactively you are prompted with the current buffer's file name for NEW
|
|
|
6056 and what appears to be its backup for OLD." t nil)
|
|
|
6057
|
|
|
6058 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
|
|
|
6059 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
|
|
|
6060 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
|
|
|
6061 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
|
|
|
6062 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
|
|
|
6063
|
|
|
6064 ;;;***
|
|
|
6065
|
|
78
|
6066 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-faces) "edit-faces" "packages/edit-faces.el")
|
|
|
6067
|
|
|
6068 (autoload 'edit-faces "edit-faces" "\
|
|
|
6069 Alter face characteristics by editing a list of defined faces.
|
|
|
6070 Pops up a buffer containing a list of defined faces.
|
|
|
6071
|
|
|
6072 Editing commands:
|
|
|
6073
|
|
|
6074 \\{edit-faces-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
6075
|
|
|
6076 ;;;***
|
|
|
6077
|
|
|
6078 ;;;### (autoloads (report-xemacs-bug) "emacsbug" "packages/emacsbug.el")
|
|
|
6079
|
|
|
6080 (autoload 'report-xemacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
|
|
|
6081 Report a bug in XEmacs.
|
|
|
6082 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6083
|
|
|
6084 ;;;***
|
|
|
6085
|
|
|
6086 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" "packages/emerge.el")
|
|
|
6087
|
|
|
6088 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6089 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
|
|
|
6090
|
|
|
6091 (fset 'emerge 'emerge-files)
|
|
|
6092
|
|
|
6093 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6094 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
6095
|
|
|
6096 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6097 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
6098
|
|
|
6099 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6100 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
6101
|
|
|
6102 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6103
|
|
|
6104 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6105
|
|
|
6106 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6107
|
|
|
6108 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6109
|
|
|
6110 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6111 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
|
|
|
6112
|
|
|
6113 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6114 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
6115
|
|
|
6116 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6117
|
|
|
6118 ;;;***
|
|
|
6119
|
|
|
6120 ;;;### (autoloads (tags-apropos list-tags tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file find-tag-other-window find-tag visit-tags-table) "etags" "packages/etags.el")
|
|
|
6121
|
|
142
|
6122 (defcustom tags-build-completion-table 'ask "*If this variable is nil, then tags completion is disabled.\nIf this variable is t, then things which prompt for tags will do so with \n completion across all known tags.\nIf this variable is the symbol `ask', then you will be asked whether each\n tags table should be added to the completion list as it is read in.\n (With the exception that for very small tags tables, you will not be asked,\n since they can be parsed quickly.)" :type '(radio (const :tag "Disabled" nil) (const :tag "Complete All" t) (const :tag "Ask" ask)) :group 'etags)
|
|
|
6123
|
|
|
6124 (defcustom tags-always-exact nil "*If this variable is non-nil, then tags always looks for exact matches." :type 'boolean :group 'etags)
|
|
|
6125
|
|
|
6126 (defcustom tag-table-alist nil "*A list which determines which tags files should be active for a \ngiven buffer. This is not really an association list, in that all \nelements are checked. The CAR of each element of this list is a \npattern against which the buffer's file name is compared; if it \nmatches, then the CDR of the list should be the name of the tags\ntable to use. If more than one element of this list matches the\nbuffer's file name, then all of the associated tags tables will be\nused. Earlier ones will be searched first.\n\nIf the CAR of elements of this list are strings, then they are treated\nas regular-expressions against which the file is compared (like the\nauto-mode-alist). If they are not strings, then they are evaluated.\nIf they evaluate to non-nil, then the current buffer is considered to\nmatch.\n\nIf the CDR of the elements of this list are strings, then they are\nassumed to name a TAGS file. If they name a directory, then the string\n\"TAGS\" is appended to them to get the file name. If they are not \nstrings, then they are evaluated, and must return an appropriate string.\n\nFor example:\n (setq tag-table-alist\n '((\"/usr/src/public/perl/\" . \"/usr/src/public/perl/perl-3.0/\")\n (\"\\\\.el$\" . \"/usr/local/emacs/src/\")\n (\"/jbw/gnu/\" . \"/usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/\")\n (\"\" . \"/usr/local/emacs/src/\")\n ))\n\nThis means that anything in the /usr/src/public/perl/ directory should use\nthe TAGS file /usr/src/public/perl/perl-3.0/TAGS; and file ending in .el should\nuse the TAGS file /usr/local/emacs/src/TAGS; and anything in or below the\ndirectory /jbw/gnu/ should use the TAGS file /usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/TAGS.\nA file called something like \"/usr/jbw/foo.el\" would use both the TAGS files\n/usr/local/emacs/src/TAGS and /usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/TAGS (in that order)\nbecause it matches both patterns.\n\nIf the buffer-local variable `buffer-tag-table' is set, then it names a tags\ntable that is searched before all others when find-tag is executed from this\nbuffer.\n\nIf there is a file called \"TAGS\" in the same directory as the file in \nquestion, then that tags file will always be used as well (after the\n`buffer-tag-table' but before the tables specified by this list.)\n\nIf the variable tags-file-name is set, then the tags file it names will apply\nto all buffers (for backwards compatibility.) It is searched first.\n" :type '(repeat (cons regexp sexp)) :group 'etags)
|
|
78
|
6127
|
|
|
6128 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
|
|
|
6129 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE first.
|
|
|
6130 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
|
|
|
6131 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory." t nil)
|
|
|
6132
|
|
|
6133 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
|
|
|
6134 *Find tag whose name contains TAGNAME.
|
|
|
6135 Selects the buffer that the tag is contained in
|
|
|
6136 and puts point at its definition.
|
|
|
6137 If TAGNAME is a null string, the expression in the buffer
|
|
|
6138 around or before point is used as the tag name.
|
|
|
6139 If called interactively with a numeric argument, searches for the next tag
|
|
|
6140 in the tag table that matches the tagname used in the previous find-tag.
|
|
|
6141 If second arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, uses another window to display
|
|
|
6142 the tag.
|
|
|
6143
|
|
|
6144 This version of this function supports multiple active tags tables,
|
|
|
6145 and completion.
|
|
|
6146
|
|
|
6147 Variables of note:
|
|
|
6148
|
|
|
6149 tag-table-alist controls which tables apply to which buffers
|
|
|
6150 tags-file-name a default tags table
|
|
|
6151 tags-build-completion-table controls completion behavior
|
|
|
6152 buffer-tag-table another way of specifying a buffer-local table
|
|
|
6153 make-tags-files-invisible whether tags tables should be very hidden
|
|
|
6154 tag-mark-stack-max how many tags-based hops to remember" t nil)
|
|
|
6155
|
|
|
6156 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
|
|
|
6157 *Find tag whose name contains TAGNAME.
|
|
|
6158 Selects the buffer that the tag is contained in in another window
|
|
|
6159 and puts point at its definition.
|
|
|
6160 If TAGNAME is a null string, the expression in the buffer
|
|
|
6161 around or before point is used as the tag name.
|
|
|
6162 If second arg NEXT is non-nil (interactively, with prefix arg),
|
|
|
6163 searches for the next tag in the tag table
|
|
|
6164 that matches the tagname used in the previous find-tag.
|
|
|
6165
|
|
|
6166 This version of this function supports multiple active tags tables,
|
|
|
6167 and completion.
|
|
|
6168
|
|
|
6169 Variables of note:
|
|
|
6170
|
|
|
6171 tag-table-alist controls which tables apply to which buffers
|
|
|
6172 tags-file-name a default tags table
|
|
|
6173 tags-build-completion-table controls completion behavior
|
|
|
6174 buffer-tag-table another way of specifying a buffer-local table
|
|
|
6175 make-tags-files-invisible whether tags tables should be very hidden
|
|
|
6176 tag-mark-stack-max how many tags-based hops to remember" t nil)
|
|
|
6177
|
|
|
6178 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
|
|
|
6179 Select next file among files in current tag table(s).
|
|
|
6180
|
|
|
6181 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
|
|
|
6182 beginning of the list of files in the (first) tags table. If the argument
|
|
|
6183 is neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
|
|
|
6184
|
|
|
6185 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
|
|
|
6186 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
|
|
|
6187
|
|
|
6188 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
|
|
|
6189 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
|
|
|
6190
|
|
|
6191 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
|
|
|
6192 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
|
|
|
6193 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
|
|
|
6194 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
|
|
|
6195 Two variables control the processing we do on each file:
|
|
|
6196 the value of `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file
|
|
|
6197 to see if it is interesting (it returns non-nil if so)
|
|
|
6198 and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to execute to operate on an interesting file
|
|
|
6199 If the latter returns non-nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
|
|
|
6200
|
|
|
6201 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
|
|
|
6202 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
|
|
|
6203 Stops when a match is found.
|
|
|
6204 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
|
|
|
6205
|
|
|
6206 See documentation of variable `tag-table-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
6207
|
|
|
6208 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
|
|
|
6209 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
|
|
|
6210 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
|
|
|
6211 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
|
|
|
6212 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
|
|
|
6213
|
|
|
6214 See documentation of variable `tag-table-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
6215
|
|
|
6216 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
|
|
|
6217 Display list of tags in file FILE.
|
|
|
6218 FILE should not contain a directory spec
|
|
|
6219 unless it has one in the tag table." t nil)
|
|
|
6220
|
|
|
6221 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
|
|
|
6222 Display list of all tags in tag table REGEXP matches." t nil)
|
|
|
6223
|
|
|
6224 ;;;***
|
|
|
6225
|
|
|
6226 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "packages/fast-lock.el")
|
|
|
6227
|
|
|
6228 (autoload 'fast-lock-mode "fast-lock" "\
|
|
|
6229 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
|
|
|
6230 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
|
|
|
6231 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
|
|
|
6232
|
|
|
6233 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
|
|
|
6234
|
|
|
6235 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
|
|
|
6236 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
|
|
|
6237 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
|
|
|
6238
|
|
|
6239 Font Lock caches may be saved:
|
|
100
|
6240 - When you save the file's buffer.
|
|
|
6241 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
|
|
|
6242 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
|
|
78
|
6243 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
|
|
|
6244 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
|
|
|
6245
|
|
|
6246 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
|
|
|
6247
|
|
|
6248 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
|
|
|
6249 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
|
|
|
6250 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
|
|
98
|
6251 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
|
|
78
|
6252
|
|
|
6253 (autoload 'turn-on-fast-lock "fast-lock" "\
|
|
|
6254 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6255
|
|
100
|
6256 (when (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode 'fast-lock-mode nil))
|
|
78
|
6257
|
|
|
6258 ;;;***
|
|
|
6259
|
|
|
6260 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "packages/feedmail.el")
|
|
|
6261
|
|
|
6262 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6263
|
|
|
6264 ;;;***
|
|
|
6265
|
|
|
6266 ;;;### (autoloads (make-file-part) "file-part" "packages/file-part.el")
|
|
|
6267
|
|
|
6268 (autoload 'make-file-part "file-part" "\
|
|
|
6269 Make a file part on buffer BUFFER out of the region. Call it NAME.
|
|
|
6270 This command creates a new buffer containing the contents of the
|
|
|
6271 region and marks the buffer as referring to the specified buffer,
|
|
|
6272 called the `master buffer'. When the file-part buffer is saved,
|
|
|
6273 its changes are integrated back into the master buffer. When the
|
|
|
6274 master buffer is deleted, all file parts are deleted with it.
|
|
|
6275
|
|
|
6276 When called from a function, expects four arguments, START, END,
|
|
|
6277 NAME, and BUFFER, all of which are optional and default to the
|
|
|
6278 beginning of BUFFER, the end of BUFFER, a name generated from
|
|
|
6279 BUFFER's name, and the current buffer, respectively." t nil)
|
|
|
6280
|
|
|
6281 ;;;***
|
|
|
6282
|
|
155
|
6283 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-set-defaults-1 font-lock-fontify-buffer turn-off-font-lock turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "packages/font-lock.el")
|
|
78
|
6284
|
|
|
6285 (defvar font-lock-auto-fontify t "\
|
|
|
6286 *Whether font-lock should automatically fontify files as they're loaded.
|
|
|
6287 This will only happen if font-lock has fontifying keywords for the major
|
|
|
6288 mode of the file. You can get finer-grained control over auto-fontification
|
|
|
6289 by using this variable in combination with `font-lock-mode-enable-list' or
|
|
|
6290 `font-lock-mode-disable-list'.")
|
|
|
6291
|
|
|
6292 (defvar font-lock-mode-enable-list nil "\
|
|
|
6293 *List of modes to auto-fontify, if `font-lock-auto-fontify' is nil.")
|
|
|
6294
|
|
|
6295 (defvar font-lock-mode-disable-list nil "\
|
|
|
6296 *List of modes not to auto-fontify, if `font-lock-auto-fontify' is t.")
|
|
|
6297
|
|
|
6298 (defvar font-lock-use-colors '(color) "\
|
|
|
6299 *Specification for when Font Lock will set up color defaults.
|
|
|
6300 Normally this should be '(color), meaning that Font Lock will set up
|
|
|
6301 color defaults that are only used on color displays. Set this to nil
|
|
|
6302 if you don't want Font Lock to set up color defaults at all. This
|
|
|
6303 should be one of
|
|
|
6304
|
|
|
6305 -- a list of valid tags, meaning that the color defaults will be used
|
|
|
6306 when all of the tags apply. (e.g. '(color x))
|
|
|
6307 -- a list whose first element is 'or and whose remaining elements are
|
|
|
6308 lists of valid tags, meaning that the defaults will be used when
|
|
|
6309 any of the tag lists apply.
|
|
|
6310 -- nil, meaning that the defaults should not be set up at all.
|
|
|
6311
|
|
|
6312 \(If you specify face values in your init file, they will override any
|
|
|
6313 that Font Lock specifies, regardless of whether you specify the face
|
|
|
6314 values before or after loading Font Lock.)
|
|
|
6315
|
|
|
6316 See also `font-lock-use-fonts'. If you want more control over the faces
|
|
|
6317 used for fontification, see the documentation of `font-lock-mode' for
|
|
|
6318 how to do it.")
|
|
|
6319
|
|
|
6320 (defvar font-lock-use-fonts '(or (mono) (grayscale)) "\
|
|
|
6321 *Specification for when Font Lock will set up non-color defaults.
|
|
|
6322
|
|
|
6323 Normally this should be '(or (mono) (grayscale)), meaning that Font
|
|
|
6324 Lock will set up non-color defaults that are only used on either mono
|
|
|
6325 or grayscale displays. Set this to nil if you don't want Font Lock to
|
|
|
6326 set up non-color defaults at all. This should be one of
|
|
|
6327
|
|
|
6328 -- a list of valid tags, meaning that the non-color defaults will be used
|
|
|
6329 when all of the tags apply. (e.g. '(grayscale x))
|
|
|
6330 -- a list whose first element is 'or and whose remaining elements are
|
|
|
6331 lists of valid tags, meaning that the defaults will be used when
|
|
|
6332 any of the tag lists apply.
|
|
|
6333 -- nil, meaning that the defaults should not be set up at all.
|
|
|
6334
|
|
|
6335 \(If you specify face values in your init file, they will override any
|
|
|
6336 that Font Lock specifies, regardless of whether you specify the face
|
|
|
6337 values before or after loading Font Lock.)
|
|
|
6338
|
|
|
6339 See also `font-lock-use-colors'. If you want more control over the faces
|
|
|
6340 used for fontification, see the documentation of `font-lock-mode' for
|
|
|
6341 how to do it.")
|
|
|
6342
|
|
|
6343 (defvar font-lock-maximum-decoration nil "\
|
|
|
6344 *If non-nil, the maximum decoration level for fontifying.
|
|
|
6345 If nil, use the minimum decoration (equivalent to level 0).
|
|
|
6346 If t, use the maximum decoration available.
|
|
|
6347 If a number, use that level of decoration (or if not available the maximum).
|
|
|
6348 If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . LEVEL),
|
|
|
6349 where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default). For example:
|
|
|
6350 ((c++-mode . 2) (c-mode . t) (t . 1))
|
|
|
6351 means use level 2 decoration for buffers in `c++-mode', the maximum decoration
|
|
|
6352 available for buffers in `c-mode', and level 1 decoration otherwise.")
|
|
|
6353
|
|
|
6354 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'font-lock-use-maximal-decoration 'font-lock-maximum-decoration)
|
|
|
6355
|
|
|
6356 (defvar font-lock-maximum-size (* 250 1024) "\
|
|
|
6357 *If non-nil, the maximum size for buffers for fontifying.
|
|
|
6358 Only buffers less than this can be fontified when Font Lock mode is turned on.
|
|
|
6359 If nil, means size is irrelevant.
|
|
|
6360 If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . SIZE),
|
|
|
6361 where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default). For example:
|
|
|
6362 ((c++-mode . 256000) (c-mode . 256000) (rmail-mode . 1048576))
|
|
|
6363 means that the maximum size is 250K for buffers in `c++-mode' or `c-mode', one
|
|
|
6364 megabyte for buffers in `rmail-mode', and size is irrelevant otherwise.")
|
|
|
6365
|
|
|
6366 (defvar font-lock-keywords nil "\
|
|
|
6367 *A list of the keywords to highlight.
|
|
|
6368 Each element should be of the form:
|
|
|
6369
|
|
|
6370 MATCHER
|
|
|
6371 (MATCHER . MATCH)
|
|
|
6372 (MATCHER . FACENAME)
|
|
|
6373 (MATCHER . HIGHLIGHT)
|
|
|
6374 (MATCHER HIGHLIGHT ...)
|
|
108
|
6375 (eval . FORM)
|
|
78
|
6376
|
|
|
6377 where HIGHLIGHT should be either MATCH-HIGHLIGHT or MATCH-ANCHORED.
|
|
|
6378
|
|
108
|
6379 FORM is an expression, whose value should be a keyword element,
|
|
|
6380 evaluated when the keyword is (first) used in a buffer. This feature
|
|
|
6381 can be used to provide a keyword that can only be generated when Font
|
|
|
6382 Lock mode is actually turned on.
|
|
|
6383
|
|
78
|
6384 For highlighting single items, typically only MATCH-HIGHLIGHT is required.
|
|
108
|
6385 However, if an item or (typically) items is to be highlighted following the
|
|
78
|
6386 instance of another item (the anchor) then MATCH-ANCHORED may be required.
|
|
|
6387
|
|
|
6388 MATCH-HIGHLIGHT should be of the form:
|
|
|
6389
|
|
|
6390 (MATCH FACENAME OVERRIDE LAXMATCH)
|
|
|
6391
|
|
102
|
6392 Where MATCHER can be either the regexp to search for, a variable
|
|
|
6393 containing the regexp to search for, or the function to call to make
|
|
|
6394 the search (called with one argument, the limit of the search). MATCH
|
|
|
6395 is the subexpression of MATCHER to be highlighted. FACENAME is either
|
|
|
6396 a symbol naming a face, or an expression whose value is the face name
|
|
|
6397 to use. If you want FACENAME to be a symbol that evaluates to a face,
|
|
|
6398 use a form like \"(progn sym)\".
|
|
78
|
6399
|
|
|
6400 OVERRIDE and LAXMATCH are flags. If OVERRIDE is t, existing fontification may
|
|
|
6401 be overwritten. If `keep', only parts not already fontified are highlighted.
|
|
|
6402 If `prepend' or `append', existing fontification is merged with the new, in
|
|
|
6403 which the new or existing fontification, respectively, takes precedence.
|
|
|
6404 If LAXMATCH is non-nil, no error is signalled if there is no MATCH in MATCHER.
|
|
|
6405
|
|
|
6406 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
|
|
|
6407
|
|
|
6408 \"\\\\\\=<foo\\\\\\=>\" Discrete occurrences of \"foo\" in the value of the
|
|
|
6409 variable `font-lock-keyword-face'.
|
|
|
6410 (\"fu\\\\(bar\\\\)\" . 1) Substring \"bar\" within all occurrences of \"fubar\" in
|
|
|
6411 the value of `font-lock-keyword-face'.
|
|
|
6412 (\"fubar\" . fubar-face) Occurrences of \"fubar\" in the value of `fubar-face'.
|
|
|
6413 (\"foo\\\\|bar\" 0 foo-bar-face t)
|
|
|
6414 Occurrences of either \"foo\" or \"bar\" in the value
|
|
|
6415 of `foo-bar-face', even if already highlighted.
|
|
|
6416
|
|
|
6417 MATCH-ANCHORED should be of the form:
|
|
|
6418
|
|
|
6419 (MATCHER PRE-MATCH-FORM POST-MATCH-FORM MATCH-HIGHLIGHT ...)
|
|
|
6420
|
|
|
6421 Where MATCHER is as for MATCH-HIGHLIGHT with one exception. The limit of the
|
|
|
6422 search is currently guaranteed to be (no greater than) the end of the line.
|
|
|
6423 PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are evaluated before the first, and after
|
|
|
6424 the last, instance MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER is used. Therefore they can be
|
|
|
6425 used to initialise before, and cleanup after, MATCHER is used. Typically,
|
|
|
6426 PRE-MATCH-FORM is used to move to some position relative to the original
|
|
|
6427 MATCHER, before starting with MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER. POST-MATCH-FORM might
|
|
|
6428 be used to move, before resuming with MATCH-ANCHORED's parent's MATCHER.
|
|
|
6429
|
|
|
6430 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
|
|
|
6431
|
|
|
6432 (\"\\\\\\=<anchor\\\\\\=>\" (0 anchor-face) (\"\\\\\\=<item\\\\\\=>\" nil nil (0 item-face)))
|
|
|
6433
|
|
|
6434 Discrete occurrences of \"anchor\" in the value of `anchor-face', and subsequent
|
|
|
6435 discrete occurrences of \"item\" (on the same line) in the value of `item-face'.
|
|
|
6436 (Here PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are nil. Therefore \"item\" is
|
|
|
6437 initially searched for starting from the end of the match of \"anchor\", and
|
|
|
6438 searching for subsequent instance of \"anchor\" resumes from where searching
|
|
|
6439 for \"item\" concluded.)
|
|
|
6440
|
|
|
6441 Note that the MATCH-ANCHORED feature is experimental; in the future, we may
|
|
|
6442 replace it with other ways of providing this functionality.
|
|
|
6443
|
|
|
6444 These regular expressions should not match text which spans lines. While
|
|
|
6445 \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] handles multi-line patterns correctly, updating
|
|
|
6446 when you edit the buffer does not, since it considers text one line at a time.
|
|
|
6447
|
|
|
6448 Be very careful composing regexps for this list;
|
|
|
6449 the wrong pattern can dramatically slow things down!")
|
|
|
6450
|
|
|
6451 (make-variable-buffer-local 'font-lock-keywords)
|
|
|
6452
|
|
|
6453 (defvar font-lock-mode nil)
|
|
|
6454
|
|
|
6455 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
|
|
|
6456 Function or functions to run on entry to font-lock-mode.")
|
|
|
6457
|
|
|
6458 (autoload 'font-lock-mode "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6459 Toggle Font Lock Mode.
|
|
|
6460 With arg, turn font-lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
|
|
|
6461
|
|
|
6462 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
|
|
|
6463
|
|
|
6464 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
|
|
|
6465 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
|
|
|
6466 - Documentation strings (in Lisp-like languages) are displayed in
|
|
|
6467 `font-lock-doc-string-face';
|
|
|
6468 - Language keywords (\"reserved words\") are displayed in
|
|
|
6469 `font-lock-keyword-face';
|
|
|
6470 - Function names in their defining form are displayed in
|
|
|
6471 `font-lock-function-name-face';
|
|
|
6472 - Variable names in their defining form are displayed in
|
|
|
6473 `font-lock-variable-name-face';
|
|
|
6474 - Type names are displayed in `font-lock-type-face';
|
|
|
6475 - References appearing in help files and the like are displayed
|
|
|
6476 in `font-lock-reference-face';
|
|
|
6477 - Preprocessor declarations are displayed in
|
|
|
6478 `font-lock-preprocessor-face';
|
|
|
6479
|
|
|
6480 and
|
|
|
6481
|
|
|
6482 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according
|
|
|
6483 to the value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
|
|
|
6484
|
|
|
6485 Where modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
|
|
|
6486 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
|
|
|
6487 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
|
|
|
6488 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
|
|
|
6489 To fontify a buffer without turning on Font Lock mode, and regardless of buffer
|
|
|
6490 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
|
|
|
6491
|
|
|
6492 See the variable `font-lock-keywords' for customization." t nil)
|
|
|
6493
|
|
|
6494 (autoload 'turn-on-font-lock "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6495 Unconditionally turn on Font Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6496
|
|
|
6497 (autoload 'turn-off-font-lock "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6498 Unconditionally turn off Font Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6499
|
|
|
6500 (autoload 'font-lock-fontify-buffer "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6501 Fontify the current buffer the way `font-lock-mode' would.
|
|
|
6502 See `font-lock-mode' for details.
|
|
|
6503
|
|
|
6504 This can take a while for large buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
6505
|
|
155
|
6506 (autoload 'font-lock-set-defaults-1 "font-lock" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6507
|
|
78
|
6508 (add-minor-mode 'font-lock-mode " Font")
|
|
|
6509
|
|
|
6510 ;;;***
|
|
|
6511
|
|
155
|
6512 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-mode) "generic-sc" "packages/generic-sc.el")
|
|
|
6513
|
|
|
6514 (autoload 'sc-mode "generic-sc" "\
|
|
|
6515 Toggle sc-mode.
|
|
|
6516 SYSTEM can be sccs, rcs or cvs.
|
|
|
6517 Cvs requires the pcl-cvs package.
|
|
|
6518
|
|
|
6519 The following commands are available
|
|
|
6520 \\[sc-next-operation] perform next logical source control operation on current file
|
|
|
6521 \\[sc-show-changes] compare the version being edited with an older one
|
|
|
6522 \\[sc-version-diff-file] compare two older versions of a file
|
|
|
6523 \\[sc-show-history] display change history of current file
|
|
|
6524 \\[sc-visit-previous-revision] display an older revision of current file
|
|
|
6525 \\[sc-revert-file] revert buffer to last checked-in version
|
|
|
6526 \\[sc-list-all-locked-files] show all files locked in current directory
|
|
|
6527 \\[sc-list-locked-files] show all files locked by you in current directory
|
|
|
6528 \\[sc-list-registered-files] show all files under source control in current directory
|
|
|
6529 \\[sc-update-directory] get fresh copies of files checked-in by others in current directory
|
|
|
6530 \\[sc-rename-file] rename the current file and its source control file
|
|
|
6531
|
|
|
6532
|
|
|
6533 While you are entering a change log message for a check in, sc-log-entry-mode
|
|
|
6534 will be in effect.
|
|
|
6535
|
|
|
6536 Global user options:
|
|
|
6537 sc-diff-command A list consisting of the command and flags
|
|
|
6538 to be used for generating context diffs.
|
|
|
6539 sc-mode-expert suppresses some conformation prompts,
|
|
|
6540 notably for delta aborts and file saves.
|
|
|
6541 sc-max-log-size specifies the maximum allowable size
|
|
|
6542 of a log message plus one.
|
|
|
6543
|
|
|
6544
|
|
|
6545 When using SCCS you have additional commands and options
|
|
|
6546
|
|
|
6547 \\[sccs-insert-headers] insert source control headers in current file
|
|
|
6548
|
|
|
6549 When you generate headers into a buffer using \\[sccs-insert-headers],
|
|
|
6550 the value of sc-insert-headers-hook is called before insertion. If the
|
|
|
6551 file is recognized a C or Lisp source, sc-insert-c-header-hook or
|
|
|
6552 sc-insert-lisp-header-hook is called after insertion respectively.
|
|
|
6553
|
|
|
6554 sccs-headers-wanted which %-keywords to insert when adding
|
|
|
6555 headers with C-c h
|
|
|
6556 sccs-insert-static if non-nil, keywords inserted in C files
|
|
|
6557 get stuffed in a static string area so that
|
|
|
6558 what(1) can see them in the compiled object code.
|
|
|
6559
|
|
|
6560 When using CVS you have additional commands
|
|
|
6561
|
|
|
6562 \\[sc-cvs-update-directory] update the current directory using pcl-cvs
|
|
|
6563 \\[sc-cvs-file-status] show the CVS status of current file
|
|
|
6564 " t nil)
|
|
|
6565
|
|
|
6566 ;;;***
|
|
|
6567
|
|
151
|
6568 ;;;### (autoloads (gnuserv-start gnuserv-running-p) "gnuserv" "packages/gnuserv.el")
|
|
149
|
6569
|
|
|
6570 (defcustom gnuserv-frame nil "*The frame to be used to display all edited files.\nIf nil, then a new frame is created for each file edited.\nIf t, then the currently selected frame will be used.\nIf a function, then this will be called with a symbol `x' or `tty' as the\nonly argument, and its return value will be interpreted as above." :tag "Gnuserv Frame" :type '(radio (const :tag "Create new frame each time" nil) (const :tag "Use selected frame" t) (function-item :tag "Use main Emacs frame" gnuserv-main-frame-function) (function-item :tag "Use visible frame, otherwise create new" gnuserv-visible-frame-function) (function-item :tag "Create special Gnuserv frame and use it" gnuserv-special-frame-function) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'gnuserv)
|
|
78
|
6571
|
|
151
|
6572 (autoload 'gnuserv-running-p "gnuserv" "\
|
|
|
6573 Return non-nil if a gnuserv process is running from this XEmacs session." nil nil)
|
|
|
6574
|
|
78
|
6575 (autoload 'gnuserv-start "gnuserv" "\
|
|
|
6576 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
|
|
149
|
6577 This starts a gnuserv communications subprocess through which
|
|
78
|
6578 client \"editors\" (gnuclient and gnudoit) can send editing commands to
|
|
149
|
6579 this Emacs job. See the gnuserv(1) manual page for more details.
|
|
78
|
6580
|
|
|
6581 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
|
|
|
6582
|
|
|
6583 ;;;***
|
|
|
6584
|
|
|
6585 ;;;### (autoloads (gopher-atpoint gopher) "gopher" "packages/gopher.el")
|
|
|
6586
|
|
|
6587 (autoload 'gopher "gopher" "\
|
|
|
6588 Start a gopher session. With C-u, prompt for a gopher server." t nil)
|
|
|
6589
|
|
|
6590 (autoload 'gopher-atpoint "gopher" "\
|
|
|
6591 Try to interpret the text around point as a gopher bookmark, and dispatch
|
|
|
6592 to that object." t nil)
|
|
|
6593
|
|
|
6594 ;;;***
|
|
|
6595
|
|
|
6596 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" "packages/hexl.el")
|
|
|
6597
|
|
|
6598 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6599 \\<hexl-mode-map>
|
|
|
6600 A major mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
|
|
|
6601
|
|
|
6602 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
|
|
|
6603 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
|
|
|
6604
|
|
|
6605 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
|
|
|
6606 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
|
|
|
6607 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
|
|
|
6608 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
|
|
|
6609
|
|
|
6610 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
|
|
|
6611 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
|
|
|
6612 periods.
|
|
|
6613
|
|
|
6614 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
|
|
|
6615 in hexl format.
|
|
|
6616
|
|
|
6617 A sample format:
|
|
|
6618
|
|
|
6619 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
|
|
|
6620 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
|
|
|
6621 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
|
|
|
6622 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
|
|
|
6623 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
|
|
|
6624 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
|
|
|
6625 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
|
|
|
6626 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
|
|
|
6627 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
|
|
|
6628 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
|
|
|
6629 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
|
|
|
6630 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
|
|
|
6631 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
|
|
|
6632 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
|
|
|
6633 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
|
|
|
6634
|
|
|
6635 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
|
|
|
6636 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
|
|
|
6637 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
|
|
|
6638
|
|
|
6639 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
|
|
|
6640 also supported.
|
|
|
6641
|
|
|
6642 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
|
|
|
6643
|
|
|
6644 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
|
|
|
6645 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
|
|
|
6646 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
|
|
|
6647
|
|
|
6648 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
|
|
|
6649 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
|
|
|
6650 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
|
|
|
6651
|
|
|
6652 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
|
|
|
6653 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6654
|
|
|
6655 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
|
|
|
6656 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6657
|
|
|
6658 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
|
|
|
6659 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6660
|
|
|
6661 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6662
|
|
|
6663 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
|
|
|
6664 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
|
|
|
6665
|
|
|
6666 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6667
|
|
|
6668 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
|
|
|
6669
|
|
|
6670 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6671 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6672 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
|
|
|
6673
|
|
|
6674 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6675 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
|
|
|
6676 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
|
|
|
6677
|
|
|
6678 ;;;***
|
|
|
6679
|
|
108
|
6680 ;;;### (autoloads (hypropos-popup-menu hypropos-set-variable hyper-set-variable hypropos-get-doc hypropos-read-variable-symbol hyper-describe-function hyper-describe-variable hyper-describe-face hyper-describe-key-briefly hyper-describe-key hyper-apropos) "hyper-apropos" "packages/hyper-apropos.el")
|
|
78
|
6681
|
|
134
|
6682 (defcustom hypropos-show-brief-docs t "*If non-nil, `hyper-apropos' will display some documentation in the\n\"*Hyper Apropos*\" buffer. Setting this to nil will speed up searches." :type 'boolean :group 'hyper-apropos)
|
|
78
|
6683
|
|
|
6684 (autoload 'hyper-apropos "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6685 Display lists of functions and variables matching REGEXP
|
|
|
6686 in buffer \"*Hyper Apropos*\". If optional prefix arg is given, then the value
|
|
|
6687 of `hypropos-programming-apropos' is toggled for this search.
|
|
|
6688 See also `hyper-apropos-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
6689
|
|
108
|
6690 (autoload 'hyper-describe-key "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6691
|
|
|
6692 (autoload 'hyper-describe-key-briefly "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6693
|
|
|
6694 (autoload 'hyper-describe-face "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6695 Describe face..
|
|
|
6696 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." t nil)
|
|
|
6697
|
|
78
|
6698 (autoload 'hyper-describe-variable "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6699 Hypertext drop-in replacement for `describe-variable'.
|
|
|
6700 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." t nil)
|
|
|
6701
|
|
|
6702 (autoload 'hyper-describe-function "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6703 Hypertext replacement for `describe-function'. Unlike `describe-function'
|
|
|
6704 in that the symbol under the cursor is the default if it is a function.
|
|
|
6705 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-variable'." t nil)
|
|
|
6706
|
|
108
|
6707 (autoload 'hypropos-read-variable-symbol "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6708 Hypertext drop-in replacement for `describe-variable'.
|
|
|
6709 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6710
|
|
|
6711 (autoload 'hypropos-get-doc "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6712 Toggle display of documentation for the symbol on the current line." t nil)
|
|
|
6713
|
|
|
6714 (autoload 'hyper-set-variable "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6715
|
|
78
|
6716 (autoload 'hypropos-set-variable "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6717 Interactively set the variable on the current line." t nil)
|
|
|
6718
|
|
|
6719 (autoload 'hypropos-popup-menu "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6720
|
|
|
6721 ;;;***
|
|
|
6722
|
|
|
6723 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "packages/icomplete.el")
|
|
|
6724
|
|
|
6725 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
|
|
155
|
6726 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this emacs session.
|
|
|
6727 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
|
|
78
|
6728
|
|
|
6729 (autoload 'icomplete-minibuffer-setup "icomplete" "\
|
|
|
6730 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
|
|
|
6731 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6732
|
|
|
6733 ;;;***
|
|
|
6734
|
|
100
|
6735 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-igrep-find dired-do-igrep igrep-find-define igrep-find igrep-define igrep) "igrep" "packages/igrep.el")
|
|
|
6736
|
|
|
6737 (autoload 'igrep "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6738 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION in FILES.
|
|
|
6739 The output is displayed in the *igrep* buffer, which \\[next-error] and
|
|
|
6740 \\[compile-goto-error] parse to find each line of matched text.
|
|
|
6741
|
|
|
6742 PROGRAM may be nil, in which case it defaults to `igrep-program'.
|
|
|
6743
|
|
|
6744 EXPRESSION is automatically delimited by `igrep-expression-quote-char'.
|
|
|
6745
|
|
|
6746 FILES is either a file name pattern (expanded by the shell named by
|
|
|
6747 `shell-file-name') or a list of file name patterns.
|
|
|
6748
|
|
|
6749 Optional OPTIONS is also passed to PROGRAM; it defaults to `igrep-options'.
|
|
|
6750
|
|
|
6751 If a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) is given when called interactively,
|
|
|
6752 or if `igrep-read-options' is set, OPTIONS is read from the minibuffer.
|
|
|
6753
|
|
|
6754 If two prefix arguments (\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]) are given when called interactively,
|
|
|
6755 or if `igrep-read-multiple-files' is set, FILES is read from the minibuffer
|
|
|
6756 multiple times.
|
|
|
6757
|
|
|
6758 If three prefix arguments (\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]) are given when called interactively,
|
|
|
6759 or if `igrep-read-options' and `igrep-read-multiple-files' are set,
|
|
|
6760 OPTIONS is read and FILES is read multiple times.
|
|
|
6761
|
|
|
6762 If `igrep-find' is non-nil, the directory or directories
|
|
|
6763 containing FILES is recursively searched for files whose name matches
|
|
|
6764 the file name component of FILES (and whose contents match
|
|
|
6765 EXPRESSION)." t nil)
|
|
|
6766
|
|
|
6767 (autoload 'igrep-define "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6768 Define ANALOGUE-COMMAND as an `igrep' analogue command.
|
|
|
6769 Optional (VARIABLE VALUE) arguments specify temporary bindings for the command." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
6770
|
|
|
6771 (autoload 'igrep-find "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6772 *Run `grep` via `find`; see \\[igrep] and `igrep-find'.
|
|
|
6773 All arguments (including prefix arguments, when called interactively)
|
|
|
6774 are handled by `igrep'." t nil)
|
|
|
6775
|
|
|
6776 (autoload 'igrep-find-define "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6777 Define ANALOGUE-COMMAND-find as an `igrep' analogue `find` command.
|
|
|
6778 Optional (VARIABLE VALUE) arguments specify temporary bindings for the command." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
6779
|
|
|
6780 (autoload 'dired-do-igrep "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6781 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION (with optional OPTIONS)
|
|
|
6782 on the marked (or next prefix ARG) files." t nil)
|
|
|
6783
|
|
|
6784 (defalias 'dired-do-grep 'dired-do-igrep)
|
|
|
6785
|
|
|
6786 (autoload 'dired-do-igrep-find "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6787 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION (with optional OPTIONS)
|
|
|
6788 on the marked (or next prefix ARG) directories." t nil)
|
|
|
6789
|
|
|
6790 (defalias 'dired-do-grep-find 'dired-do-igrep-find)
|
|
|
6791
|
|
|
6792 ;;;***
|
|
|
6793
|
|
78
|
6794 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-elisp-ref Info-emacs-key Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-emacs-command Info-search Info-visit-file Info-goto-node Info-query info) "info" "packages/info.el")
|
|
|
6795
|
|
|
6796 (autoload 'info "info" "\
|
|
|
6797 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
|
|
|
6798 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
|
|
|
6799 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
|
|
|
6800
|
|
|
6801 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
|
|
|
6802 to read a file name from the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6803
|
|
|
6804 (autoload 'Info-query "info" "\
|
|
|
6805 Enter Info, the documentation browser. Prompt for name of Info file." t nil)
|
|
|
6806
|
|
|
6807 (autoload 'Info-goto-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6808 Go to info node named NAME. Give just NODENAME or (FILENAME)NODENAME.
|
|
|
6809 Actually, the following interpretations of NAME are tried in order:
|
|
|
6810 (FILENAME)NODENAME
|
|
|
6811 (FILENAME) (using Top node)
|
|
|
6812 NODENAME (in current file)
|
|
|
6813 TAGNAME (see below)
|
|
|
6814 FILENAME (using Top node)
|
|
|
6815 where TAGNAME is a string that appears in quotes: \"TAGNAME\", in an
|
|
|
6816 annotation for any node of any file. (See `a' and `x' commands.)" t nil)
|
|
|
6817
|
|
|
6818 (autoload 'Info-visit-file "info" "\
|
|
|
6819 Directly visit an info file." t nil)
|
|
|
6820
|
|
|
6821 (autoload 'Info-search "info" "\
|
|
|
6822 Search for REGEXP, starting from point, and select node it's found in." t nil)
|
|
|
6823
|
|
|
6824 (autoload 'Info-emacs-command "info" "\
|
|
|
6825 Look up an Emacs command in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6826 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6827
|
|
|
6828 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6829 Look up an Emacs command in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6830 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6831
|
|
|
6832 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6833 Look up an Emacs key sequence in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6834 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6835
|
|
|
6836 (autoload 'Info-emacs-key "info" "\
|
|
|
6837 Look up an Emacs key sequence in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6838 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6839
|
|
|
6840 (autoload 'Info-elisp-ref "info" "\
|
|
|
6841 Look up an Emacs Lisp function in the Elisp manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6842 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6843
|
|
|
6844 ;;;***
|
|
|
6845
|
|
|
6846 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) "informat" "packages/informat.el")
|
|
|
6847
|
|
|
6848 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
|
|
|
6849 Create or update Info-file tag table in current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6850
|
|
|
6851 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
|
|
|
6852 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
|
|
|
6853 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
|
|
|
6854
|
|
|
6855 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
|
|
|
6856 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
|
|
|
6857 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
|
|
|
6858
|
|
|
6859 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
|
|
|
6860 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
|
|
|
6861 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
|
|
|
6862 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
|
|
|
6863
|
|
|
6864 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
|
|
|
6865 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
|
|
|
6866 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
|
|
|
6867
|
|
|
6868 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
|
|
|
6869 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
6870 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
6871 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
6872 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
|
|
|
6873
|
|
|
6874 ;;;***
|
|
|
6875
|
|
|
6876 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell ispell-help ispell-word) "ispell" "packages/ispell.el")
|
|
|
6877
|
|
120
|
6878 (defcustom ispell-personal-dictionary nil "*File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.\nIf nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,\nwhere DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary." :type 'file :group 'ispell)
|
|
78
|
6879
|
|
80
|
6880 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist-1 '((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex") ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-ZÄÖÜäößü]" "[^a-zA-ZÄÖÜäößü]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1") ("nederlands" "[A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[^A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[']" t ("-C") nil) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[^A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[']" t ("-C") nil)))
|
|
|
6881
|
|
126
|
6882 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist-2 '(("svenska" "[A-Za-z}{|\\133\\135\\\\]" "[^A-Za-z}{|\\133\\135\\\\]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil) ("svenska8" "[A-Za-zåäöÅÄö]" "[^A-Za-zåäöÅÄö]" "[']" nil ("-C" "-d" "svenska") "~list") ("norsk" "[A-Za-zéæøåÉÆØÅ]" "[^A-Za-zéæøåÉÆØÅ]" "[']" nil ("-C" "-d" "norsk") "~list") ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil) ("francais" "[A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü]" "[^A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü]" "[---']" t nil "~list") ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü\\]" "[^A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex") ("italiano" "[A-Za-zÀÈÉÌÍÎÒÙÚàèéìíîòùú]" "[^A-Za-zÀÈÉÌÍÎÒÙÚàèéìíîòùú]" "[']" t ("-d" "italiano") "~list") ("dansk" "[A-ZÆØÅa-zæøå]" "[^A-ZÆØÅa-zæøå]" "" nil ("-C") nil)))
|
|
78
|
6883
|
|
|
6884 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2) "\
|
|
|
6885 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
|
|
|
6886
|
|
|
6887 Each element of this list is also a list:
|
|
|
6888
|
|
|
6889 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
|
|
|
6890 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE)
|
|
|
6891
|
|
|
6892 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible value of variable `ispell-dictionary', nil
|
|
|
6893 means the default dictionary.
|
|
|
6894
|
|
|
6895 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
|
|
|
6896 word.
|
|
|
6897
|
|
|
6898 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
|
|
|
6899
|
|
|
6900 OTHERCHARS is a regular expression of other characters that are valid
|
|
|
6901 in word constructs. Otherchars cannot be adjacent to each other in a
|
|
|
6902 word, nor can they begin or end a word. This implies we can't check
|
|
|
6903 \"Stevens'\" as a correct possessive and other correct formations.
|
|
|
6904
|
|
|
6905 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
|
|
|
6906
|
|
|
6907 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil if many otherchars are to be allowed in a
|
|
|
6908 word instead of only one.
|
|
|
6909
|
|
|
6910 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
|
|
|
6911 subprocess.
|
|
|
6912
|
|
|
6913 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
|
|
|
6914 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
|
|
|
6915 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
|
|
|
6916 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
|
|
|
6917 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
|
|
|
6918 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
|
|
|
6919 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
|
|
|
6920 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
|
|
|
6921
|
|
|
6922 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
|
|
|
6923 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
|
|
|
6924 language.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
|
|
|
6925
|
|
|
6926 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
|
|
|
6927 Key map for ispell menu")
|
|
|
6928
|
|
|
6929 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
|
|
|
6930 Spelling menu for XEmacs.")
|
|
|
6931
|
|
|
6932 (defconst ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (string-lessp "19" emacs-version) (not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version))))
|
|
|
6933
|
|
|
6934 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) name) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) dicts (cdr dicts)) (if (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list 'lambda nil '(interactive) (list 'ispell-change-dictionary name))))))))
|
|
|
6935
|
|
|
6936 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag))))
|
|
|
6937
|
|
|
6938 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '("Continue Check" . ispell-continue)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '("Check Word" . ispell-word)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '("Check Region" . ispell-region)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer))))
|
|
|
6939
|
|
|
6940 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '("Check Message" . ispell-message)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help))) (put 'ispell-region 'menu-enable 'mark-active) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
|
|
|
6941
|
|
|
6942 (defvar ispell-local-pdict ispell-personal-dictionary "\
|
|
|
6943 A buffer local variable containing the current personal dictionary.
|
|
|
6944 If non-nil, the value must be a string, which is a file name.
|
|
|
6945
|
|
|
6946 If you specify a personal dictionary for the current buffer which is
|
|
|
6947 different from the current personal dictionary, the effect is similar
|
|
|
6948 to calling \\[ispell-change-dictionary]. This variable is automatically
|
|
|
6949 set when defined in the file with either `ispell-pdict-keyword' or the
|
|
|
6950 local variable syntax.")
|
|
|
6951
|
|
|
6952 (define-key global-map [(meta ?\$)] 'ispell-word)
|
|
|
6953
|
|
|
6954 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6955 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
|
|
|
6956 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
|
|
|
6957 in a window allowing you to choose one.
|
|
|
6958
|
|
|
6959 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
|
|
|
6960 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
|
|
|
6961
|
|
|
6962 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
|
|
|
6963 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
|
|
|
6964 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
|
|
|
6965 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
|
|
|
6966 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
|
|
|
6967
|
|
|
6968 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
|
|
|
6969
|
|
|
6970 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
|
|
|
6971 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process." t nil)
|
|
|
6972
|
|
|
6973 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6974 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
|
|
|
6975
|
|
|
6976 Selections are:
|
|
|
6977
|
|
|
6978 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
|
|
|
6979 SPC: Accept word this time.
|
|
|
6980 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
|
|
|
6981 `a': Accept word for this session.
|
|
|
6982 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
|
|
|
6983 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
|
|
|
6984 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
|
|
|
6985 `?': Show these commands.
|
|
|
6986 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
|
|
|
6987 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
|
|
|
6988 the aborted check to be completed later.
|
|
|
6989 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
|
|
|
6990 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
|
|
|
6991 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
|
|
|
6992 `m': Like `i', but allows one to include dictionary completion information.
|
|
|
6993 `C-l': redraws screen
|
|
|
6994 `C-r': recursive edit
|
|
|
6995 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
|
|
|
6996
|
|
|
6997 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6998 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
|
|
|
6999 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
|
|
|
7000
|
|
|
7001 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7002 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) and kill old Ispell process.
|
|
|
7003 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
|
|
|
7004
|
|
|
7005 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
|
|
|
7006
|
|
|
7007 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
|
|
|
7008
|
|
|
7009 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7010 Interactively check a region for spelling errors." t nil)
|
|
|
7011
|
|
|
7012 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7013 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
|
|
|
7014
|
|
|
7015 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7016
|
|
|
7017 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7018 Look up word before or under point in dictionary (see lookup-words command)
|
|
|
7019 and try to complete it. If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word
|
|
|
7020 may be a character sequence inside of a word.
|
|
|
7021
|
|
|
7022 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
|
|
|
7023
|
|
|
7024 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7025 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
|
|
|
7026
|
|
|
7027 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7028 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
|
|
|
7029 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
|
|
|
7030
|
|
|
7031 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
|
|
|
7032 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled." t nil)
|
|
|
7033
|
|
|
7034 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7035 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
|
|
|
7036 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
|
|
|
7037 Don't check included messages.
|
|
|
7038
|
|
|
7039 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
|
|
|
7040 use the `x' or `q' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
|
|
|
7041 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
|
|
|
7042
|
|
|
7043 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
|
|
|
7044 in your .emacs file:
|
|
|
7045 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
7046 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
7047 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
7048
|
|
|
7049 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
|
|
|
7050 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
|
|
|
7051 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
|
|
|
7052
|
|
|
7053 ;;;***
|
|
|
7054
|
|
|
7055 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-install toggle-auto-compression jka-compr-load) "jka-compr" "packages/jka-compr.el")
|
|
|
7056
|
|
|
7057 (autoload 'jka-compr-load "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
7058 Documented as original." nil nil)
|
|
|
7059
|
|
|
7060 (autoload 'toggle-auto-compression "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
7061 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
|
|
|
7062 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
|
|
|
7063 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
|
|
|
7064 If the argument MESSAGE is non-nil, it means to print a message
|
|
|
7065 saying whether the mode is now on or off." t nil)
|
|
|
7066
|
|
|
7067 (autoload 'jka-compr-install "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
7068 Install jka-compr.
|
|
|
7069 This adds entries to `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
|
|
|
7070 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes'." nil nil)
|
|
|
7071
|
|
|
7072 ;;;***
|
|
|
7073
|
|
|
7074 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "packages/lazy-lock.el")
|
|
|
7075
|
|
|
7076 (autoload 'lazy-lock-mode "lazy-lock" "\
|
|
|
7077 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
|
|
|
7078 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
|
|
|
7079 is at least `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters long.
|
|
|
7080
|
|
|
7081 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification is demand-driven and stealthy:
|
|
|
7082
|
|
|
7083 - Fontification occurs in visible parts of buffers when necessary.
|
|
|
7084 Occurs if there is no input after pausing for `lazy-lock-continuity-time'.
|
|
|
7085
|
|
|
7086 - Fontification occurs in invisible parts when Emacs has been idle.
|
|
|
7087 Occurs if there is no input after pausing for `lazy-lock-stealth-time'.
|
|
|
7088
|
|
|
7089 If `lazy-lock-hide-invisible' is non-nil, text is not displayed until it is
|
|
|
7090 fontified, otherwise it is displayed in `lazy-lock-invisible-foreground'.
|
|
|
7091
|
|
|
7092 See also variables `lazy-lock-walk-windows' and `lazy-lock-ignore-commands' for
|
|
|
7093 window (scroll) fontification, and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines',
|
|
|
7094 `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose' for stealth
|
|
|
7095 fontification.
|
|
|
7096
|
|
|
7097 Use \\[lazy-lock-submit-bug-report] to send bug reports or feedback." t nil)
|
|
|
7098
|
|
|
7099 (autoload 'turn-on-lazy-lock "lazy-lock" "\
|
|
|
7100 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
7101
|
|
100
|
7102 (when (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (defvar lazy-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode 'lazy-lock-mode nil))
|
|
78
|
7103
|
|
|
7104 ;;;***
|
|
|
7105
|
|
|
7106 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "packages/ledit.el")
|
|
|
7107
|
|
|
7108 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
|
|
|
7109 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
|
|
|
7110
|
|
|
7111 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
|
|
|
7112 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
|
|
|
7113
|
|
|
7114 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
|
|
|
7115 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
|
|
|
7116
|
|
|
7117 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
|
|
|
7118 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
|
|
|
7119 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
|
|
|
7120 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
|
|
|
7121 for later transmission to Lisp job.
|
|
|
7122 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
|
|
|
7123 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
|
|
|
7124 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
|
|
|
7125 and transmit saved text.
|
|
|
7126 \\{ledit-mode-map}
|
|
|
7127 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
|
|
|
7128 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
|
|
|
7129
|
|
|
7130 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7131
|
|
|
7132 ;;;***
|
|
|
7133
|
|
|
7134 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer) "lpr" "packages/lpr.el")
|
|
|
7135
|
|
134
|
7136 (defcustom lpr-switches nil "*List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.\nSee `lpr-command'." :type '(repeat (string :tag "Argument")) :group 'lpr)
|
|
|
7137
|
|
|
7138 (defcustom lpr-command (if (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix)) "lp" "lpr") "*Name of program for printing a file." :type 'string :group 'lpr)
|
|
78
|
7139
|
|
|
7140 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
|
|
|
7141 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
|
|
|
7142 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
7143
|
|
|
7144 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
|
|
|
7145 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
|
|
|
7146 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
7147
|
|
|
7148 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
|
|
|
7149 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
|
|
|
7150 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
7151
|
|
|
7152 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
|
|
|
7153 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
|
|
|
7154 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
7155
|
|
|
7156 ;;;***
|
|
|
7157
|
|
|
7158 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "packages/makesum.el")
|
|
|
7159
|
|
|
7160 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
|
|
|
7161 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
|
|
|
7162 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
|
|
|
7163
|
|
|
7164 ;;;***
|
|
|
7165
|
|
|
7166 ;;;### (autoloads (manual-entry) "man" "packages/man.el")
|
|
|
7167
|
|
|
7168 (autoload 'manual-entry "man" "\
|
|
100
|
7169 Display the Unix manual entry (or entries) for TOPIC." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7170
|
|
|
7171 ;;;***
|
|
|
7172
|
|
|
7173 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "packages/metamail.el")
|
|
|
7174
|
|
|
7175 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7176 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
|
|
|
7177 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
|
|
|
7178
|
|
|
7179 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7180 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
|
|
|
7181 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
7182 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
7183 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
7184 redisplayed as output is inserted.
|
|
|
7185 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
|
|
|
7186
|
|
|
7187 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7188 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
|
|
|
7189 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
7190 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
7191 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
|
|
|
7192 means current).
|
|
|
7193 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
7194 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
|
|
|
7195
|
|
|
7196 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7197 Process current region through 'metamail'.
|
|
|
7198 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
7199 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
7200 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
|
|
|
7201 means current).
|
|
|
7202 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
7203 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
|
|
|
7204
|
|
|
7205 ;;;***
|
|
|
7206
|
|
|
7207 ;;;### (autoloads (blink-paren paren-set-mode) "paren" "packages/paren.el")
|
|
|
7208
|
|
126
|
7209 (defcustom paren-mode nil "*Sets the style of parenthesis highlighting.\nValid values are nil, `blink-paren', `paren', and `sexp'.\n nil no parenthesis highlighting.\n blink-paren causes the matching paren to blink.\n paren causes the matching paren to be highlighted but not to blink.\n sexp whole expression enclosed by the local paren at its mate.\n nested (not yet implemented) use variable shading to see the\n nesting of an expression. Also groks regular expressions\n and shell quoting.\n\nThis variable is global by default, but you can make it buffer-local and\nhighlight parentheses differently in different major modes." :type '(radio (const nil) (const blink-paren) (const paren) (const sexp) (const nested)) :group 'paren-matching)
|
|
78
|
7210
|
|
|
7211 (autoload 'paren-set-mode "paren" "\
|
|
|
7212 Cycles through possible values for `paren-mode', force off with negative arg.
|
|
108
|
7213 When called from lisp, a symbolic value for `paren-mode' can be passed directly.
|
|
78
|
7214 See also `paren-mode' and `paren-highlight'." t nil)
|
|
|
7215
|
|
|
7216 (make-obsolete 'blink-paren 'paren-set-mode)
|
|
|
7217
|
|
|
7218 (autoload 'blink-paren "paren" "\
|
|
|
7219 Obsolete. Use `paren-set-mode' instead." t nil)
|
|
|
7220
|
|
|
7221 ;;;***
|
|
|
7222
|
|
|
7223 ;;;### (autoloads (pending-delete pending-delete-off pending-delete-on) "pending-del" "packages/pending-del.el")
|
|
|
7224
|
|
|
7225 (autoload 'pending-delete-on "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
7226 Turn on pending delete.
|
|
|
7227 When it is ON, typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active.
|
|
|
7228 When it is OFF, typed text is just inserted at point." t nil)
|
|
|
7229
|
|
|
7230 (autoload 'pending-delete-off "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
7231 Turn off pending delete.
|
|
|
7232 When it is ON, typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active.
|
|
|
7233 When it is OFF, typed text is just inserted at point." t nil)
|
|
|
7234
|
|
|
7235 (autoload 'pending-delete "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
7236 Toggle automatic deletion of the selected region.
|
|
|
7237 With a positive argument, turns it on.
|
|
|
7238 With a non-positive argument, turns it off.
|
|
|
7239 When active, typed text replaces the selection." t nil)
|
|
|
7240
|
|
|
7241 ;;;***
|
|
|
7242
|
|
82
|
7243 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "packages/ps-print.el")
|
|
|
7244
|
|
124
|
7245 (defcustom ps-paper-type 'letter "*Specifies the size of paper to format for.\nShould be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for\nexample `letter', `legal' or `a4'." :type '(symbol :validate (lambda (wid) (if (assq (widget-value wid) ps-page-dimensions-database) nil (widget-put wid :error "Unknown paper size") wid))) :group 'ps-print)
|
|
|
7246
|
|
|
7247 (defcustom ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "*If non-nil, print the buffer's text in color." :type 'boolean :group 'ps-print-color)
|
|
78
|
7248
|
|
|
7249 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7250 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7251
|
|
|
7252 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
|
|
|
7253 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
|
|
|
7254 it to the printer.
|
|
|
7255
|
|
|
7256 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
|
|
|
7257 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
|
|
|
7258 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
|
|
|
7259 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
|
|
|
7260
|
|
|
7261 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7262 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7263 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7264 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7265 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
|
|
|
7266
|
|
|
7267 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7268 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
|
|
|
7269 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
|
|
|
7270
|
|
|
7271 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7272 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
|
|
|
7273 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7274 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7275 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
|
|
|
7276
|
|
|
7277 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7278 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7279 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
|
|
|
7280 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
|
|
|
7281
|
|
|
7282 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7283
|
|
|
7284 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7285 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7286 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7287 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7288 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
|
|
|
7289
|
|
|
7290 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7291
|
|
|
7292 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7293 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
|
|
|
7294 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
|
|
|
7295
|
|
|
7296 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7297
|
|
|
7298 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7299 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
|
|
|
7300 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7301 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7302 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
|
|
|
7303
|
|
|
7304 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7305
|
|
|
7306 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7307 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
|
|
|
7308
|
|
|
7309 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompt the user for
|
|
|
7310 the name of a file to save the spooled PostScript in, instead of sending
|
|
|
7311 it to the printer.
|
|
|
7312
|
|
|
7313 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
|
|
|
7314 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
|
|
|
7315 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
|
|
|
7316 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
|
|
|
7317
|
|
82
|
7318 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
|
|
88
|
7319 *Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
|
|
82
|
7320 using the current ps-print setup.
|
|
|
7321 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
|
|
|
7322 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
|
|
|
7323
|
|
|
7324 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
88
|
7325 *Display an approximate correspondence between a font size and the number
|
|
82
|
7326 of pages the current buffer would require to print
|
|
|
7327 using the current ps-print setup." t nil)
|
|
|
7328
|
|
|
7329 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
88
|
7330 *Display an approximate correspondence between a font size and the number
|
|
82
|
7331 of pages the current region would require to print
|
|
|
7332 using the current ps-print setup." t nil)
|
|
|
7333
|
|
|
7334 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7335 *Return the current setup" nil nil)
|
|
|
7336
|
|
78
|
7337 ;;;***
|
|
|
7338
|
|
|
7339 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "packages/rcompile.el")
|
|
|
7340
|
|
|
7341 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
|
|
|
7342 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
|
|
|
7343 See \\[compile]." t nil)
|
|
|
7344
|
|
|
7345 ;;;***
|
|
|
7346
|
|
|
7347 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "packages/resume.el")
|
|
|
7348
|
|
|
7349 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
|
|
|
7350 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
|
|
|
7351
|
|
|
7352 ;;;***
|
|
|
7353
|
|
|
7354 ;;;### (autoloads (install-shell-fonts) "shell-font" "packages/shell-font.el")
|
|
|
7355
|
|
|
7356 (autoload 'install-shell-fonts "shell-font" "\
|
|
|
7357 Decorate the current interaction buffer with fonts.
|
|
|
7358 This uses the faces called `shell-prompt', `shell-input' and `shell-output';
|
|
|
7359 you can alter the graphical attributes of those with the normal
|
|
|
7360 face-manipulation functions." nil nil)
|
|
|
7361
|
|
|
7362 ;;;***
|
|
|
7363
|
|
|
7364 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) "spell" "packages/spell.el")
|
|
|
7365
|
|
|
7366 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
7367
|
|
|
7368 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
|
|
|
7369 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
|
|
|
7370 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
|
|
|
7371 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
|
|
|
7372 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
|
|
|
7373 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
|
|
|
7374
|
|
|
7375 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
|
|
|
7376 Check spelling of word at or before point.
|
|
|
7377 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
|
|
|
7378 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
|
|
|
7379
|
|
|
7380 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
|
|
|
7381 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
|
|
|
7382 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
|
|
|
7383 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
|
|
|
7384 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
|
|
|
7385
|
|
|
7386 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
|
|
|
7387 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
|
|
|
7388
|
|
|
7389 ;;;***
|
|
|
7390
|
|
|
7391 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "packages/tar-mode.el")
|
|
|
7392
|
|
|
7393 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
|
|
|
7394 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
|
|
|
7395 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
|
|
|
7396 Letters no longer insert themselves.
|
|
|
7397 Type 'e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer.
|
|
|
7398 Type 'c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
|
|
|
7399
|
|
|
7400 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the 'e' command) and
|
|
|
7401 save it with Control-X Control-S, the contents of that buffer will be
|
|
|
7402 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
|
|
|
7403 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
|
|
|
7404
|
|
|
7405 See also: variables tar-update-datestamp and tar-anal-blocksize.
|
|
|
7406 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
|
|
|
7407
|
|
|
7408 ;;;***
|
|
|
7409
|
|
|
7410 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "packages/terminal.el")
|
|
|
7411
|
|
|
7412 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
|
|
|
7413 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
|
|
|
7414 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
|
|
|
7415 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
|
|
|
7416 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
|
|
|
7417 program an keyboard input.
|
|
|
7418
|
|
|
7419 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
|
|
|
7420 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
|
|
|
7421 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
|
|
|
7422 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
|
|
|
7423
|
|
|
7424 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
|
|
|
7425 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
|
|
|
7426 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
|
|
|
7427 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
|
|
|
7428 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
|
|
|
7429
|
|
|
7430 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
|
|
|
7431
|
|
|
7432 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
|
|
|
7433 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
|
|
|
7434 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
|
|
|
7435 terminal-redisplay-interval.
|
|
|
7436
|
|
|
7437 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
|
|
|
7438 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
|
|
|
7439 subprocess started.
|
|
|
7440
|
|
|
7441 Presently with `termcap' only; if somebody sends us code to make this
|
|
|
7442 work with `terminfo' we will try to use it." t nil)
|
|
|
7443
|
|
|
7444 ;;;***
|
|
|
7445
|
|
|
7446 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-texinfo-format texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "packages/texinfmt.el")
|
|
|
7447
|
|
|
7448 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7449 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
|
|
|
7450 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
|
|
|
7451 names specified in the @setfilename command.
|
|
|
7452
|
|
|
7453 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
|
|
|
7454 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
|
|
|
7455 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
|
|
|
7456
|
|
|
7457 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7458 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
|
|
|
7459 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
|
|
|
7460 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
|
|
|
7461 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7462
|
|
|
7463 (autoload 'batch-texinfo-format "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7464 Runs texinfo-format-buffer on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
7465 Must be used only with -batch, and kills emacs on completion.
|
|
|
7466 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
7467 For example, invoke
|
|
|
7468 \"emacs -batch -funcall batch-texinfo-format $docs/ ~/*.texinfo\"." nil nil)
|
|
|
7469
|
|
|
7470 ;;;***
|
|
|
7471
|
|
|
7472 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "packages/texnfo-upd.el")
|
|
|
7473
|
|
|
7474 (autoload 'texinfo-update-node "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7475 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
|
|
|
7476 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
|
|
|
7477 marked region.
|
|
|
7478
|
|
|
7479 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
|
|
|
7480 keybindings, are:
|
|
|
7481
|
|
|
7482 texinfo-update-node (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-update-node]
|
|
|
7483 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
|
|
|
7484 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
|
|
|
7485
|
|
|
7486 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
|
|
|
7487 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
|
|
|
7488 texinfo-master-menu ()
|
|
|
7489
|
|
|
7490 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
|
|
|
7491
|
|
|
7492 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
|
|
|
7493 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
|
|
|
7494
|
|
|
7495 (autoload 'texinfo-every-node-update "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7496 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
|
|
|
7497
|
|
|
7498 (autoload 'texinfo-sequential-node-update "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7499 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
|
|
|
7500
|
|
|
7501 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
|
|
|
7502 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
|
|
|
7503 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
|
|
|
7504 `p' takes you straight through the file.
|
|
|
7505
|
|
|
7506 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
|
|
|
7507 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
|
|
|
7508 marked region.
|
|
|
7509
|
|
|
7510 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
|
|
|
7511 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
|
|
|
7512 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
|
|
|
7513 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
|
|
|
7514
|
|
|
7515 ;;;***
|
|
|
7516
|
|
|
7517 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" "packages/time-stamp.el")
|
|
|
7518
|
|
|
7519 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
|
|
|
7520 Update the time stamp string in the buffer.
|
|
|
7521 If you put a time stamp template anywhere in the first 8 lines of a file,
|
|
|
7522 it can be updated every time you save the file. See the top of
|
|
|
7523 `time-stamp.el' for a sample. The template looks like one of the following:
|
|
|
7524 Time-stamp: <>
|
|
|
7525 Time-stamp: \" \"
|
|
|
7526 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes, resulting in
|
|
|
7527 Time-stamp: <95/01/18 10:20:51 gildea>
|
|
|
7528 Only does its thing if the variable time-stamp-active is non-nil.
|
|
|
7529 Typically used on write-file-hooks for automatic time-stamping.
|
|
|
7530 The format of the time stamp is determined by the variable time-stamp-format.
|
|
|
7531 The variables time-stamp-line-limit, time-stamp-start, and time-stamp-end
|
|
|
7532 control finding the template." t nil)
|
|
|
7533
|
|
|
7534 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
|
|
|
7535 Toggle time-stamp-active, setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
|
|
|
7536 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
7537
|
|
|
7538 ;;;***
|
|
|
7539
|
|
|
7540 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time) "time" "packages/time.el")
|
|
|
7541
|
|
110
|
7542 (defcustom display-time-day-and-date nil "*Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day,date and time.\nThis affects the spec 'date in the variable display-time-form-list." :group 'display-time :type 'boolean)
|
|
78
|
7543
|
|
|
7544 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
|
|
|
7545 Display current time, load level, and mail flag in mode line of each buffer.
|
|
|
7546 Updates automatically every minute.
|
|
|
7547 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
|
|
|
7548 are displayed as well.
|
|
|
7549 After each update, `display-time-hook' is run with `run-hooks'.
|
|
|
7550 If `display-time-echo-area' is non-nil, the time is displayed in the
|
|
|
7551 echo area instead of in the mode-line." t nil)
|
|
|
7552
|
|
|
7553 ;;;***
|
|
|
7554
|
|
|
7555 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-and-unoverstrike-region overstrike-region unoverstrike-region ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" "packages/underline.el")
|
|
|
7556
|
|
|
7557 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7558 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
|
|
|
7559 Works by overstriking underscores.
|
|
|
7560 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
7561 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7562
|
|
|
7563 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7564 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
|
|
|
7565 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
7566 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7567
|
|
|
7568 (autoload 'unoverstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7569 Remove all overstriking (character-backspace-character) in the region.
|
|
|
7570 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which specify the
|
|
|
7571 range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7572
|
|
|
7573 (autoload 'overstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7574 Overstrike (character-backspace-character) all nonblank characters in
|
|
|
7575 the region. Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which
|
|
|
7576 specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7577
|
|
|
7578 (autoload 'ununderline-and-unoverstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7579 Remove underlining and overstriking in the region. Called from a program,
|
|
|
7580 takes two arguments START and END which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7581
|
|
|
7582 ;;;***
|
|
|
7583
|
|
|
7584 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-to-update-copyright update-copyright) "upd-copyr" "packages/upd-copyr.el")
|
|
|
7585
|
|
134
|
7586 (defcustom copyright-do-not-disturb "Free Software Foundation, Inc." "*If non-nil, the existing copyright holder is checked against this regexp.\nIf it does not match, then a new copyright line is added with the copyright\nholder set to the value of `copyright-whoami'." :type '(choice (const nil) string) :group 'copyright)
|
|
|
7587
|
|
|
7588 (defcustom copyright-whoami nil "*A string containing the name of the owner of new copyright notices." :type '(choice (const nil) string) :group 'copyright)
|
|
|
7589
|
|
|
7590 (defcustom copyright-notice-file nil "*If non-nil, replace copying notices with this file." :type '(choice (const nil) file) :group 'copyright)
|
|
78
|
7591
|
|
|
7592 (autoload 'update-copyright "upd-copyr" "\
|
|
|
7593 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer
|
|
|
7594 to indicate the current year. If optional arg REPLACE is given
|
|
|
7595 \(interactively, with prefix arg) replace the years in the notice
|
|
|
7596 rather than adding the current year after them.
|
|
|
7597 If `copyright-notice-file' is set, the copying permissions following the
|
|
|
7598 copyright are replaced as well.
|
|
|
7599
|
|
|
7600 If optional third argument ASK is non-nil, the user is prompted for whether
|
|
|
7601 or not to update the copyright. If optional fourth argument ASK-YEAR is
|
|
|
7602 non-nil, the user is prompted for whether or not to replace the year rather
|
|
|
7603 than adding to it." t nil)
|
|
|
7604
|
|
|
7605 (autoload 'ask-to-update-copyright "upd-copyr" "\
|
|
|
7606 If the current buffer contains a copyright notice that is out of date,
|
|
|
7607 ask the user if it should be updated with `update-copyright' (which see).
|
|
|
7608 Put this on write-file-hooks." nil nil)
|
|
|
7609
|
|
|
7610 ;;;***
|
|
|
7611
|
|
151
|
7612 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-checkout vc-register vc-next-action vc-find-binary) "vc" "packages/vc.el")
|
|
78
|
7613
|
|
108
|
7614 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
|
|
151
|
7615 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
|
|
|
7616 See `run-hooks'.")
|
|
|
7617
|
|
|
7618 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
|
|
|
7619 *Normal hook (List of functions) run after a checkin is done.
|
|
|
7620 See `run-hooks'.")
|
|
|
7621
|
|
|
7622 (autoload 'vc-find-binary "vc" "\
|
|
|
7623 Look for a command anywhere on the subprocess-command search path." nil nil)
|
|
78
|
7624
|
|
|
7625 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
|
|
|
7626 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
|
|
151
|
7627 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
|
|
|
7628 it will operate on the file in the current line.
|
|
|
7629 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
|
|
|
7630 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
|
|
|
7631 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
|
|
|
7632 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
|
|
|
7633 lock steals will raise an error.
|
|
|
7634 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
|
|
78
|
7635
|
|
|
7636 For RCS and SCCS files:
|
|
|
7637 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
|
|
|
7638 control and then retrieves a writable, locked copy for editing.
|
|
|
7639 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
|
|
|
7640 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
|
|
|
7641 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
|
|
|
7642 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
|
|
|
7643 it performs a revert.
|
|
|
7644 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
|
|
|
7645 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
|
|
|
7646 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
|
|
|
7647 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
|
|
|
7648 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
|
|
|
7649 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
|
|
|
7650 the option to steal the lock.
|
|
|
7651
|
|
|
7652 For CVS files:
|
|
|
7653 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
|
|
|
7654 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
|
|
|
7655 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
|
|
|
7656 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
|
|
|
7657 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
|
|
|
7658 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
|
|
|
7659 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
|
|
|
7660 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
|
|
151
|
7661 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7662
|
|
|
7663 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
|
|
|
7664 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
|
|
|
7665
|
|
151
|
7666 (autoload 'vc-checkout "vc" "\
|
|
|
7667 Retrieve a copy of the latest version of the given file." nil nil)
|
|
|
7668
|
|
78
|
7669 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
|
|
|
7670 Display diffs between file versions.
|
|
|
7671 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
|
|
|
7672 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
|
|
|
7673 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
|
|
|
7674 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
|
|
|
7675
|
|
|
7676 (autoload 'vc-version-other-window "vc" "\
|
|
|
7677 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
|
|
|
7678 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
|
|
|
7679 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
|
|
|
7680
|
|
|
7681 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
|
|
|
7682 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
|
|
|
7683 Headers desired are inserted at the start of the buffer, and are pulled from
|
|
|
7684 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
7685
|
|
|
7686 (autoload 'vc-directory "vc" "\
|
|
151
|
7687 Show version-control status of the current directory and subdirectories.
|
|
|
7688 Normally it creates a Dired buffer that lists only the locked files
|
|
|
7689 in all these directories. With a prefix argument, it lists all files." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7690
|
|
|
7691 (autoload 'vc-create-snapshot "vc" "\
|
|
|
7692 Make a snapshot called NAME.
|
|
|
7693 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
|
|
|
7694 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
|
|
|
7695 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
|
|
|
7696
|
|
|
7697 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-snapshot "vc" "\
|
|
|
7698 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
|
|
|
7699 This function fails if any files are locked at or below the current directory
|
|
|
7700 Otherwise, all registered files are checked out (unlocked) at their version
|
|
|
7701 levels in the snapshot." t nil)
|
|
|
7702
|
|
|
7703 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
|
|
|
7704 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
|
|
|
7705
|
|
|
7706 (autoload 'vc-revert-buffer "vc" "\
|
|
|
7707 Revert the current buffer's file back to the latest checked-in version.
|
|
|
7708 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
|
|
|
7709 to that version.
|
|
|
7710 If the back-end is CVS, this will give you the most recent revision of
|
|
|
7711 the file on the branch you are editing." t nil)
|
|
|
7712
|
|
|
7713 (autoload 'vc-cancel-version "vc" "\
|
|
|
7714 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
|
|
|
7715 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
|
|
|
7716
|
|
|
7717 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
|
|
|
7718 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
|
|
|
7719
|
|
|
7720 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
|
|
151
|
7721 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
|
|
|
7722 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
|
|
|
7723 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
|
|
78
|
7724 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
|
|
151
|
7725
|
|
78
|
7726 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
|
|
151
|
7727
|
|
|
7728 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
|
|
|
7729 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
|
|
|
7730 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
|
|
|
7731
|
|
|
7732 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
|
|
|
7733 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
|
|
|
7734 default directory." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7735
|
|
|
7736 ;;;***
|
|
|
7737
|
|
98
|
7738 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "packages/webjump.el")
|
|
|
7739
|
|
|
7740 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
|
|
|
7741 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
|
|
|
7742
|
|
|
7743 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
|
|
|
7744 hotlist.
|
|
|
7745
|
|
155
|
7746 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
|
|
|
7747 <nwv@acm.org>.
|
|
|
7748
|
|
|
7749 The latest version can be gotten from `http://www.cs.brown.edu/people/nwv/'.
|
|
|
7750 That Web site also contains `webjump-plus.el', a larger and more frequently
|
|
|
7751 updated sample WebJump hotlist." t nil)
|
|
98
|
7752
|
|
|
7753 ;;;***
|
|
|
7754
|
|
118
|
7755 ;;;### (autoloads (webster-www) "webster-www" "packages/webster-www.el")
|
|
|
7756
|
|
|
7757 (autoload 'webster-www "webster-www" "\
|
|
|
7758 Look up a word in the Webster's dictionary at http://www.m-w.com using WWW." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7759
|
|
|
7760 ;;;***
|
|
|
7761
|
|
|
7762 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "xscheme" "packages/xscheme.el")
|
|
|
7763
|
|
|
7764 (defvar scheme-program-name "scheme" "\
|
|
|
7765 *Program invoked by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7766
|
|
|
7767 (defvar scheme-band-name nil "\
|
|
|
7768 *Band loaded by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7769
|
|
|
7770 (defvar scheme-program-arguments nil "\
|
|
|
7771 *Arguments passed to the Scheme program by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7772
|
|
|
7773 (autoload 'run-scheme "xscheme" "\
|
|
|
7774 Run an inferior Scheme process.
|
|
|
7775 Output goes to the buffer `*scheme*'.
|
|
|
7776 With argument, asks for a command line." t nil)
|
|
|
7777
|
|
|
7778 ;;;***
|
|
|
7779
|
|
|
7780 ;;;### (autoloads (pcl-cvs-fontify) "pcl-cvs-xemacs" "pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs-xemacs.el")
|
|
|
7781
|
|
|
7782 (autoload 'pcl-cvs-fontify "pcl-cvs-xemacs" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7783
|
|
|
7784 ;;;***
|
|
|
7785
|
|
|
7786 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-update-other-window cvs-update) "pcl-cvs" "pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs.el")
|
|
|
7787
|
|
|
7788 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcl-cvs" "\
|
|
|
7789 Run a 'cvs update' in the current working directory. Feed the
|
|
|
7790 output to a *cvs* buffer and run cvs-mode on it.
|
|
|
7791 If optional prefix argument LOCAL is non-nil, 'cvs update -l' is run." t nil)
|
|
|
7792
|
|
|
7793 (autoload 'cvs-update-other-window "pcl-cvs" "\
|
|
|
7794 Run a 'cvs update' in the current working directory. Feed the
|
|
|
7795 output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the other window, and run
|
|
|
7796 cvs-mode on it.
|
|
|
7797
|
|
|
7798 If optional prefix argument LOCAL is non-nil, 'cvs update -l' is run." t nil)
|
|
|
7799
|
|
|
7800 ;;;***
|
|
|
7801
|
|
|
7802 ;;;### (autoloads (about-xemacs) "about" "prim/about.el")
|
|
|
7803
|
|
155
|
7804 (autoload 'about-xemacs "about" "\
|
|
|
7805 Describe the True Editor and its minions." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7806
|
|
|
7807 ;;;***
|
|
|
7808
|
|
|
7809 ;;;### (autoloads (all-hail-emacs all-hail-xemacs praise-be-unto-emacs praise-be-unto-xemacs) "advocacy" "prim/advocacy.el")
|
|
|
7810
|
|
|
7811 (defvar xemacs-praise-sound-file "sounds/im_so_happy.au" "\
|
|
|
7812 The name of an audio file containing something to play
|
|
|
7813 when praising XEmacs")
|
|
|
7814
|
|
|
7815 (defvar xemacs-praise-message "All Hail XEmacs!\n" "\
|
|
|
7816 What to praise XEmacs with")
|
|
|
7817
|
|
|
7818 (autoload 'praise-be-unto-xemacs "advocacy" "\
|
|
|
7819 All Hail XEmacs!" t nil)
|
|
|
7820
|
|
|
7821 (autoload 'praise-be-unto-emacs "advocacy" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7822
|
|
|
7823 (autoload 'all-hail-xemacs "advocacy" "\
|
|
|
7824 All Hail XEmacs!" t nil)
|
|
|
7825
|
|
|
7826 (autoload 'all-hail-emacs "advocacy" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7827
|
|
|
7828 ;;;***
|
|
|
7829
|
|
|
7830 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-buffer-case-table) "case-table" "prim/case-table.el")
|
|
|
7831
|
|
|
7832 (autoload 'describe-buffer-case-table "case-table" "\
|
|
|
7833 Describe the case table of the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7834
|
|
|
7835 ;;;***
|
|
|
7836
|
|
108
|
7837 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-remove-old-elc) "cleantree" "prim/cleantree.el")
|
|
|
7838
|
|
|
7839 (autoload 'batch-remove-old-elc "cleantree" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7840
|
|
|
7841 ;;;***
|
|
|
7842
|
|
78
|
7843 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" "prim/debug.el")
|
|
|
7844
|
|
|
7845 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
|
|
|
7846 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
|
|
|
7847 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
|
|
|
7848 of the evaluator.
|
|
|
7849
|
|
|
7850 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
|
|
|
7851 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
|
|
|
7852 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7853
|
|
|
7854 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
|
|
|
7855 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
|
|
|
7856 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
|
|
|
7857 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
|
|
|
7858 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
|
|
|
7859 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
|
|
|
7860 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
|
|
|
7861
|
|
|
7862 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
|
|
|
7863 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
|
|
|
7864 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
|
|
|
7865
|
|
|
7866 ;;;***
|
|
|
7867
|
|
|
7868 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default standard-display-8bit make-display-table describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "prim/disp-table.el")
|
|
|
7869
|
|
|
7870 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7871 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7872
|
|
|
7873 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7874 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
|
|
|
7875
|
|
|
7876 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7877 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
|
|
|
7878
|
|
|
7879 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7880 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
|
|
|
7881
|
|
|
7882 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7883 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
|
|
|
7884
|
|
|
7885 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7886 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
|
|
|
7887 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
|
|
|
7888 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
|
|
|
7889
|
|
|
7890 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7891 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
|
|
|
7892 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
|
|
|
7893 X frame." nil nil)
|
|
|
7894
|
|
|
7895 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7896 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
|
|
|
7897
|
|
|
7898 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7899 Toggle display of European characters encoded with ISO 8859.
|
|
|
7900 When enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 display not
|
|
|
7901 as octal escapes, but as accented characters.
|
|
|
7902 With prefix argument, enable European character display iff arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
7903
|
|
|
7904 ;;;***
|
|
|
7905
|
|
|
7906 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "prim/env.el")
|
|
|
7907
|
|
|
7908 (autoload 'setenv "env" "\
|
|
|
7909 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
|
|
|
7910 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
|
|
|
7911 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
|
|
|
7912
|
|
|
7913 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
|
|
|
7914 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
|
|
|
7915 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
|
|
|
7916
|
|
|
7917 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
|
|
|
7918
|
|
|
7919 ;;;***
|
|
|
7920
|
|
100
|
7921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "itimer-autosave" "prim/itimer-autosave.el")
|
|
78
|
7922
|
|
|
7923 ;;;***
|
|
|
7924
|
|
|
7925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loaddefs" "prim/loaddefs.el")
|
|
|
7926
|
|
|
7927 ;;;***
|
|
|
7928
|
|
98
|
7929 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "prim/macros.el")
|
|
78
|
7930
|
|
|
7931 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
|
|
|
7932 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
|
|
|
7933 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
|
|
|
7934 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
|
|
|
7935 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid
|
|
|
7936 editor command." t nil)
|
|
|
7937
|
|
|
7938 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
|
|
|
7939 Query user during kbd macro execution.
|
|
|
7940 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit,
|
|
|
7941 reading keyboard commands even within a kbd macro.
|
|
|
7942 You can give different commands each time the macro executes.
|
|
|
7943 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
|
|
|
7944 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
|
|
|
7945 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
|
|
|
7946 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
|
|
|
7947 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
|
|
|
7948 \\[recenter] Redisplay the frame, then ask again.
|
|
|
7949 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
|
|
|
7950
|
|
|
7951 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
|
|
|
7952 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
|
|
|
7953 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
|
|
|
7954
|
|
|
7955 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
|
|
|
7956 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
|
|
|
7957 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
|
|
|
7958 execute.
|
|
|
7959
|
|
|
7960 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
|
|
|
7961 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
|
|
|
7962
|
|
|
7963 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
|
|
|
7964 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
|
|
|
7965 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
|
|
|
7966 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
|
|
|
7967 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
|
|
|
7968
|
|
|
7969 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
|
|
|
7970 looked like this:
|
|
|
7971
|
|
|
7972 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
|
|
|
7973 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
|
|
|
7974 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
|
|
|
7975
|
|
|
7976 You could enter the names in this format:
|
|
|
7977
|
|
|
7978 foo
|
|
|
7979 bar
|
|
|
7980 baz
|
|
|
7981
|
|
|
7982 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
|
|
|
7983
|
|
|
7984 \\C-x (
|
|
|
7985 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
|
|
|
7986 \\C-x )
|
|
|
7987
|
|
|
7988 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
|
|
|
7989 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
|
|
|
7990 " t nil)
|
|
|
7991
|
|
|
7992 ;;;***
|
|
|
7993
|
|
|
7994 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook) "novice" "prim/novice.el")
|
|
|
7995
|
|
|
7996 (autoload 'disabled-command-hook "novice" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7997
|
|
|
7998 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
|
|
|
7999 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
|
|
|
8000 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
|
|
|
8001 to future sessions." t nil)
|
|
|
8002
|
|
|
8003 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
|
|
|
8004 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
|
|
|
8005 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
|
|
|
8006 to future sessions." t nil)
|
|
|
8007
|
|
|
8008 ;;;***
|
|
|
8009
|
|
|
8010 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "prim/options.el")
|
|
|
8011
|
|
|
8012 (autoload 'list-options "options" "\
|
|
|
8013 Display a list of XEmacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
|
|
|
8014
|
|
|
8015 (autoload 'edit-options "options" "\
|
|
|
8016 Edit a list of XEmacs user option values.
|
|
|
8017 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
|
|
|
8018 in which there are commands to set the option values.
|
|
|
8019 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands." t nil)
|
|
|
8020
|
|
|
8021 ;;;***
|
|
|
8022
|
|
155
|
8023 ;;;### (autoloads (pretty-print-profiling-info) "profile" "prim/profile.el")
|
|
|
8024
|
|
|
8025 (autoload 'pretty-print-profiling-info "profile" "\
|
|
|
8026 Print profiling info INFO to standard output in a pretty format.
|
|
|
8027 If INFO is omitted, the current profiling info is retrieved using
|
|
|
8028 `get-profiling-info'." nil nil)
|
|
|
8029
|
|
|
8030 ;;;***
|
|
|
8031
|
|
78
|
8032 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "prim/rect.el")
|
|
|
8033
|
|
|
8034 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8035 Delete (don't save) text in rectangle with point and mark as corners.
|
|
|
8036 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the line
|
|
|
8037 where the region begins and ending with the line where the region ends." t nil)
|
|
|
8038
|
|
|
8039 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8040 Delete contents of rectangle and return it as a list of strings.
|
|
|
8041 Arguments START and END are the corners of the rectangle.
|
|
|
8042 The value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
|
|
|
8043
|
|
|
8044 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8045 Return contents of rectangle with corners at START and END.
|
|
|
8046 Value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
|
|
|
8047
|
|
|
8048 (defvar killed-rectangle nil "\
|
|
|
8049 Rectangle for yank-rectangle to insert.")
|
|
|
8050
|
|
|
8051 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8052 Delete rectangle with corners at point and mark; save as last killed one.
|
|
|
8053 Calling from program, supply two args START and END, buffer positions.
|
|
|
8054 But in programs you might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle'." t nil)
|
|
|
8055
|
|
|
8056 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8057 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
|
|
|
8058
|
|
|
8059 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8060 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
|
|
|
8061 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
|
|
|
8062 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
|
|
|
8063 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
|
|
|
8064 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
|
|
|
8065 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
|
|
|
8066
|
|
|
8067 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8068 Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark, shifting text right.
|
|
|
8069 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
|
|
|
8070 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle." t nil)
|
|
|
8071
|
|
|
8072 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8073 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
|
|
|
8074 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
|
|
|
8075 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
|
|
|
8076
|
|
|
8077 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
|
|
|
8078
|
|
|
8079 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8080 Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark.
|
|
|
8081 The text previously in the region is overwritten by the blanks.
|
|
|
8082 When called from a program, requires two args which specify the corners." t nil)
|
|
|
8083
|
|
|
8084 ;;;***
|
|
|
8085
|
|
|
8086 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "prim/reposition.el")
|
|
|
8087
|
|
|
8088 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
|
|
|
8089 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
|
|
|
8090 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
|
|
|
8091 visibility of comments that precede it.
|
|
|
8092 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
|
|
|
8093 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
|
|
|
8094 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
|
|
|
8095 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
|
|
|
8096 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
|
|
|
8097 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
|
|
|
8098 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
|
|
|
8099 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
|
|
|
8100 the comment lines.
|
|
|
8101 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
|
|
|
8102 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
|
|
|
8103 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
|
|
|
8104 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
|
|
|
8105 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
|
|
|
8106
|
|
|
8107 ;;;***
|
|
|
8108
|
|
|
8109 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields sort-fields sort-float-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "prim/sort.el")
|
|
|
8110
|
|
|
8111 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
|
|
|
8112 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
|
|
|
8113 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
|
|
|
8114
|
|
|
8115 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
|
|
|
8116 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
|
|
|
8117 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
|
|
|
8118 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
|
|
|
8119 contiguous.
|
|
|
8120
|
|
|
8121 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
|
|
|
8122 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
|
|
|
8123 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8124 the sort order.
|
|
|
8125
|
|
|
8126 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
|
|
|
8127 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
|
|
|
8128
|
|
|
8129 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
|
|
|
8130 It moves point to the start of the next record.
|
|
|
8131 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
|
|
|
8132 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
|
|
|
8133 is called.
|
|
|
8134
|
|
|
8135 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
|
|
|
8136 It should move point to the end of the record.
|
|
|
8137
|
|
|
8138 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
|
|
|
8139 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
|
|
|
8140 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
|
|
|
8141 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
|
|
|
8142 starts at the beginning of the record.
|
|
|
8143
|
|
|
8144 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
|
|
|
8145 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
|
|
|
8146 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
|
|
|
8147
|
|
|
8148 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
|
|
|
8149 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
8150 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8151 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
8152 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8153 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
8154
|
|
|
8155 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
|
|
|
8156 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
8157 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8158 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
8159 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8160 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
8161
|
|
|
8162 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
|
|
|
8163 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
8164 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8165 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
8166 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8167 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
8168
|
|
|
8169 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8170 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
8171 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
|
|
|
8172 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region.
|
|
|
8173 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
|
|
|
8174 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8175 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
|
|
|
8176 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8177 the sort order.
|
|
|
8178 If you want to sort floating-point numbers, try `sort-float-fields'." t nil)
|
|
|
8179
|
|
|
8180 (autoload 'sort-float-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8181 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
8182 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. Specified field
|
|
|
8183 must contain a floating point number in each line of the region. With a
|
|
|
8184 negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. Called from a
|
|
|
8185 program, there are three arguments: FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify
|
|
|
8186 region to sort." t nil)
|
|
|
8187
|
|
|
8188 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8189 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
8190 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
|
|
|
8191 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
|
|
|
8192 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8193 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
|
|
|
8194
|
|
|
8195 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8196 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
|
|
|
8197 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
|
|
|
8198 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
|
|
|
8199 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
|
|
|
8200 is to be used for sorting.
|
|
|
8201 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
|
|
|
8202 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
|
|
|
8203 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
|
|
|
8204 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
|
|
|
8205 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
|
|
|
8206
|
|
|
8207 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
|
|
|
8208
|
|
|
8209 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8210 the sort order.
|
|
|
8211
|
|
|
8212 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
|
|
|
8213 starting with the letter \"f\",
|
|
|
8214 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
|
|
|
8215
|
|
|
8216 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
|
|
|
8217 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
|
|
|
8218 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
|
|
|
8219 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
|
|
|
8220 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
|
|
|
8221 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
|
|
|
8222 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8223 the sort order.
|
|
|
8224
|
|
|
8225 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
|
|
|
8226 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
|
|
|
8227 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
|
|
|
8228 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
|
|
|
8229 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
|
|
|
8230
|
|
|
8231 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
|
|
|
8232 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
|
|
|
8233 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
|
|
|
8234
|
|
|
8235 ;;;***
|
|
|
8236
|
|
|
8237 ;;;### (autoloads (load-default-sounds load-sound-file) "sound" "prim/sound.el")
|
|
|
8238
|
|
|
8239 (or sound-alist (setq sound-alist '((ready nil) (warp nil))))
|
|
|
8240
|
|
|
8241 (autoload 'load-sound-file "sound" "\
|
|
|
8242 Read in an audio-file and add it to the sound-alist.
|
|
|
8243
|
|
98
|
8244 You can only play sound files if you are running on display 0 of the
|
|
|
8245 console of a machine with native sound support or running a NetAudio
|
|
|
8246 server and XEmacs has the necessary sound support compiled in.
|
|
|
8247
|
|
124
|
8248 The sound file must be in the Sun/NeXT U-LAW format, except on Linux,
|
|
|
8249 where .wav files are also supported by the sound card drivers." t nil)
|
|
78
|
8250
|
|
|
8251 (autoload 'load-default-sounds "sound" "\
|
|
124
|
8252 Load and install some sound files as beep-types, using
|
|
|
8253 `load-sound-file'. This only works if you're on display 0 of the
|
|
|
8254 console of a machine with native sound support or running a NetAudio
|
|
|
8255 server and XEmacs has the necessary sound support compiled in." t nil)
|
|
78
|
8256
|
|
|
8257 ;;;***
|
|
|
8258
|
|
|
8259 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "prim/tabify.el")
|
|
|
8260
|
|
|
8261 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
|
|
|
8262 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
|
|
|
8263 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
|
|
|
8264 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
|
|
|
8265 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
|
|
|
8266
|
|
|
8267 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
|
|
|
8268 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
|
|
|
8269 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
|
|
|
8270 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
|
|
|
8271 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
|
|
|
8272 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
|
|
|
8273 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
|
|
|
8274
|
|
|
8275 ;;;***
|
|
|
8276
|
|
|
8277 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "prim/userlock.el")
|
|
|
8278
|
|
|
8279 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
|
|
|
8280 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by USER.
|
|
|
8281 This function has a choice of three things to do:
|
|
|
8282 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE USER))
|
|
|
8283 to refrain from editing the file
|
|
|
8284 return t (grab the lock on the file)
|
|
|
8285 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
|
|
|
8286 You can rewrite it to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do." nil nil)
|
|
|
8287
|
|
|
8288 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
|
|
|
8289 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
|
|
|
8290 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
|
|
|
8291 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
|
|
|
8292 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
|
|
|
8293
|
|
|
8294 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
|
|
|
8295 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
|
|
|
8296
|
|
|
8297 ;;;***
|
|
|
8298
|
|
|
8299 ;;;### (autoloads (style-format) "psgml-fs" "psgml/psgml-fs.el")
|
|
|
8300
|
|
|
8301 (autoload 'style-format "psgml-fs" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8302
|
|
|
8303 ;;;***
|
|
|
8304
|
|
|
8305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "psgml-html" "psgml/psgml-html.el")
|
|
|
8306
|
|
|
8307 (autoload 'html-mode "psgml-html" "\
|
|
|
8308 HTML mode." t)
|
|
|
8309
|
|
|
8310 (autoload 'html3-mode "psgml-html" "\
|
|
|
8311 HTML3 mode." t)
|
|
|
8312
|
|
|
8313 ;;;***
|
|
|
8314
|
|
|
8315 ;;;### (autoloads (sgml-mode) "psgml" "psgml/psgml.el")
|
|
|
8316
|
|
|
8317 (autoload 'sgml-mode "psgml" "\
|
|
|
8318 Major mode for editing SGML.\\<sgml-mode-map>
|
|
|
8319 Makes > display the matching <. Makes / display matching /.
|
|
|
8320 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
|
|
|
8321
|
|
|
8322 You can find information with:
|
|
|
8323 \\[sgml-show-context] Show the nesting of elements at cursor position.
|
|
|
8324 \\[sgml-list-valid-tags] Show the tags valid at cursor position.
|
|
|
8325
|
|
|
8326 Insert tags with completion of contextually valid tags with \\[sgml-insert-tag].
|
|
|
8327 End the current element with \\[sgml-insert-end-tag]. Insert an element (i.e.
|
|
|
8328 both start and end tag) with \\[sgml-insert-element]. Or tag a region with
|
|
|
8329 \\[sgml-tag-region].
|
|
|
8330
|
|
|
8331 To tag a region with the mouse, use transient mark mode or secondary selection.
|
|
|
8332
|
|
|
8333 Structure editing:
|
|
|
8334 \\[sgml-backward-element] Moves backwards over the previous element.
|
|
108
|
8335 \\[sgml-forward-element] Moves forward over the next element.
|
|
78
|
8336 \\[sgml-down-element] Move forward and down one level in the element structure.
|
|
|
8337 \\[sgml-backward-up-element] Move backward out of this element level.
|
|
|
8338 \\[sgml-beginning-of-element] Move to after the start tag of the current element.
|
|
|
8339 \\[sgml-end-of-element] Move to before the end tag of the current element.
|
|
|
8340 \\[sgml-kill-element] Kill the element following the cursor.
|
|
|
8341
|
|
|
8342 Finding interesting positions
|
|
|
8343 \\[sgml-next-data-field] Move forward to next point where data is allowed.
|
|
|
8344 \\[sgml-next-trouble-spot] Move forward to next point where something is
|
|
|
8345 amiss with the structure.
|
|
|
8346
|
|
|
8347 Folding and unfolding
|
|
|
8348 \\[sgml-fold-element] Fold the lines comprising the current element, leaving
|
|
|
8349 the first line visible.
|
|
|
8350 \\[sgml-fold-subelement] Fold the elements in the content of the current element.
|
|
|
8351 Leaving the first line of every element visible.
|
|
|
8352 \\[sgml-unfold-line] Show hidden lines in current line.
|
|
|
8353
|
|
|
8354 User options:
|
|
|
8355
|
|
|
8356 sgml-omittag Set this to reflect OMITTAG in the SGML declaration.
|
|
|
8357 sgml-shortag Set this to reflect SHORTTAG in the SGML declaration.
|
|
|
8358 sgml-auto-insert-required-elements If non-nil, automatically insert required
|
|
|
8359 elements in the content of an inserted element.
|
|
|
8360 sgml-balanced-tag-edit If non-nil, always insert start-end tag pairs.
|
|
|
8361 sgml-omittag-transparent If non-nil, will show legal tags inside elements
|
|
|
8362 with omitable start tags and legal tags beyond omitable end tags.
|
|
|
8363 sgml-leave-point-after-insert If non-nil, the point will remain after
|
|
|
8364 inserted tag(s).
|
|
|
8365 sgml-warn-about-undefined-elements If non-nil, print a warning when a tag
|
|
|
8366 for a undefined element is found.
|
|
|
8367 sgml-max-menu-size Max number of entries in Tags and Entities menus before
|
|
|
8368 they are split into several panes.
|
|
|
8369 sgml-always-quote-attributes If non-nil, quote all attribute values
|
|
|
8370 inserted after finishing edit attributes.
|
|
|
8371 sgml-minimize-attributes Determines minimization of attributes inserted by
|
|
|
8372 edit-attributes.
|
|
|
8373 sgml-normalize-trims If non-nil, sgml-normalize will trim off white space
|
|
|
8374 from end of element when adding end tag.
|
|
|
8375 sgml-indent-step How much to increament indent for every element level.
|
|
|
8376 sgml-indent-data If non-nil, indent in data/mixed context also.
|
|
|
8377 sgml-set-face If non-nil, psgml will set the face of parsed markup.
|
|
|
8378 sgml-markup-faces The faces used when the above variable is non-nil.
|
|
108
|
8379 sgml-system-path List of directories used to look for system identifiers.
|
|
78
|
8380 sgml-public-map Mapping from public identifiers to file names.
|
|
|
8381 sgml-offer-save If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before
|
|
|
8382 \\[sgml-validate] is run.
|
|
|
8383
|
|
|
8384 All bindings:
|
|
|
8385 \\{sgml-mode-map}
|
|
|
8386 " t nil)
|
|
|
8387
|
|
|
8388 ;;;***
|
|
|
8389
|
|
|
8390 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-input rmail-mode rmail) "rmail" "rmail/rmail.el")
|
|
|
8391
|
|
|
8392 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
|
|
|
8393 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
|
|
|
8394 A value of nil means exclude your own name only.")
|
|
|
8395
|
|
|
8396 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
|
|
|
8397 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
|
|
|
8398 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
|
|
|
8399 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
|
|
|
8400 value is the user's name.)
|
|
|
8401 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
|
|
|
8402
|
|
|
8403 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
|
|
|
8404 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
|
|
|
8405
|
|
|
8406 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
|
|
|
8407 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
|
|
|
8408 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
|
|
|
8409 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
|
|
|
8410 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
|
|
|
8411
|
|
|
8412 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
|
|
|
8413 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
|
|
|
8414
|
|
|
8415 (defvar rmail-retry-setup-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8416 Hook that `rmail-retry-failure' uses in place of `mail-setup-hook'.")
|
|
|
8417
|
|
|
8418 (defvar rmail-last-file nil)
|
|
|
8419
|
|
|
8420 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8421 Read and edit incoming mail.
|
|
|
8422 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
|
|
|
8423 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
|
|
|
8424 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
|
|
|
8425
|
|
|
8426 May be called with filename as argument; then performs rmail editing on
|
|
|
8427 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file." t nil)
|
|
|
8428
|
|
|
8429 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8430 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
|
|
|
8431 All normal editing commands are turned off.
|
|
|
8432 Instead, these commands are available:
|
|
|
8433
|
|
|
8434 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
|
|
|
8435 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
|
|
|
8436 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
|
|
|
8437 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
|
|
|
8438 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
|
|
|
8439 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
|
|
|
8440 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
|
|
|
8441 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
|
|
|
8442 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
|
|
|
8443 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
|
|
|
8444 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
|
|
|
8445 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
|
|
|
8446 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
|
|
|
8447 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
|
|
|
8448 till a deleted message is found.
|
|
|
8449 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
|
|
|
8450 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
|
|
|
8451 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
|
|
|
8452 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
|
|
|
8453 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
|
|
|
8454 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
|
|
|
8455 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
|
|
|
8456 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
|
|
|
8457 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
|
|
|
8458 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
|
|
|
8459 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
|
|
|
8460 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
|
|
|
8461 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
|
|
|
8462 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
|
|
|
8463 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
|
|
|
8464 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
|
|
|
8465 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
|
|
|
8466 (label defaults to last one specified).
|
|
|
8467 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
|
|
|
8468 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
|
|
|
8469 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
|
|
|
8470 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
|
|
|
8471 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
|
|
|
8472 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
|
|
|
8473 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
|
|
|
8474 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
|
|
|
8475 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
|
|
|
8476
|
|
|
8477 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8478 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
|
|
|
8479
|
|
|
8480 ;;;***
|
|
|
8481
|
|
|
8482 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-file-p) "rmailout" "rmail/rmailout.el")
|
|
|
8483
|
|
|
8484 (autoload 'rmail-file-p "rmailout" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
8485
|
|
|
8486 ;;;***
|
|
|
8487
|
|
|
8488 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "rmail/unrmail.el")
|
|
|
8489
|
|
|
8490 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
|
|
|
8491 Convert Rmail files to mailbox files.
|
|
|
8492 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
|
|
|
8493 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
|
|
|
8494 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
|
|
|
8495 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
|
|
|
8496
|
|
|
8497 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
|
|
|
8498 Convert Rmail file FILE to mailbox-format file TO-FILE." t nil)
|
|
|
8499
|
|
|
8500 ;;;***
|
|
|
8501
|
|
|
8502 ;;;### (autoloads (mime/editor-mode) "tm-edit" "tm/tm-edit.el")
|
|
|
8503
|
|
|
8504 (autoload 'mime/editor-mode "tm-edit" "\
|
|
|
8505 MIME minor mode for editing the tagged MIME message.
|
|
|
8506
|
|
|
8507 In this mode, basically, the message is composed in the tagged MIME
|
|
|
8508 format. The message tag looks like:
|
|
|
8509
|
|
|
8510 --[[text/plain; charset=ISO-2022-JP][7bit]]
|
|
|
8511
|
|
|
8512 The tag specifies the MIME content type, subtype, optional parameters
|
|
|
8513 and transfer encoding of the message following the tag. Messages
|
|
|
8514 without any tag are treated as `text/plain' by default. Charset and
|
|
|
8515 transfer encoding are automatically defined unless explicitly
|
|
|
8516 specified. Binary messages such as audio and image are usually hidden.
|
|
|
8517 The messages in the tagged MIME format are automatically translated
|
|
|
8518 into a MIME compliant message when exiting this mode.
|
|
|
8519
|
|
|
8520 Available charsets depend on Emacs version being used. The following
|
|
|
8521 lists the available charsets of each emacs.
|
|
|
8522
|
|
|
8523 EMACS 18: US-ASCII is only available.
|
|
|
8524 NEmacs: US-ASCII and ISO-2022-JP are available.
|
|
|
8525 EMACS 19: US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 (or other charset) are available.
|
|
|
8526 XEmacs 19: US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 (or other charset) are available.
|
|
|
8527 Mule: US-ASCII, ISO-8859-* (except for ISO-8859-5), KOI8-R,
|
|
|
8528 ISO-2022-JP, ISO-2022-JP-2, ISO-2022-KR, BIG5 and
|
|
|
8529 ISO-2022-INT-1 are available.
|
|
|
8530
|
|
|
8531 ISO-2022-JP-2 and ISO-2022-INT-1 charsets used in mule is expected to
|
|
|
8532 be used to represent multilingual text in intermixed manner. Any
|
|
|
8533 languages that has no registered charset are represented as either
|
|
|
8534 ISO-2022-JP-2 or ISO-2022-INT-1 in mule.
|
|
|
8535
|
|
|
8536 If you want to use non-ISO-8859-1 charset in EMACS 19 or XEmacs 19,
|
|
|
8537 please set variable `default-mime-charset'. This variable must be
|
|
|
8538 symbol of which name is a MIME charset.
|
|
|
8539
|
|
|
8540 If you want to add more charsets in mule, please set variable
|
|
|
8541 `charsets-mime-charset-alist'. This variable must be alist of which
|
|
|
8542 key is list of leading-char/charset and value is symbol of MIME
|
|
|
8543 charset. (leading-char is a term of MULE 1.* and 2.*. charset is a
|
|
|
8544 term of XEmacs/mule, mule merged EMACS and MULE 3.*) If name of
|
|
|
8545 coding-system is different as MIME charset, please set variable
|
|
|
8546 `mime-charset-coding-system-alist'. This variable must be alist of
|
|
|
8547 which key is MIME charset and value is coding-system.
|
|
|
8548
|
|
|
8549 Following commands are available in addition to major mode commands:
|
|
|
8550
|
|
|
8551 [make single part]
|
|
|
8552 \\[mime-editor/insert-text] insert a text message.
|
|
|
8553 \\[mime-editor/insert-file] insert a (binary) file.
|
|
|
8554 \\[mime-editor/insert-external] insert a reference to external body.
|
|
|
8555 \\[mime-editor/insert-voice] insert a voice message.
|
|
|
8556 \\[mime-editor/insert-message] insert a mail or news message.
|
|
|
8557 \\[mime-editor/insert-mail] insert a mail message.
|
|
|
8558 \\[mime-editor/insert-signature] insert a signature file at end.
|
|
|
8559 \\[mime-editor/insert-key] insert PGP public key.
|
|
|
8560 \\[mime-editor/insert-tag] insert a new MIME tag.
|
|
|
8561
|
|
|
8562 [make enclosure (maybe multipart)]
|
|
|
8563 \\[mime-editor/enclose-alternative-region] enclose as multipart/alternative.
|
|
|
8564 \\[mime-editor/enclose-parallel-region] enclose as multipart/parallel.
|
|
|
8565 \\[mime-editor/enclose-mixed-region] enclose as multipart/mixed.
|
|
|
8566 \\[mime-editor/enclose-digest-region] enclose as multipart/digest.
|
|
|
8567 \\[mime-editor/enclose-signed-region] enclose as PGP signed.
|
|
|
8568 \\[mime-editor/enclose-encrypted-region] enclose as PGP encrypted.
|
|
|
8569 \\[mime-editor/enclose-quote-region] enclose as verbose mode (to avoid to expand tags)
|
|
|
8570
|
|
|
8571 [other commands]
|
|
|
8572 \\[mime-editor/set-transfer-level-7bit] set transfer-level as 7.
|
|
|
8573 \\[mime-editor/set-transfer-level-8bit] set transfer-level as 8.
|
|
|
8574 \\[mime-editor/set-split] set message splitting mode.
|
|
|
8575 \\[mime-editor/set-sign] set PGP-sign mode.
|
|
|
8576 \\[mime-editor/set-encrypt] set PGP-encryption mode.
|
|
|
8577 \\[mime-editor/preview-message] preview editing MIME message.
|
|
|
8578 \\[mime-editor/exit] exit and translate into a MIME compliant message.
|
|
|
8579 \\[mime-editor/help] show this help.
|
|
|
8580 \\[mime-editor/maybe-translate] exit and translate if in MIME mode, then split.
|
|
|
8581
|
|
|
8582 Additional commands are available in some major modes:
|
|
|
8583 C-c C-c exit, translate and run the original command.
|
|
|
8584 C-c C-s exit, translate and run the original command.
|
|
|
8585
|
|
|
8586 The following is a message example written in the tagged MIME format.
|
|
|
8587 TABs at the beginning of the line are not a part of the message:
|
|
|
8588
|
|
|
8589 This is a conventional plain text. It should be translated
|
|
|
8590 into text/plain.
|
|
|
8591 --[[text/plain]]
|
|
|
8592 This is also a plain text. But, it is explicitly specified as
|
|
|
8593 is.
|
|
86
|
8594 --[[text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1]]
|
|
|
8595 This is also a plain text. But charset is specified as
|
|
|
8596 iso-8859-1.
|
|
|
8597
|
|
|
8598 ¡Hola! Buenos días. ¿Cómo está usted?
|
|
|
8599 --[[text/enriched]]
|
|
|
8600 This is a <bold>enriched text</bold>.
|
|
|
8601 --[[image/gif][base64]]...image encoded in base64 here...
|
|
|
8602 --[[audio/basic][base64]]...audio encoded in base64 here...
|
|
78
|
8603
|
|
|
8604 User customizable variables (not documented all of them):
|
|
|
8605 mime-prefix
|
|
|
8606 Specifies a key prefix for MIME minor mode commands.
|
|
|
8607
|
|
|
8608 mime-ignore-preceding-spaces
|
|
|
8609 Preceding white spaces in a message body are ignored if non-nil.
|
|
|
8610
|
|
|
8611 mime-ignore-trailing-spaces
|
|
|
8612 Trailing white spaces in a message body are ignored if non-nil.
|
|
|
8613
|
|
|
8614 mime-auto-hide-body
|
|
|
8615 Hide a non-textual body message encoded in base64 after insertion
|
|
|
8616 if non-nil.
|
|
|
8617
|
|
|
8618 mime-editor/transfer-level
|
|
|
8619 A number of network transfer level. It should be bigger than 7.
|
|
|
8620 If you are in 8bit-through environment, please set 8.
|
|
|
8621
|
|
|
8622 mime-editor/voice-recorder
|
|
|
8623 Specifies a function to record a voice message and encode it.
|
|
|
8624 The function `mime-editor/voice-recorder-for-sun' is for Sun
|
|
|
8625 SparcStations.
|
|
|
8626
|
|
|
8627 mime/editor-mode-hook
|
|
|
8628 Turning on MIME mode calls the value of mime/editor-mode-hook, if
|
|
|
8629 it is non-nil.
|
|
|
8630
|
|
|
8631 mime-editor/translate-hook
|
|
|
8632 The value of mime-editor/translate-hook is called just before translating
|
|
|
8633 the tagged MIME format into a MIME compliant message if it is
|
|
|
8634 non-nil. If the hook call the function mime-editor/insert-signature,
|
|
|
8635 the signature file will be inserted automatically.
|
|
|
8636
|
|
|
8637 mime-editor/exit-hook
|
|
|
8638 Turning off MIME mode calls the value of mime-editor/exit-hook, if it is
|
|
|
8639 non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
8640
|
|
|
8641 (defalias 'edit-mime 'mime/editor-mode)
|
|
|
8642
|
|
|
8643 ;;;***
|
|
|
8644
|
|
|
8645 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice) "advice" "utils/advice.el")
|
|
|
8646
|
|
|
8647 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
|
|
|
8648 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
|
|
|
8649 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
|
|
|
8650 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
|
|
|
8651 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
|
|
|
8652 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
|
|
|
8653 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
|
|
|
8654 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
|
|
|
8655 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
|
|
|
8656 interpreted as `error'.")
|
|
|
8657
|
|
|
8658 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
|
|
|
8659 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
|
|
|
8660 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
|
|
|
8661 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
|
|
|
8662 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
|
|
|
8663 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
|
|
|
8664 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
|
|
|
8665 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
|
|
|
8666
|
|
|
8667 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
|
|
|
8668 Adds a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
|
|
|
8669 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
|
|
|
8670 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
|
|
|
8671 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
|
|
|
8672 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
|
|
|
8673 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
|
|
|
8674 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
|
|
|
8675 will be overwritten with the new one.
|
|
|
8676 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
|
|
|
8677 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
|
|
|
8678 will clear the cache." nil nil)
|
|
|
8679
|
|
|
8680 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
|
|
|
8681 Defines a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
|
|
|
8682 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
|
|
|
8683
|
|
|
8684 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
|
|
|
8685 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
|
|
|
8686 BODY... )
|
|
|
8687
|
|
|
8688 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
|
|
|
8689 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
|
|
|
8690 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
|
|
|
8691 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
|
|
|
8692 see also `ad-add-advice'.
|
|
|
8693 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
|
|
|
8694 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
|
|
|
8695 before/around/after-advices will be used.
|
|
|
8696 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
|
|
|
8697 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
|
|
|
8698 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
|
|
|
8699 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
|
|
|
8700 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
|
|
|
8701 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
|
|
|
8702
|
|
|
8703 Semantics of the various flags:
|
|
|
8704 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
|
|
|
8705 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
|
|
|
8706 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
|
|
|
8707
|
|
|
8708 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
|
|
|
8709 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
|
|
|
8710
|
|
|
8711 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
|
|
|
8712 advised function should be compiled.
|
|
|
8713
|
|
|
8714 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
|
|
|
8715 during activation until somebody enables it.
|
|
|
8716
|
|
|
8717 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
|
|
|
8718 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
|
|
|
8719 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
|
|
|
8720 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
|
|
|
8721
|
|
|
8722 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
|
|
|
8723 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
|
|
|
8724 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
|
|
|
8725 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
|
|
|
8726 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
|
|
|
8727 during preloading.
|
|
|
8728
|
|
|
8729 Look at the file `advice.el' for comprehensive documentation." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
8730
|
|
|
8731 ;;;***
|
|
|
8732
|
|
|
8733 ;;;### (autoloads (all-annotations annotation-list annotations-at annotations-in-region annotation-at annotationp delete-annotation make-annotation) "annotations" "utils/annotations.el")
|
|
|
8734
|
|
|
8735 (defvar make-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8736 *Function or functions to run immediately after creating an annotation.")
|
|
|
8737
|
|
|
8738 (defvar before-delete-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8739 *Function or functions to run immediately before deleting an annotation.")
|
|
|
8740
|
|
|
8741 (defvar after-delete-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8742 *Function or functions to run immediately after deleting an annotation.")
|
|
|
8743
|
|
|
8744 (autoload 'make-annotation "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8745 Create a marginal annotation, displayed using GLYPH, at position POS.
|
|
|
8746 GLYPH may be either a glyph object or a string. Use layout policy
|
|
|
8747 LAYOUT and place the annotation in buffer BUFFER. If POS is nil, point is
|
|
|
8748 used. If LAYOUT is nil, `whitespace' is used. If BUFFER is nil, the
|
|
|
8749 current buffer is used. If WITH-EVENT is non-nil, then when an annotation
|
|
|
8750 is activated, the triggering event is passed as the second arg to the
|
|
|
8751 annotation function. If D-GLYPH is non-nil then it is used as the glyph
|
|
|
8752 that will be displayed when button1 is down. If RIGHTP is non-nil then
|
|
|
8753 the glyph will be displayed on the right side of the buffer instead of the
|
|
|
8754 left." nil nil)
|
|
|
8755
|
|
|
8756 (autoload 'delete-annotation "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8757 Remove ANNOTATION from its buffer. This does not modify the buffer text." nil nil)
|
|
|
8758
|
|
|
8759 (autoload 'annotationp "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8760 T if OBJECT is an annotation." nil nil)
|
|
|
8761
|
|
|
8762 (autoload 'annotation-at "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8763 Return the first annotation at POS in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8764 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. POS defaults to point in BUFFER." nil nil)
|
|
|
8765
|
|
|
8766 (autoload 'annotations-in-region "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8767 Return all annotations in BUFFER between START and END inclusively." nil nil)
|
|
|
8768
|
|
|
8769 (autoload 'annotations-at "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8770 Return a list of all annotations at POS in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8771 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used. If POS is nil, point is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
8772
|
|
|
8773 (autoload 'annotation-list "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8774 Return a list of all annotations in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8775 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
8776
|
|
|
8777 (autoload 'all-annotations "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8778 Return a list of all annotations in existence." nil nil)
|
|
|
8779
|
|
|
8780 ;;;***
|
|
|
8781
|
|
|
8782 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directory update-autoloads-here update-file-autoloads generate-file-autoloads) "autoload" "utils/autoload.el")
|
|
|
8783
|
|
|
8784 (autoload 'generate-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8785 Insert at point a loaddefs autoload section for FILE.
|
|
|
8786 autoloads are generated for defuns and defmacros in FILE
|
|
|
8787 marked by `generate-autoload-cookie' (which see).
|
|
|
8788 If FILE is being visited in a buffer, the contents of the buffer
|
|
|
8789 are used." t nil)
|
|
|
8790
|
|
|
8791 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8792 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
|
|
|
8793 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
|
|
|
8794
|
|
|
8795 (autoload 'update-autoloads-here "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8796 Update sections of the current buffer generated by `update-file-autoloads'." t nil)
|
|
|
8797
|
|
|
8798 (autoload 'update-autoloads-from-directory "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8799 Update `generated-autoload-file' with all the current autoloads from DIR.
|
|
|
8800 This runs `update-file-autoloads' on each .el file in DIR.
|
|
|
8801 Obsolete autoload entries for files that no longer exist are deleted." t nil)
|
|
|
8802
|
|
|
8803 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8804 Update the autoloads for the files or directories on the command line.
|
|
|
8805 Runs `update-file-autoloads' on files and `update-directory-autoloads'
|
|
|
8806 on directories. Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
8807 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
8808 For example, invoke `xemacs -batch -f batch-update-autoloads *.el'." nil nil)
|
|
|
8809
|
|
|
8810 ;;;***
|
|
|
8811
|
|
|
8812 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "utils/browse-url.el")
|
|
|
8813
|
|
134
|
8814 (defcustom browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-w3 "*Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.\nUsed by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and\n`browse-url-of-file' commands." :type 'function :group 'browse-url)
|
|
78
|
8815
|
|
|
8816 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8817 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8818
|
|
|
8819 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
|
|
|
8820 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
|
|
|
8821
|
|
|
8822 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
|
|
|
8823 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
|
|
|
8824 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
|
|
|
8825 the effect of browse-url-new-window-p.
|
|
|
8826
|
|
|
8827 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
|
|
|
8828 used instead of browse-url-new-window-p." t nil)
|
|
|
8829
|
|
|
8830 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8831 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8832 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8833
|
|
|
8834 (autoload 'browse-url-grail "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8835 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8836 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
|
|
|
8837 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
|
|
|
8838
|
|
|
8839 (autoload 'browse-url-iximosaic "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8840 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8841 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8842
|
|
|
8843 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8844 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8845 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8846
|
|
|
8847 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-xterm "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8848 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8849 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
|
|
|
8850 in an Xterm window." t nil)
|
|
|
8851
|
|
|
8852 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-emacs "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8853 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8854 Default to the URL around or before point. Run a new Lynx process in
|
|
|
8855 an Emacs buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
8856
|
|
|
8857 ;;;***
|
|
|
8858
|
|
|
8859 ;;;### (autoloads (docref-setup) "docref" "utils/docref.el")
|
|
|
8860
|
|
|
8861 (autoload 'docref-setup "docref" "\
|
|
|
8862 Process docref cross-references in the current buffer.
|
|
|
8863 See also \\(f@docref-subst)." t nil)
|
|
|
8864
|
|
|
8865 ;;;***
|
|
|
8866
|
|
|
8867 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "utils/easymenu.el")
|
|
|
8868
|
|
|
8869 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
|
|
|
8870 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
|
|
|
8871 The arguments SYMBOL and DOC are ignored; they are present for
|
|
|
8872 compatibility only. SYMBOL is not evaluated. In other Emacs versions
|
|
|
8873 these arguments may be used as a variable to hold the menu data, and a
|
|
|
8874 doc string for that variable.
|
|
|
8875
|
|
|
8876 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
|
|
|
8877 The rest of the elements are menu items.
|
|
|
8878
|
|
|
8879 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
|
|
|
8880
|
|
|
8881 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
|
|
|
8882
|
|
|
8883 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
|
|
|
8884 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
|
|
|
8885
|
|
|
8886 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
8887 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8888
|
|
|
8889 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
|
|
|
8890
|
|
|
8891 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
|
|
|
8892
|
|
|
8893 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbol defined below.
|
|
|
8894
|
|
|
8895 :keys KEYS
|
|
|
8896
|
|
|
8897 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
|
|
|
8898
|
|
|
8899 :active ENABLE
|
|
|
8900
|
|
|
8901 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
8902 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8903
|
|
|
8904 :suffix NAME
|
|
|
8905
|
|
|
8906 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
|
|
|
8907
|
|
|
8908 :style STYLE
|
|
|
8909
|
|
|
8910 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
|
|
|
8911 defined:
|
|
|
8912
|
|
|
8913 toggle: A checkbox.
|
|
|
8914 Currently just prepend the name with the string \"Toggle \".
|
|
|
8915 radio: A radio button.
|
|
|
8916 nil: An ordinary menu item.
|
|
|
8917
|
|
|
8918 :selected SELECTED
|
|
|
8919
|
|
|
8920 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
|
|
|
8921 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8922 Currently just disable radio buttons, no effect on checkboxes.
|
|
|
8923
|
|
|
8924 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
|
|
|
8925 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
|
|
|
8926 as a solid horizontal line.
|
|
|
8927
|
|
|
8928 A menu item can be a list. It is treated as a submenu.
|
|
|
8929 The first element should be the submenu name. That's used as the
|
|
|
8930 menu item in the top-level menu. The cdr of the submenu list
|
|
|
8931 is a list of menu items, as above." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
8932
|
|
|
8933 ;;;***
|
|
|
8934
|
|
118
|
8935 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-kbd-macro format-kbd-macro kbd read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "utils/edmacro.el")
|
|
98
|
8936
|
|
|
8937 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
|
|
|
8938
|
|
|
8939 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8940 Edit a keyboard macro.
|
|
|
8941 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
|
|
|
8942 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
|
|
|
8943 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
|
|
|
8944 its command name.
|
|
|
8945 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
|
|
|
8946
|
|
|
8947 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8948 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
|
|
|
8949
|
|
|
8950 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8951 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
|
|
|
8952
|
|
|
8953 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8954 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
|
|
|
8955 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
|
|
|
8956 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
|
|
|
8957 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
|
|
|
8958 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
|
|
|
8959
|
|
|
8960 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
|
|
|
8961 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
|
|
|
8962 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
|
|
|
8963 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
|
|
|
8964
|
|
118
|
8965 (autoload 'kbd "edmacro" "\
|
|
136
|
8966 Convert KEYS to the internal Emacs key representation." nil 'macro)
|
|
118
|
8967
|
|
98
|
8968 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8969 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
|
|
|
8970 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
|
|
|
8971 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
|
|
|
8972 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
|
|
|
8973 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
|
|
|
8974
|
|
|
8975 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8976 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
|
|
|
8977 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
|
|
|
8978 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
|
|
|
8979
|
|
|
8980 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
|
|
|
8981 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
|
|
|
8982 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
|
|
|
8983 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
|
|
|
8984 bindings.
|
|
|
8985
|
|
|
8986 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
|
|
|
8987 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
|
|
|
8988
|
|
|
8989 ;;;***
|
|
|
8990
|
|
|
8991 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "utils/eldoc.el")
|
|
|
8992
|
|
134
|
8993 (defcustom eldoc-mode nil "*If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.\n\nFor the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is\nwithin, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.\nThis information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is\nin pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained\nfrom the documentation string if possible.\n\nIf point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring\ninstead.\n\nThis variable is buffer-local." :type 'boolean :group 'eldoc)
|
|
98
|
8994
|
|
|
8995 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
|
|
|
8996 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
|
|
|
8997 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
|
|
|
8998
|
|
|
8999 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
|
|
|
9000 of the mode.
|
|
|
9001 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
|
|
|
9002 the mode, respectively." t nil)
|
|
|
9003
|
|
|
9004 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
|
|
|
9005 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
|
|
|
9006
|
|
|
9007 ;;;***
|
|
|
9008
|
|
78
|
9009 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) "elp" "utils/elp.el")
|
|
|
9010
|
|
|
9011 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
|
|
|
9012 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
|
|
|
9013 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
|
|
|
9014
|
|
|
9015 (autoload 'elp-restore-function "elp" "\
|
|
|
9016 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
|
|
|
9017 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
|
|
|
9018
|
|
|
9019 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
|
|
|
9020 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
|
|
|
9021 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
|
|
|
9022
|
|
|
9023 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
|
|
|
9024 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
|
|
|
9025 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
|
|
|
9026
|
|
|
9027 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
|
|
|
9028
|
|
|
9029 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
|
|
|
9030 Display current profiling results.
|
|
|
9031 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
|
|
|
9032 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
|
|
|
9033 displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
9034
|
|
|
9035 (autoload 'elp-submit-bug-report "elp" "\
|
|
|
9036 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
|
|
|
9037
|
|
|
9038 ;;;***
|
|
|
9039
|
|
|
9040 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-props facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-make-much-smaller facemenu-make-much-larger facemenu-make-smaller facemenu-make-larger facemenu-set-size-default facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "utils/facemenu.el")
|
|
|
9041
|
|
126
|
9042 (define-key ctl-x-map "F" 'facemenu-keymap)
|
|
|
9043
|
|
78
|
9044 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
|
|
|
9045 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
|
|
|
9046
|
|
|
9047 (defvar facemenu-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Set face"))) (define-key map ?o 'facemenu-set-face) map) "\
|
|
|
9048 Keymap for face-changing commands.
|
|
|
9049 `Facemenu-update' fills in the keymap according to the bindings
|
|
|
9050 requested in `facemenu-keybindings'.")
|
|
|
9051
|
|
|
9052 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9053 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
9054 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
|
|
|
9055 will not show through at all will be removed.
|
|
|
9056
|
|
|
9057 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
|
|
|
9058
|
|
|
9059 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
|
|
|
9060 this command sets the region to the requested face.
|
|
|
9061
|
|
|
9062 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
|
|
|
9063 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
9064 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
|
|
|
9065
|
|
|
9066 (autoload 'facemenu-set-foreground "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9067 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
9068 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
|
|
|
9069 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
|
|
|
9070 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
|
|
|
9071 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
|
|
|
9072 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
9073 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
|
|
|
9074
|
|
|
9075 (autoload 'facemenu-set-background "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9076 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
9077 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
|
|
|
9078 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
|
|
|
9079 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
|
|
|
9080 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
|
|
|
9081 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
9082 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
|
|
|
9083
|
|
|
9084 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face-from-menu "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9085 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
9086 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
|
|
|
9087 is the menu item's name.
|
|
|
9088
|
|
|
9089 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
|
|
|
9090 this command sets the region to the requested face.
|
|
|
9091
|
|
|
9092 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
|
|
|
9093 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
100
|
9094 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9095
|
|
|
9096 (autoload 'facemenu-set-size-default "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9097
|
|
|
9098 (autoload 'facemenu-make-larger "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9099
|
|
|
9100 (autoload 'facemenu-make-smaller "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9101
|
|
|
9102 (autoload 'facemenu-make-much-larger "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9103
|
|
|
9104 (autoload 'facemenu-make-much-smaller "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9105
|
|
|
9106 (autoload 'facemenu-set-invisible "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9107 Make the region invisible.
|
|
|
9108 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
9109 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
9110
|
|
|
9111 (autoload 'facemenu-set-intangible "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9112 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
|
|
|
9113 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
9114 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
9115
|
|
|
9116 (autoload 'facemenu-set-read-only "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9117 Make the region unmodifiable.
|
|
|
9118 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
9119 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
9120
|
|
|
9121 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-props "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9122 Remove all text properties that facemenu added to region." t nil)
|
|
|
9123
|
|
|
9124 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-special "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9125 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
|
|
|
9126 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
|
|
|
9127
|
|
|
9128 (autoload 'list-text-properties-at "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9129 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
|
|
|
9130
|
|
|
9131 (autoload 'facemenu-read-color "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9132 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
9133
|
|
|
9134 (autoload 'list-colors-display "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9135 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
|
|
|
9136 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
|
|
|
9137 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
|
|
|
9138 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
|
|
|
9139
|
|
|
9140 ;;;***
|
|
|
9141
|
|
98
|
9142 ;;;### (autoloads (floating-toolbar-from-extent-or-popup-mode-menu floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu floating-toolbar) "floating-toolbar" "utils/floating-toolbar.el")
|
|
|
9143
|
|
|
9144 (autoload 'floating-toolbar "floating-toolbar" "\
|
|
|
9145 Popup a toolbar near the current mouse position.
|
|
|
9146 The toolbar instantiator used is taken from the 'floating-toolbar
|
|
|
9147 property of any extent under the mouse. If no such non-nil
|
|
|
9148 property exists for any extent under the mouse, then the value of the
|
|
|
9149 variable `floating-toolbar' is checked. If its value si nil, then
|
|
|
9150 no toolbar will be displayed.
|
|
|
9151
|
|
|
9152 This command should be bound to a button press event.
|
|
|
9153
|
|
|
9154 When called from a program, first arg EVENT should be the button
|
|
|
9155 press event. Optional second arg EXTENT-LOCAL-ONLY specifies
|
|
|
9156 that only extent local toolbars should be used; this means the
|
|
|
9157 `floating-toolbar' variable will not be consulted." t nil)
|
|
|
9158
|
|
|
9159 (autoload 'floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu "floating-toolbar" "\
|
|
|
9160 Like floating-toolbar, but if no toolbar is displayed
|
|
|
9161 run popup-mode-menu." t nil)
|
|
|
9162
|
|
|
9163 (autoload 'floating-toolbar-from-extent-or-popup-mode-menu "floating-toolbar" "\
|
|
|
9164 Like floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu, but search only for an
|
|
|
9165 extent local toolbar." t nil)
|
|
|
9166
|
|
|
9167 ;;;***
|
|
|
9168
|
|
78
|
9169 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "utils/flow-ctrl.el")
|
|
|
9170
|
|
|
9171 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
|
|
|
9172 Toggle flow control handling.
|
|
|
9173 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
|
|
|
9174 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
|
|
|
9175
|
|
|
9176 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
|
|
|
9177 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
|
|
|
9178 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
|
|
|
9179 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
|
|
|
9180 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
|
|
|
9181 to get the effect of a C-q.
|
|
|
9182
|
|
|
9183 This function has no effect unless the current device is a tty.
|
|
|
9184
|
|
|
9185 The tty terminal type is determined from the TERM environment variable.
|
|
|
9186 Trailing hyphens and everything following is stripped, so a TERM
|
|
|
9187 value of \"vt100-nam\" is treated the same as \"vt100\"." nil nil)
|
|
|
9188
|
|
|
9189 ;;;***
|
|
|
9190
|
|
|
9191 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) "forms" "utils/forms.el")
|
|
|
9192
|
|
|
9193 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
|
|
|
9194 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
|
|
|
9195
|
|
|
9196 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
|
|
|
9197 TAB forms-next-field TAB
|
|
|
9198 \\C-c TAB forms-next-field
|
|
|
9199 \\C-c < forms-first-record <
|
|
|
9200 \\C-c > forms-last-record >
|
|
|
9201 \\C-c ? describe-mode ?
|
|
|
9202 \\C-c \\C-k forms-delete-record
|
|
|
9203 \\C-c \\C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
|
|
|
9204 \\C-c \\C-o forms-insert-record
|
|
|
9205 \\C-c \\C-l forms-jump-record l
|
|
|
9206 \\C-c \\C-n forms-next-record n
|
|
|
9207 \\C-c \\C-p forms-prev-record p
|
|
|
9208 \\C-c \\C-r forms-search-backward r
|
|
|
9209 \\C-c \\C-s forms-search-forward s
|
|
|
9210 \\C-c \\C-x forms-exit x
|
|
|
9211 " t nil)
|
|
|
9212
|
|
|
9213 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
|
|
|
9214 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
|
|
|
9215
|
|
|
9216 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
|
|
|
9217 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
9218
|
|
|
9219 ;;;***
|
|
|
9220
|
|
149
|
9221 ;;;### (autoloads (unhide-copyleft-region hide-copyleft-region) "hide-copyleft" "utils/hide-copyleft.el")
|
|
|
9222
|
|
|
9223 (autoload 'hide-copyleft-region "hide-copyleft" "\
|
|
|
9224 Make the legal drivel at the front of this file invisible. Unhide it again
|
|
|
9225 with C-u \\[hide-copyleft-region]." t nil)
|
|
|
9226
|
|
|
9227 (autoload 'unhide-copyleft-region "hide-copyleft" "\
|
|
|
9228 If the legal nonsense at the top of this file is elided, make it visible again." nil nil)
|
|
|
9229
|
|
|
9230 ;;;***
|
|
|
9231
|
|
78
|
9232 ;;;### (autoloads (highlight-headers-follow-url highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape highlight-headers) "highlight-headers" "utils/highlight-headers.el")
|
|
|
9233
|
|
|
9234 (autoload 'highlight-headers "highlight-headers" "\
|
|
|
9235 Highlight message headers between start and end.
|
|
|
9236 Faces used:
|
|
|
9237 message-headers the part before the colon
|
|
|
9238 message-header-contents the part after the colon
|
|
|
9239 message-highlighted-header-contents contents of \"special\" headers
|
|
|
9240 message-cited-text quoted text from other messages
|
|
|
9241
|
|
|
9242 Variables used:
|
|
|
9243
|
|
|
9244 highlight-headers-regexp what makes a \"special\" header
|
|
|
9245 highlight-headers-citation-regexp matches lines of quoted text
|
|
|
9246 highlight-headers-citation-header-regexp matches headers for quoted text
|
|
|
9247
|
|
|
9248 If HACK-SIG is true,then we search backward from END for something that
|
|
|
9249 looks like the beginning of a signature block, and don't consider that a
|
|
|
9250 part of the message (this is because signatures are often incorrectly
|
|
|
9251 interpreted as cited text.)" nil nil)
|
|
|
9252
|
|
|
9253 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape "highlight-headers" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9254
|
|
|
9255 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic "highlight-headers" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9256
|
|
|
9257 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url "highlight-headers" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9258
|
|
|
9259 ;;;***
|
|
|
9260
|
|
|
9261 ;;;### (autoloads (id-select-double-click-hook id-select-and-kill-thing id-select-and-copy-thing id-select-goto-matching-tag id-select-thing-with-mouse id-select-thing) "id-select" "utils/id-select.el")
|
|
|
9262
|
|
|
9263 (autoload 'id-select-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9264 Mark the region selected by the syntax of the thing at point.
|
|
|
9265 If invoked repeatedly, selects bigger and bigger things.
|
|
|
9266 If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil, the type of selection is displayed in
|
|
|
9267 the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9268
|
|
|
9269 (autoload 'id-select-thing-with-mouse "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9270 Select a region based on the syntax of the character from a mouse click.
|
|
|
9271 If the click occurs at the same point as the last click, select
|
|
|
9272 the next larger syntactic structure. If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil,
|
|
|
9273 the type of selection is displayed in the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9274
|
|
|
9275 (autoload 'id-select-goto-matching-tag "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9276 If in a major mode listed in `id-select-markup-modes,' moves point to the start of the tag paired with the closest tag that point is within or precedes.
|
|
|
9277 Returns t if point is moved, else nil.
|
|
|
9278 Signals an error if no tag is found following point or if the closing tag
|
|
|
9279 does not have a `>' terminator character." t nil)
|
|
|
9280
|
|
|
9281 (autoload 'id-select-and-copy-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9282 Copy the region surrounding the syntactical unit at point." t nil)
|
|
|
9283
|
|
|
9284 (autoload 'id-select-and-kill-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9285 Kill the region surrounding the syntactical unit at point." t nil)
|
|
|
9286
|
|
|
9287 (autoload 'id-select-double-click-hook "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9288 Select a region based on the syntax of the character wherever the mouse is double-clicked.
|
|
|
9289 If the double-click occurs at the same point as the last double-click, select
|
|
|
9290 the next larger syntactic structure. If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil,
|
|
|
9291 the type of selection is displayed in the minibuffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
9292
|
|
|
9293 ;;;***
|
|
|
9294
|
|
|
9295 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "utils/loadhist.el")
|
|
|
9296
|
|
|
9297 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
|
|
|
9298 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
|
|
|
9299 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
|
|
|
9300 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
|
|
|
9301
|
|
|
9302 ;;;***
|
|
|
9303
|
|
|
9304 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "utils/mail-extr.el")
|
|
|
9305
|
|
|
9306 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
|
|
|
9307 Given an RFC-822 ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
|
|
|
9308 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
|
|
|
9309 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
|
|
|
9310 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
|
|
|
9311 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
|
|
|
9312 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
|
|
|
9313 consing a string.)
|
|
|
9314 If ADDRESS contains more than one RFC-822 address, only the first is
|
|
|
9315 returned. Some day this function may be extended to extract multiple
|
|
|
9316 addresses, or perhaps return the position at which parsing stopped." nil nil)
|
|
|
9317
|
|
|
9318 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
|
|
|
9319 Prompts for a mail domain, and prints the country it corresponds to
|
|
|
9320 in the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9321
|
|
|
9322 ;;;***
|
|
|
9323
|
|
|
9324 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "utils/mail-utils.el")
|
|
|
9325
|
|
|
9326 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
|
|
|
9327 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
|
|
|
9328 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
|
|
|
9329 often correct parser.")
|
|
|
9330
|
|
|
9331 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9332
|
|
|
9333 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
|
|
|
9334 Return the value of the header field FIELD-NAME.
|
|
|
9335 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the headers of the message.
|
|
|
9336 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last such field if there are several.
|
|
|
9337 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between." nil nil)
|
|
|
9338
|
|
|
9339 ;;;***
|
|
|
9340
|
|
|
9341 ;;;### (autoloads (read-passwd) "passwd" "utils/passwd.el")
|
|
|
9342
|
|
|
9343 (autoload 'read-passwd "passwd" "\
|
|
|
9344 Prompts for a password in the minibuffer, and returns it as a string.
|
|
|
9345 If PROMPT may be a prompt string or an alist of elements
|
|
|
9346 '(prompt . default).
|
|
|
9347 If optional arg CONFIRM is true, then ask the user to type the password
|
|
|
9348 again to confirm that they typed it correctly.
|
|
|
9349 If optional arg DEFAULT is provided, then it is a string to insert as
|
|
|
9350 the default choice (it is not, of course, displayed.)
|
|
|
9351
|
|
|
9352 If running under X, the keyboard will be grabbed (with XGrabKeyboard())
|
|
108
|
9353 to reduce the possibility that eavesdropping is occuring.
|
|
78
|
9354
|
|
|
9355 When reading a password, all keys self-insert, except for:
|
|
|
9356 \\<read-passwd-map>
|
|
|
9357 \\[read-passwd-erase-line] Erase the entire line.
|
|
|
9358 \\[quoted-insert] Insert the next character literally.
|
|
|
9359 \\[delete-backward-char] Delete the previous character.
|
|
|
9360 \\[exit-minibuffer] Accept what you have typed.
|
|
|
9361 \\[keyboard-quit] Abort the command.
|
|
|
9362
|
|
|
9363 The returned value is always a newly-created string. No additional copies
|
|
|
9364 of the password remain after this function has returned.
|
|
|
9365
|
|
|
9366 NOTE: unless great care is taken, the typed password will exist in plaintext
|
|
|
9367 form in the running image for an arbitrarily long time. Priveleged users may
|
|
|
9368 be able to extract it from memory. If emacs crashes, it may appear in the
|
|
|
9369 resultant core file.
|
|
|
9370
|
|
|
9371 Some steps you can take to prevent the password from being copied around:
|
|
|
9372
|
|
|
9373 - as soon as you are done with the returned string, destroy it with
|
|
|
9374 (fillarray string 0). The same goes for any default passwords
|
|
|
9375 or password histories.
|
|
|
9376
|
|
|
9377 - do not copy the string, as with concat or substring - if you do, be
|
|
|
9378 sure to keep track of and destroy all copies.
|
|
|
9379
|
|
|
9380 - do not insert the password into a buffer - if you do, be sure to
|
|
|
9381 overwrite the buffer text before killing it, as with the functions
|
|
|
9382 `passwd-erase-buffer' or `passwd-kill-buffer'. Note that deleting
|
|
|
9383 the text from the buffer does NOT necessarily remove the text from
|
|
|
9384 memory.
|
|
|
9385
|
|
|
9386 - be careful of the undo history - if you insert the password into a
|
|
|
9387 buffer which has undo recording turned on, the password will be
|
|
|
9388 copied onto the undo list, and thus recoverable.
|
|
|
9389
|
|
|
9390 - do not pass it as an argument to a shell command - anyone will be
|
|
|
9391 able to see it if they run `ps' at the right time.
|
|
|
9392
|
|
|
9393 Note that the password will be temporarily recoverable with the `view-lossage'
|
|
|
9394 command. This data will not be overwritten until another hundred or so
|
|
|
9395 characters are typed. There's not currently a way around this." nil nil)
|
|
|
9396
|
|
|
9397 ;;;***
|
|
|
9398
|
|
|
9399 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp" "utils/pp.el")
|
|
|
9400
|
|
|
9401 (defalias 'pprint 'pp)
|
|
|
9402
|
|
|
9403 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
|
|
|
9404 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
|
|
|
9405 Quoting characters are printed when needed to make output that `read'
|
|
|
9406 can handle, whenever this is possible.
|
|
|
9407 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
|
|
|
9408
|
|
|
9409 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
|
|
|
9410 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
|
|
|
9411 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
|
|
|
9412 instead. Value is also consed on to front of variable values 's
|
|
|
9413 value." t nil)
|
|
|
9414
|
|
|
9415 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
|
|
|
9416 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
|
|
|
9417 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
|
|
|
9418 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
|
|
|
9419
|
|
|
9420 ;;;***
|
|
|
9421
|
|
|
9422 ;;;### (autoloads (prettyexpand-all-sexp prettyexpand-sexp macroexpand-all-sexp macroexpand-sexp pp-plist pp-variable pp-function) "pretty-print" "utils/pretty-print.el")
|
|
|
9423
|
|
|
9424 (autoload 'pp-function "pretty-print" "\
|
|
108
|
9425 Pretty print the function definition of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9426
|
|
|
9427 (autoload 'pp-variable "pretty-print" "\
|
|
108
|
9428 Pretty print the variable value of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9429
|
|
|
9430 (autoload 'pp-plist "pretty-print" "\
|
|
108
|
9431 Pretty print the property list of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9432
|
|
|
9433 (autoload 'macroexpand-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9434 Macro expand the sexpression following point. Pretty print expansion in a
|
|
|
9435 temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the original
|
|
|
9436 sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9437
|
|
|
9438 (autoload 'macroexpand-all-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9439 Macro expand recursively the sexpression following point. Pretty print
|
|
|
9440 expansion in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the
|
|
|
9441 original sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9442
|
|
|
9443 (autoload 'prettyexpand-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9444 Macro expand the sexpression following point. Pretty print expansion
|
|
|
9445 in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the original
|
|
|
9446 sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer.
|
|
|
9447 However, calls to macros specified in the variable
|
|
|
9448 `pp-shadow-expansion-list' are not expanded, in order to make the code
|
|
|
9449 look nicer." t nil)
|
|
|
9450
|
|
|
9451 (autoload 'prettyexpand-all-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9452 Macro expand recursively the sexpression following point. Pretty print
|
|
|
9453 expansion in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the
|
|
|
9454 original sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer.
|
|
|
9455 However, calls to macros specified in the variable
|
|
|
9456 `pp-shadow-expansion-list' are not expanded, in order to make the code
|
|
|
9457 look nicer." t nil)
|
|
|
9458
|
|
|
9459 ;;;***
|
|
|
9460
|
|
|
9461 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "utils/reporter.el")
|
|
|
9462
|
|
|
9463 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9464
|
|
|
9465 ;;;***
|
|
|
9466
|
|
|
9467 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ringp) "ring" "utils/ring.el")
|
|
|
9468
|
|
|
9469 (autoload 'ringp "ring" "\
|
|
|
9470 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
|
|
|
9471
|
|
|
9472 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'ring-p 'ringp)
|
|
|
9473
|
|
|
9474 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
|
|
|
9475 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
|
|
|
9476
|
|
|
9477 ;;;***
|
|
|
9478
|
|
153
|
9479 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-save savehist-load) "savehist" "utils/savehist.el")
|
|
|
9480
|
|
|
9481 (autoload 'savehist-load "savehist" "\
|
|
|
9482 Load the histories saved to `savehist-file'.
|
|
|
9483 Unless PREFIX is non-nil, the function will also add the save function to
|
|
|
9484 `kill-emacs-hook'.
|
|
|
9485
|
|
|
9486 This function should be normally used from your Emacs init file. Since it
|
|
|
9487 removes your current minibuffer histories (if any), it is unwise to call it
|
|
|
9488 at any other time." t nil)
|
|
|
9489
|
|
|
9490 (autoload 'savehist-save "savehist" "\
|
|
|
9491 Save the histories from `savehist-history-variables' to `savehist-file'.
|
|
|
9492 A variable will be saved if it is bound and non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
9493
|
|
|
9494 ;;;***
|
|
|
9495
|
|
78
|
9496 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "utils/skeleton.el")
|
|
|
9497
|
|
|
9498 (defvar skeleton-filter 'identity "\
|
|
|
9499 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
|
|
|
9500
|
|
|
9501 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9502 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
|
|
|
9503 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
|
|
|
9504 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
|
|
|
9505 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9506
|
|
|
9507 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9508 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9509 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9510 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
|
|
|
9511 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
|
|
|
9512 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
|
|
|
9513 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
|
|
|
9514
|
|
|
9515 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
|
|
|
9516 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
|
|
|
9517 ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
9518
|
|
|
9519 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9520 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9521 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9522 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
|
|
|
9523 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
|
|
|
9524 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
|
|
|
9525 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
|
|
|
9526
|
|
|
9527 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
|
|
|
9528 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
|
|
|
9529 ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
9530
|
|
|
9531 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9532 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
|
|
|
9533
|
|
|
9534 With optional third REGIONS wrap first interesting point (`_') in skeleton
|
|
|
9535 around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. If REGIONS is negative,
|
|
|
9536 wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first REGIONS interesting positions
|
|
|
9537 \(successive `_'s) in skeleton. An interregion is the stretch of text between
|
|
|
9538 two contiguous marked points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor)
|
|
|
9539 in alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. But
|
|
|
9540 if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
|
|
|
9541
|
|
|
9542 Optional fourth STR is the value for the variable `str' within the skeleton.
|
|
|
9543 When this is non-`nil' the interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid
|
|
|
9544 skeleton element.
|
|
|
9545
|
|
|
9546 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
|
|
|
9547 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
|
|
|
9548
|
|
|
9549 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
|
|
|
9550 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
|
|
|
9551
|
|
|
9552 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
|
|
|
9553 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
|
|
|
9554 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
|
|
|
9555 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
|
|
|
9556 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
|
|
|
9557 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
|
|
|
9558 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
|
|
|
9559 nil skipped
|
|
|
9560
|
|
|
9561 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
|
|
|
9562 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
|
|
|
9563 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
|
|
|
9564 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
|
|
|
9565 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
|
|
|
9566 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
|
|
|
9567 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also a list of
|
|
|
9568 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
|
|
|
9569
|
|
|
9570 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated evaluated for their side-effect.
|
|
|
9571 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
|
|
|
9572 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
|
|
|
9573 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
|
|
|
9574 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
|
|
|
9575 available:
|
|
|
9576
|
|
|
9577 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
|
|
|
9578 then: insert previously read string once more
|
|
|
9579 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
|
|
|
9580 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
|
|
|
9581 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
|
|
|
9582
|
|
|
9583 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
|
|
|
9584 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
|
|
|
9585
|
|
|
9586 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9587 Insert the character you type ARG times.
|
|
|
9588
|
|
|
9589 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
|
|
|
9590 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
|
|
|
9591 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
|
|
|
9592 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
|
|
|
9593
|
|
|
9594 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
|
|
|
9595 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
|
|
|
9596 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
|
|
|
9597
|
|
|
9598 ;;;***
|
|
|
9599
|
|
100
|
9600 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "utils/speedbar.el")
|
|
|
9601
|
|
|
9602 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
|
|
|
9603 Enable or disable use of a speedbar. Positive number means turn
|
|
|
9604 on, negative turns speedbar off, and nil means toggle. Once the
|
|
|
9605 speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in `speedbar-mode' will be
|
|
|
9606 displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is supported at a time." t nil)
|
|
|
9607
|
|
|
9608 ;;;***
|
|
|
9609
|
|
86
|
9610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timezone" "utils/timezone.el")
|
|
|
9611
|
|
|
9612 (define-error 'invalid-date "Invalid date string")
|
|
|
9613
|
|
|
9614 ;;;***
|
|
|
9615
|
|
78
|
9616 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "utils/tq.el")
|
|
|
9617
|
|
|
9618 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
|
|
|
9619 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
|
|
|
9620 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
|
|
|
9621 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
|
|
|
9622 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
|
|
|
9623
|
|
|
9624 ;;;***
|
|
|
9625
|
|
|
9626 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function) "trace" "utils/trace.el")
|
|
|
9627
|
|
|
9628 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
|
|
|
9629 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
|
|
|
9630
|
|
|
9631 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
|
|
|
9632 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
|
|
|
9633 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
|
|
|
9634 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
|
|
|
9635 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
|
|
|
9636 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
|
|
|
9637 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
|
|
|
9638 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
|
|
|
9639
|
|
|
9640 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
|
|
|
9641 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
|
|
|
9642 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
|
|
|
9643 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
|
|
|
9644 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
|
|
|
9645 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
|
|
|
9646 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
|
|
|
9647
|
|
|
9648 ;;;***
|
|
|
9649
|
|
|
9650 ;;;### (autoloads (xbm-button-create) "xbm-button" "utils/xbm-button.el")
|
|
|
9651
|
|
|
9652 (autoload 'xbm-button-create "xbm-button" "\
|
|
|
9653 Returns a list of XBM image instantiators for a button displaying TEXT.
|
|
|
9654 The list is of the form
|
|
|
9655 (UP DOWN DISABLED)
|
|
|
9656 where UP, DOWN, and DISABLED are the up, down and disabled image
|
|
|
9657 instantiators for the button.
|
|
|
9658
|
|
|
9659 BORDER-THICKNESS specifies how many pixels should be used for the
|
|
|
9660 borders on the edges of the buttons. It should be a positive integer,
|
|
|
9661 or 0 to mean no border." nil nil)
|
|
|
9662
|
|
|
9663 ;;;***
|
|
|
9664
|
|
|
9665 ;;;### (autoloads (xpm-button-create) "xpm-button" "utils/xpm-button.el")
|
|
|
9666
|
|
|
9667 (autoload 'xpm-button-create "xpm-button" "\
|
|
|
9668 Returns a list of XPM image instantiators for a button displaying TEXT.
|
|
|
9669 The list is of the form
|
|
|
9670 (UP DOWN DISABLED)
|
|
|
9671 where UP, DOWN, and DISABLED are the up, down and disabled image
|
|
|
9672 instantiators for the button.
|
|
|
9673
|
|
|
9674 SHADOW-THICKNESS specifies how many pixels should be used for the
|
|
|
9675 shadows on the edges of the buttons. It should be a positive integer,
|
|
|
9676 or 0 to mean no shadows on the edges.
|
|
|
9677 FG-COLOR is the color used to display the text. It should be a string.
|
|
|
9678 BG-COLOR is the background color the text will be displayed upon.
|
|
|
9679 It should be a string." nil nil)
|
|
|
9680
|
|
|
9681 ;;;***
|
|
|
9682
|
|
|
9683 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode) "viper" "viper/viper.el")
|
|
|
9684
|
|
|
9685 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
|
|
|
9686 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
|
|
|
9687
|
|
|
9688 (defalias 'vip-mode 'viper-mode)
|
|
|
9689
|
|
|
9690 ;;;***
|
|
|
9691
|
|
|
9692 ;;;### (autoloads (vm-easy-menu-create-keymaps vm-easy-menu-define) "vm-easymenu" "vm/vm-easymenu.el")
|
|
|
9693
|
|
|
9694 (autoload 'vm-easy-menu-define "vm-easymenu" "\
|
|
|
9695 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
|
|
|
9696 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
|
|
|
9697 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
|
|
|
9698
|
|
|
9699 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
|
|
|
9700 The rest of the elements are menu items.
|
|
|
9701
|
|
|
9702 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
|
|
|
9703
|
|
|
9704 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
|
|
|
9705
|
|
|
9706 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
|
|
|
9707 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
|
|
|
9708
|
|
|
9709 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
9710 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9711
|
|
|
9712 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
|
|
|
9713
|
|
|
9714 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
|
|
|
9715
|
|
|
9716 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbol defined below.
|
|
|
9717
|
|
|
9718 :keys KEYS
|
|
|
9719
|
|
|
9720 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
|
|
|
9721 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
|
|
|
9722 computed automatically.
|
|
|
9723
|
|
|
9724 :active ENABLE
|
|
|
9725
|
|
|
9726 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
9727 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9728
|
|
|
9729 :suffix NAME
|
|
|
9730
|
|
|
9731 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
|
|
|
9732
|
|
|
9733 :style
|
|
|
9734
|
|
|
9735 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
|
|
|
9736 defined:
|
|
|
9737
|
|
|
9738 toggle: A checkbox.
|
|
|
9739 Currently just prepend the name with the string \"Toggle \".
|
|
|
9740 radio: A radio button.
|
|
|
9741 nil: An ordinary menu item.
|
|
|
9742
|
|
|
9743 :selected SELECTED
|
|
|
9744
|
|
|
9745 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
|
|
|
9746 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9747 Currently just disable radio buttons, no effect on checkboxes.
|
|
|
9748
|
|
|
9749 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
|
|
|
9750 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
|
|
|
9751 as a solid horizontal line.
|
|
|
9752
|
|
|
9753 A menu item can be a list. It is treated as a submenu.
|
|
|
9754 The first element should be the submenu name. That's used as the
|
|
|
9755 menu item in the top-level menu. The cdr of the submenu list
|
|
|
9756 is a list of menu items, as above." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9757
|
|
|
9758 (autoload 'vm-easy-menu-create-keymaps "vm-easymenu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9759
|
|
|
9760 ;;;***
|
|
|
9761
|
|
118
|
9762 ;;;### (autoloads (x-font-build-cache font-default-size-for-device font-default-encoding-for-device font-default-registry-for-device font-default-family-for-device font-default-object-for-device font-default-font-for-device font-create-object) "font" "w3/font.el")
|
|
108
|
9763
|
|
|
9764 (autoload 'font-create-object "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9765
|
|
|
9766 (autoload 'font-default-font-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9767
|
|
|
9768 (autoload 'font-default-object-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9769
|
|
|
9770 (autoload 'font-default-family-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9771
|
|
118
|
9772 (autoload 'font-default-registry-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9773
|
|
|
9774 (autoload 'font-default-encoding-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9775
|
|
108
|
9776 (autoload 'font-default-size-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9777
|
|
|
9778 (autoload 'x-font-build-cache "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9779
|
|
|
9780 ;;;***
|
|
|
9781
|
|
|
9782 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "w3/url-cache.el")
|
|
102
|
9783
|
|
|
9784 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
|
|
|
9785 Store buffer BUFF in the cache" nil nil)
|
|
|
9786
|
|
|
9787 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
|
|
|
9788 Return non-nil if the URL is cached." nil nil)
|
|
|
9789
|
|
108
|
9790 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
|
|
102
|
9791 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache" nil nil)
|
|
|
9792
|
|
|
9793 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
|
|
|
9794 Return t iff a cached file has expired." nil nil)
|
|
|
9795
|
|
|
9796 ;;;***
|
|
|
9797
|
|
118
|
9798 ;;;### (autoloads (url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "w3/url-gw.el")
|
|
|
9799
|
|
|
9800 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
|
|
|
9801 Attempt to resolve the given HOSTNAME using nslookup if possible." t nil)
|
|
|
9802
|
|
|
9803 ;;;***
|
|
|
9804
|
|
102
|
9805 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve url-popup-info url-get-url-at-point url-buffer-visiting url-normalize-url url-file-attributes) "url" "w3/url.el")
|
|
80
|
9806
|
|
|
9807 (autoload 'url-file-attributes "url" "\
|
|
|
9808 Return a list of attributes of URL.
|
|
|
9809 Value is nil if specified file cannot be opened.
|
|
|
9810 Otherwise, list elements are:
|
|
|
9811 0. t for directory, string (name linked to) for symbolic link, or nil.
|
|
|
9812 1. Number of links to file.
|
|
|
9813 2. File uid.
|
|
|
9814 3. File gid.
|
|
|
9815 4. Last access time, as a list of two integers.
|
|
|
9816 First integer has high-order 16 bits of time, second has low 16 bits.
|
|
|
9817 5. Last modification time, likewise.
|
|
|
9818 6. Last status change time, likewise.
|
|
|
9819 7. Size in bytes. (-1, if number is out of range).
|
|
|
9820 8. File modes, as a string of ten letters or dashes as in ls -l.
|
|
|
9821 If URL is on an http server, this will return the content-type if possible.
|
|
|
9822 9. t iff file's gid would change if file were deleted and recreated.
|
|
|
9823 10. inode number.
|
|
|
9824 11. Device number.
|
|
|
9825
|
|
|
9826 If file does not exist, returns nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
9827
|
|
|
9828 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url" "\
|
|
|
9829 Return a 'normalized' version of URL. This strips out default port
|
|
|
9830 numbers, etc." nil nil)
|
|
|
9831
|
|
|
9832 (autoload 'url-buffer-visiting "url" "\
|
|
|
9833 Return the name of a buffer (if any) that is visiting URL." nil nil)
|
|
|
9834
|
|
|
9835 (autoload 'url-get-url-at-point "url" "\
|
|
|
9836 Get the URL closest to point, but don't change your
|
|
|
9837 position. Has a preference for looking backward when not
|
|
|
9838 directly on a symbol." nil nil)
|
|
|
9839
|
|
|
9840 (autoload 'url-popup-info "url" "\
|
|
|
9841 Retrieve the HTTP/1.0 headers and display them in a temp buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
9842
|
|
|
9843 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
|
|
|
9844 Retrieve a document over the World Wide Web.
|
|
|
9845 The document should be specified by its fully specified
|
|
|
9846 Uniform Resource Locator. No parsing is done, just return the
|
|
|
9847 document as the server sent it. The document is left in the
|
|
|
9848 buffer specified by url-working-buffer. url-working-buffer is killed
|
|
|
9849 immediately before starting the transfer, so that no buffer-local
|
|
|
9850 variables interfere with the retrieval. HTTP/1.0 redirection will
|
|
|
9851 be honored before this function exits." nil nil)
|
|
|
9852
|
|
|
9853 ;;;***
|
|
|
9854
|
|
144
|
9855 ;;;### (autoloads (w3-hotlist-add-document w3-use-hotlist w3-hotlist-append w3-hotlist-rename-entry w3-hotlist-delete) "w3-hot" "w3/w3-hot.el")
|
|
|
9856
|
|
|
9857 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-delete "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9858 Deletes a document from your hotlist file" t nil)
|
|
|
9859
|
|
|
9860 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-rename-entry "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9861 Rename a hotlist item" t nil)
|
|
|
9862
|
|
|
9863 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-append "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9864 Append a hotlist to the one in memory" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9865
|
|
|
9866 (autoload 'w3-use-hotlist "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9867 Possibly go to a link in your W3/Mosaic hotlist.
|
|
|
9868 This is part of the emacs World Wide Web browser. It will prompt for
|
|
|
9869 one of the items in your 'hotlist'. A hotlist is a list of often
|
|
|
9870 visited or interesting items you have found on the World Wide Web." t nil)
|
|
|
9871
|
|
144
|
9872 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-add-document "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9873 Add this documents url to the hotlist" t nil)
|
|
|
9874
|
|
78
|
9875 ;;;***
|
|
|
9876
|
|
102
|
9877 ;;;### (autoloads (w3-follow-link w3-follow-link-other-frame w3-do-setup w3 w3-preview-this-buffer w3-follow-url-at-point w3-follow-url-at-point-other-frame w3-maybe-follow-link w3-maybe-follow-link-mouse w3-fetch w3-fetch-other-frame w3-find-file w3-open-local) "w3" "w3/w3.el")
|
|
78
|
9878
|
|
|
9879 (autoload 'w3-open-local "w3" "\
|
|
|
9880 Find a local file, and interpret it as a hypertext document.
|
|
|
9881 It will prompt for an existing file or directory, and retrieve it as a
|
|
98
|
9882 hypertext document." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9883
|
|
|
9884 (autoload 'w3-find-file "w3" "\
|
|
|
9885 Find a local file, and interpret it as a hypertext document.
|
|
|
9886 It will prompt for an existing file or directory, and retrieve it as a
|
|
98
|
9887 hypertext document." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9888
|
|
|
9889 (autoload 'w3-fetch-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9890 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point in a new frame.
|
|
|
9891 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9892 to disk." t nil)
|
|
|
9893
|
|
|
9894 (autoload 'w3-fetch "w3" "\
|
|
|
9895 Retrieve a document over the World Wide Web.
|
|
82
|
9896 Defaults to URL of the current document, if any.
|
|
|
9897 With prefix argument, use the URL of the hyperlink under point instead." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9898
|
|
|
9899 (autoload 'w3-maybe-follow-link-mouse "w3" "\
|
|
|
9900 Maybe follow a hypertext link under point.
|
|
|
9901 If there is no link under point, this will try using
|
|
|
9902 url-get-url-at-point" t nil)
|
|
|
9903
|
|
|
9904 (autoload 'w3-maybe-follow-link "w3" "\
|
|
|
9905 Maybe follow a hypertext link under point.
|
|
|
9906 If there is no link under point, this will try using
|
|
|
9907 url-get-url-at-point" t nil)
|
|
|
9908
|
|
|
9909 (autoload 'w3-follow-url-at-point-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9910 Follow the URL under PT, defaults to link under (point)" t nil)
|
|
|
9911
|
|
|
9912 (autoload 'w3-follow-url-at-point "w3" "\
|
|
|
9913 Follow the URL under PT, defaults to link under (point)" t nil)
|
|
|
9914
|
|
|
9915 (autoload 'w3-preview-this-buffer "w3" "\
|
|
|
9916 See what this buffer will look like when its formatted as HTML.
|
|
|
9917 HTML is the HyperText Markup Language used by the World Wide Web to
|
|
|
9918 specify formatting for text. More information on HTML can be found at
|
|
|
9919 ftp.w3.org:/pub/www/doc." t nil)
|
|
|
9920
|
|
|
9921 (autoload 'w3 "w3" "\
|
|
|
9922 Retrieve the default World Wide Web home page.
|
|
|
9923 The World Wide Web is a global hypertext system started by CERN in
|
|
|
9924 Switzerland in 1991.
|
|
|
9925
|
|
|
9926 The home page is specified by the variable w3-default-homepage. The
|
|
|
9927 document should be specified by its fully specified Uniform Resource
|
|
|
9928 Locator. The document will be parsed as HTML (if appropriate) and
|
|
|
9929 displayed in a new buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9930
|
|
|
9931 (autoload 'w3-do-setup "w3" "\
|
|
|
9932 Do setup - this is to avoid conflict with user settings when W3 is
|
|
|
9933 dumped with emacs." nil nil)
|
|
|
9934
|
|
|
9935 (autoload 'w3-follow-link-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9936 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point in a new frame.
|
|
|
9937 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9938 to disk." nil nil)
|
|
|
9939
|
|
|
9940 (autoload 'w3-follow-link "w3" "\
|
|
|
9941 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point.
|
|
|
9942 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9943 to disk." t nil)
|
|
|
9944
|
|
|
9945 ;;;***
|
|
|
9946
|
|
|
9947 ;;;### (autoloads (font-menu-weight-constructor font-menu-size-constructor font-menu-family-constructor reset-device-font-menus) "x-font-menu" "x11/x-font-menu.el")
|
|
|
9948
|
|
|
9949 (defvar font-menu-ignore-scaled-fonts t "\
|
|
|
9950 *If non-nil, then the font menu will try to show only bitmap fonts.")
|
|
|
9951
|
|
|
9952 (defvar font-menu-this-frame-only-p nil "\
|
|
|
9953 *If non-nil, then changing the default font from the font menu will only
|
|
|
9954 affect one frame instead of all frames.")
|
|
|
9955
|
|
|
9956 (fset 'install-font-menus 'reset-device-font-menus)
|
|
|
9957
|
|
|
9958 (autoload 'reset-device-font-menus "x-font-menu" "\
|
|
|
9959 Generates the `Font', `Size', and `Weight' submenus for the Options menu.
|
|
|
9960 This is run the first time that a font-menu is needed for each device.
|
|
|
9961 If you don't like the lazy invocation of this function, you can add it to
|
|
|
9962 `create-device-hook' and that will make the font menus respond more quickly
|
|
|
9963 when they are selected for the first time. If you add fonts to your system,
|
|
|
9964 or if you change your font path, you can call this to re-initialize the menus." nil nil)
|
|
|
9965
|
|
|
9966 (autoload 'font-menu-family-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9967
|
|
|
9968 (autoload 'font-menu-size-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9969
|
|
|
9970 (autoload 'font-menu-weight-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9971
|
|
|
9972 ;;;***
|
